Resonance Mat Module Ntse

NTSE (STAGE-I & II)
MENTAL ABILITY
PREFACE
Dear Student,
You find yourself at a very important junction in your life as you have to se
lect a correct career path for your future endeavors and also a suitable
study material in this journey which can keep you on the right track always.
It is very important to enjoy this journey as it is long and can be completed
successfully only by making the most out of it.
Aptitude and inclination are clearly the deciding factors for any competi-
tive examination. Keeping this in view, content of this module has been pre-
pared according to syllabus of National Talent Search Examination (NTSE).
The text of this module enables you to develop thorough understanding of

Principles and Concepts which is required to crack NTSE.
Pre-foundation Career Care Programmes (PCCP) Division
Every effort has been taken to make our study material error free, however any suggestion to
improve is welcome in this regard.
About NTSE :
National Talent Search Scheme is a flagship activity of the NCERT started in the year 1963. The
purpose of the scheme was to identify talented students and nurture their talent. Talent refers to the
potentiality that manifests itself in a high level of performance in one or more specialized areas.
The purpose of the scheme is to identify talented students and nurture them.This year NCERT will
conduct the National Talent Search Examination for students studying in Class X.
Stages :
There will be two stage selection process for award of scholarship Stage- I, selection will be done by
States/UTs through a written examination Students, who qualify Stage-I, will be eligible to appear for
Stage-II examination, conducted by NCERT. In order to be considered for merit, students from General
Category and Reserved Category (SC/ST/PH) required to qualify with score minimum 40% and
minimum 35% respectively in each MAT, SAT and LCT separately.
Scholarships :
On the basis of the examination conducted,1,000 scholarships will be awarded under the NTSE criteria
:-
 Rs. 1250 per month for Class 11th and 12th level
 Rs. 2000 per month for UG and PG level
 Amount for Phd to be fixed in accordance with UGC norms.
Reservation:
15% scholarships will be reserved for students belonging to the SC category, 7.5% scholarships for
students belonging to the ST category and 3% for Physically Challenged group of students .
How to Apply :
Students can enroll themselves for the examination through school only, application form can
be downloaded from NCERT website http://www.ncert.nic.in also The completed application
form should be signed by the Principal of the School & should be submitted to the Liaison
Officersl. Different states may have different last dates for submission, All queries related to
application form should be directed to the State Liaison Officers (LOs).No application should
be sent to NCERT directly.
Fees :
States and Union Territories may notify the fee required which will be paid for the Stage-I
examination Therefore, before submitting the application form, you may find out the fees
charged for Stage-I examination and also the mode of payment from the respective State
Liaison Officers (LOs) However, NCERT does not charge any fee for Stage-II examination
Paper Pattern:
Test Paper Pattern of NTSE Stage-1 & 2
Test No. of questions Max. Marks Time

MAT
(Mental Ability) 50 50 45 Min.
LCT
(Language Test) 50 50 45 Min.
SAT
(Scholastic Aptitude Test) 100 100 90 Min.
* No Negative Marking in Stage-1 but in stage-2 there will be 1/3 negative marking.
Syllabus :
There is no prescribed syllabus for the NTSE examination. However the standard of the items conforms to the
level of CBSE class 10th.
Results Announcement :
Results of the Stage-I examination will be announced by the respective State Governments/ Union Territories
Results of Stage-II examination will be announced by NCERT Indian Students Studying Abroad in class X can
appear directly for Stage-II NTS examination under conditions prescribed in the NTS brochure which is available
on the NCERT website.
Important Web Links :
Stage –I Examination : http:\\www.rajboard.nic.in
Stage-II Examination : http:\\www.ncert.nic.in

DETAIL DESCRIPTION OF CONTENTS FOR NTSE
1. ALPHABET-TEST : Alphabetical Order, Letter-word Problems, Alphabetical Quibble, Word Formation by
Unscrambling Letters and Word Formation using letters of a given Word.
2. CODING-DECODING : Letter-Letter Coding, Letter-Number Coding, Substitution Coding, Puzzle Based Coding &
Column Coding.
3. NUMBER-SERIES : Different type of Number Series.
4. ALPHABET-SERIES : Different type of Alphabet Series, Alpha-Numeric Series.
5. LETTER REPEATING-SERIES : Different type of Letter Repeating Series.
6. MISSING TERM IN FIGURES : Missing term in figure.
7. MATHEMATICAL OPERATIONS : Application of BODMAS, Problems Solving by Substitution, Interchange of
signs & Numbers, Deriving the appropriate conclusions.
8. DIRECTION SENSE TEST : Direction Sense & Coordinates.
9. SEATING ARRANGEMENT : Linear Seating Arrangement and Circular Seating Arrangement.
10. RANKING & ORDERING TEST : Number Quibble, Alphabetical Quibble, Alpha-Numeric Quibble, Ranking Test
& Ordering Test.
11. BLOOD RELATIONS : Direct Relationship, Relation Puzzle and Coded Relation.
12. PUZZLE TEST : Classification type Puzzles, Comparison Type Puzzles, Sequential Order of Things, Selection
Based on given Conditions, Family-Based Puzzles and Miscellaneous Puzzles.
13. VENN DIAGRAM : Simple Venn Diagram and Logical Venn Diagram, Different type of Dot situation
14. Syllogism : Kinds of statements and their conclusions.
15. ANALOGY : Kinds of Relationships, Word Analogy, Number Analogy and Alphabet Analogy.
16. CLASSIFICATION : Classification of Word, Classification of Letter and Classification of Number.
17. PYRAMID TEST : Number Pyramid, Alphabet Pyramid
18. CALENDAR TEST : Odd Days, Counting of Odd Days, Important Facts,
19. DICE TEST : Different type of Dice test.
20. CUBE TEST : Different type of cube test.
21. CLOCK TEST : Mirror Image of Clock, Angle between two hands
22. FIGURE PARTITION & COUNTING : Counting number of figures generated due to partition lines.
23. MIRROR & WATER IMAGES : Mirror & Water Image of Numbers, Letters, Words, Figures, etc.
24. PAPER CUTTING & PAPER FOLDING : Paper Cutting and Paper Folding.
25. COMPLETION & FORMATION OF FIGURES : Figure Completion, Figure Formation.
26. EMBEDDED FIGURE : Different types of embedded figure.
27. NON-VERBAL SERIES : Different types of Non-Verbal Series.
28. NON-VERBAL ANALOGY : Different Types of Non-Verbal Analogy.
29. NON-VERBAL CLASSIFICATION : Different types of Non-Verbal Classification.
30. LOGICAL SEQUENCE OF WORDS : Arrangement of words in a Logical order.
31. SEQUENTIAL OUTPUT TRACING : Arranging the given words in forward/reverse alphabetical order, Arranging
the given numbers in ascending/descending order, Writing a particular set of words in the reverse order,
stepwise, Changing places of words/numbers according to a set pattern.
32. ARITHMATICAL REASONING : Calculation-Based Problems, Data-Based Questions, Problems on Ages,
Venn-Diagram Based Questions.
33. LOGICAL DEDUCTION : Different type of statements and their logical aspects.
34. DATA SUFFICIENCY : Different type of Data Sufficiency
35. DATA REDUNDANCY : Dirrerent type of Data Redundancy

MENTAL ABILITY
NTSE (STAGE-I & II)
CONTENTS
S. NO. TOPICS PAGE NO.
SECTION-1
1. Alphabet Test 1-3
2. Coding -Decoding 4-12
3. Number Series 13-18
4. Alphabet Series 19-22
5. Letter Repeating Series 23-26
6. Missing term in figures 27-35
7. Mathematical Operations 36-43
SECTION-2
8. Direction Sense Test 44-48
9. Sitting Arrangement 49-53
10. Ranking & Odering -Test 54-59
11. Blood Relation Test 60-64
12. Puzzle-Test 65-71
13. Venn Diagram 72-80
14. Syllogism 81-86
© Copyright reserved
All right reserved. Any photocopying, publishing or reproduction of full or any part of this study
material is strictly prohibited. This material belongs to only the enrolled student of RESONANCE.
Any sale/resale of this material is punishable under law.
S. NO. TOPICS PAGE NO.
SECTION-3
15. Analogy 87-94
16. Classification 95-98
17. Pyramid Test 99-102
18. Calendar Test 103-105
19. Dice Test 106-114

20. Cube Test 115-120
21. Clock Test 121-124
SECTION-4
22. Figure Partition & Counting 125-128
23. Mirror & Water Image 129-135
24. Paper Cutting & Folding 136-139
25. Completion & Formation of Figure 140-144
26. Figure Embedded 145-147
27. Non-Verbal-Series 148-157
28. Non-Verbal Analogy 158-166

29. Non-Verbal Classification 167-171
SECTION-5
30. Logical Sequence of Words 172-175
31. Sequential Output Tracing 176-181
32. Arithmatical Reasoning 182-186
33. Logical Deduction 187-195
34. Data Sufficiency 196-198
35. Data Redundancy 199-201

36. Answerkey 202-210
© Copyright reserved
All right reserved. Any photocopying, publishing or reproduction of full or any part of this study
material is strictly prohibited. This material belongs to only the enrolled student of RESONANCE.
Any sale/resale of this material is punishable under law.
A L P H A B ET- T E S T
Alphabetical Order Ex 5. In the word PARADISE how many pairs of letters

are there which have as many letters between
You have to arrange the given words in order in them in the word as in the alphabet ?
which they are arranged in a dictionary. In a (A) None (B) One
dictionary the words are placed in alphabetical (C) Two (D) Three
order w.r.t. the second alphabet of the words and Sol. (D) Letter in the given word : Letter in the alphabet
so on (that is, third alphabet, fourth alphabet....). (i) P A R PQR
(ii) A R A D ABCD
Directions : (1 to 2) Arrange the given words in the correct (iii) A D I S E ABCDE
alphabetical order.
Ex 6. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent
Ex 1. Late, Long, Liver, Last, Load, Luminous, Loan, letters in the series are increased by one. Which
Lock. of the following alternatives observes this rule ?
Sol. The given words can be arranged in the (A) KMPTY (B) IJKOT
alphabetical order as : (C) HJMQT (D) DFIJK
Last, Late, Liver, Load, Loan, Lock, Long, Sol. (A) K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y
Luminous. 1 2 3 4
Clearly, in letter series KMPTY, the number of
Ex 2. Arrange the given words in alphabetical order and letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the
tick the one that comes last. series are increased by one.
Heavy, Heredity, Hesitate, Hedge, Hero, Haste,
History, Hinderance Alphabetical Quibble
Sol. The given words can be arranged in the
In this type of questions, generally a letter-series
alphabetical order as :
is given, be it the English alphabets from A to Z or
Haste, Heavy, Hedge, Heredity, Hero, Hesitate, Z to A. The candidate is then required to trace the
Hinderance, History letters satisfying certain given conditions as
Clearly, History comes last. regards their position in the given sequence or
the sequence obtained by performing certain
Ex 3. Arrange the given words in the order they occur in
given operations on the given sequence.
dictionary.
1.SIGN 2.SOLID 3.SCENE 4.SIMPLE Ex 7. If the alphabet series is written in a reverse order,
(A) 3, 1, 2, 4 (B) 3, 1, 4, 2 which of the following will be the seventh letter to
(C) 3, 4, 1, 2 (D) 3, 4, 2, 1 the left of eighth letter from your right ?
Sol. (B) The correct alphabetical order of the given (A) L (B) M
words is : SCENE, SIGN, SIMPLE, SOLID. Thus, (C) O (D) P
Sol. (C) The new alphabet series is :
the correct sequence is 3, 1, 4, 2.
Z YX W V U T S R Q P O N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Letter-Word Problems The eight letter from the right is H.
The seventh letter to the left of H is O.
Ex 4. How many pairs of letter in the word DABBLE have
Ex 8. If the first four letters of the word
as many letters between them as in the Alphabet
‘ANTHROPOMORPHISM’ are rewritten in the
series ?
reverse order followed by the next four rewritten in
(A) Nil (B) One
the reverse order followed by the next four letters
(D) Two (D) More than three in the reverse order and so on, which letter will be
Sol. (D) Letters in the given Word : Letters in the Alphabet twelfth from the left end in the rewritten order ?
A B A B (A) O (B) H
DAB D C B (C) M (D) P
B B L E B C D E Sol. (C) The new arrangement is as follows:
A B B L E A B C D E HTNAOPORPROMMSIH.
PAGE # 1
Word Formation by Unscrambling Letters 4. If the following words are arranged as found in
the dictionary, then what will be the fourth letter
In this type of questions, a set of English letters is
from the left in the last word ?
given in a jumbled order. The candidate is required
INTIMATION, INFORMATION, INTEREST,
to arrange these letters to form a meaningful word.
INTERROGATION, INSTIGATION
Ex 9. Arrange the following group of letters such that
when arranged in a specific order, meaningful (A) R (B) O
word is formed. (C) T (D) I
V A H Y E
5. How many pairs of letters are there in the word
1 2 3 4 5
(A) 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 (B) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4 CARROT which have as many letters between
(C) 3, 5, 2, 1, 4 (D) 1, 5, 2, 3, 4 them in the word as in the alphabet ?
Sol. (C) The given letter, when arranged in the order (A) 1 (B) 2
3, 5, 2, 1, 4. form the word HEAVY. (C) 3 (D) 4
Word Formation using Letters of a given Word 6. How many pairs of letters are there in the word
HORIZON which have as many letters between
Ex 10. A meaningful word starting with A is made from
them in the word as in the English alphabet ?
the first, the second, the fourth, the fifth and the
sixth letters of the word CONTRACT, which of the (A) One (B) Two
following is the middle letter of the word ? (C) Three (D) More than three
(A) C (B) T
(C) O (D) R 7. How many pairs of letters in the word BRIGHTER
Sol. (B) The first, the second, the fourth, the fifth and have as many letters between them in the word
sixth letters of the word CONTRACT are C, O, T, R as in the alphabet ?
and A respectively. The meaningful word will be (A) 2 (B) 3
ACTOR and T will be the required letter. (C) 4 (D) more than 4
Direction : (11) In the following question, find which one
word can not be made from the letters of the given 8. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent
word. letters in the series decreases by two. W hich of
the following series observes this rule ?
Ex 11. TEMPERAMENT
(A) METER (B) PETER (A) FQWBG (B) HQXCF
(C) TENTER (D) TESTER (C) TBINO (D) XFMQU
Sol. The word TEMPERAMENT contains all the letters
of the word TESTER except S. So, the word 9. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent
TESTER cannot be formed. letters in the series increases by one. W hich of
the following series observes this rule ?
EXERCISE (A) DBPUY (B) DBUYP
(C) DBYPU (D) DBYUP
Directions : (1 to 2) Arrange the given words in alphabetical
order and tick the one that comes first : 10. W hich letter will be the midway between the
fourteenth letter from the left end and nineteenth
1. (A) Grammar (B) Granary
letter from the right end of the following alphabet?
(C) Gradient (D) Grand
A BC DE FGHIJK LM NO PQ RSTU VW XYZ
2. (A) Mahender (B) Mahendra (A) I (B) K
(C) Maninder (D) Mahindra (C) M (D) G
3. If the following words are arranged in an

11. Which letter will be the sixth to the left of the eleventh
alphabetical order, which word will appear in the
second ? letter from the right end of the alphabet ?
(A) Principal (B) Principle (A) K (B) V
(C) Principia (D) Principled (C) J (D) U
PAGE # 2
12. If the alphabets were written in the reverse order, 20. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with
which letter will be the fifth letter to the left of the the third, the fourth and the eleventh letters of the
fourteenth letter from the left.
word CONTROVERSIAL, which of the following will
(A) R (B) I
be the last letter of that word ? If more than one
(C) S (D) H
such words can be made, give M as the answer
13. W hich letter should be ninth letter to the left of and if no such word is there, give X as the answer.
ninth letter from the right, if the first half of the (A) N (B) I
alphabet series is reversed ?
(C) X (D) M
(A) D (B) E
(C) F (D) I 21. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with
the second, the sixth, the ninth and the twelfth
14. If the positions of the first and sixth letters of the
letters of the word CONTRIBUTION, which of the
word BENEFICIAL are interchanged; similarly the
positions of the second and seventh letters are following will be the last letter of that word ? If
interchanged and so on, which letter will be third more than one such words can be made, give M
from the right end after rearrangement ? as the answer and if no such word is there, give X
(A) C (B) E as the answer.
(C) F (D) N (A) N (B) O
Directions : (15 to 17) In each of the following questions, (C) X (D) M

a group of letters is given which are numbered 1,
22. A word given in Capital Letters is followed by four
2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Below are given four alternatives
answer words. Out of these only one can be
containing combinations of these numbers.
Select that combination of numbers so that letters formed by using the letters of the given words.
arranged accordingly, form a meaningful word. Find out that word. SOMNAMBULISM
(A) NAMES (B) BASAL
15. R A C E T
1 2 3 4 5 (C) SOUL (D) BIOME
(A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (B) 3, 2, 1, 4, 5 Directions : (23 to 24) In each of the following questions,
(C) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1 (D) 5, 1, 2, 3, 4
find which one word can not be made from the
16. R U S G A letters of the given word.
1 2 3 4 5
(A) 1, 5, 4, 2, 3 (B) 5, 3, 4, 1, 2 23. KALEIDOSCOPE
(C) 3, 2, 4, 5, 1 (D) 4, 5, 3, 2, 1 (A) SCALE (B) PADLOCK
(C) PACKET (D) DIESEL
17. R T A O U H
1 2 3 4 5 6 24. SUPERIMPOSABLE
(A) 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 2 (B) 2, 3, 6, 4, 5, 1 (A) SPIRE (B) REPTILE
(C) 6, 3, 2, 4, 5, 1 (D) 3, 5, 2, 6, 4, 1
(C) POSSIBLE (D) REPOSE
18. If a meaningful word can be formed by rearranging 25. If Letters of alphabets are written in reverse way
the letters USCALA, the first letter of the word so
then which letter will be seventh letter right to Q ?
formed is the answer. If no such word can be
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
formed the answer is X.
(A) C (B) S (A) K (B) U
(C) A (D) L (C) J (D) W
19. A meaningful nine-letter English word is formed 26. Select the word from given alternatives which can
using all the alphabets given in the grid below, not be written from the letters of EDUCATED word-
starting with alphabet of a corner block, moving in (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
clockwise direction and ending at the alphabet in (A) DUCK (B) CUTE
the central grid. What is the fourth alphabet of the
(C) TADE (D) ACTE
word ?
(A) o m m o 27. Which name will come at 3rd place in a telephone
(B) d directory from the following given names ?
o y d
(C) t (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
c t i (A) AMIT (B) AMINA
(D) m
(C) ALOK (D) ABHIMAN
PAGE # 3
CODING-DECODING
Similarly,
Coding-Decoding
C A S T L E D C V X Q K
+1
A code is “a system of signals”. Coding is, +2
therefore, a method of transmitting a message +3
between sender and receiver which cannot be +4
understood or comprehended by a third person. +5
The coding decoding test is set up to judge the +6
candidate’s ability to decipher a particular word/
message and break the code to decipher the Ex 3. If PAINTER is written in a code language as
message. In coding, actual alphabets/words/ NCGPRGP, then REASON would be written as :
terms/numbers are replaced by certain other (A) PCYQMN (B) PGYQMN
alphabets/words/terms/symbols etc. according to (C) PGYUMP (D) PGYUPM
a specific rule. To solve these type of questions
Sol. (C) P A I N T E R N C G P R G P
we have to detect the rule and then answer the –2
questions. +2
Decoding : It is a method to find the meaning of –2
something that has written in code. +2
–2
+2
–2
Letter-Letter Coding
Similarly,
In these type of questions, the letters in a word
are replaced by certain other letters according to R E A S O N P G Y U M P
a specific rule to form its code. The candidate is –2
+2
required to detect the coding pattern / rule and –2
answer the questions accordingly. +2
–2
Ex 1. If in any code language, KUMAR is coded as +2
LVNBS, How is EMOTIONAL coded in that
language. Ex 4. If in any code language NATIONAL is written as
(A) FNQUJQBM (B) FNPUJPOBM MZGRLMZO than how is JAIPUR written in that
(C) GNPUJPOBM (D) GNQUJQOBM language.
(A) QZRKFI (B) PZRKFI
(C) QZRIFK (D) QARKFI
Sol. (B) N A T I O N A L M Z G R L M Z O
14+13=27
Sol. (A) 1+26 = 27
20+7 = 27
9 +18 = 27
15 +12 = 27
14 +13 = 27
Similarly, 1 +26 = 27
12 +15 = 27
E M O T I O N A L F N P U J P O B M
+1 Similarly,
+1
+1 J A I P U R Q Z R K F I
+1 10+17 = 27
+1 1+26 = 27
+1 9+18 = 27
+1 16 +11 = 27
+1 21 +6 = 27
+1 18 +9 = 27
Ex 2. If JAPAN is coded as KCSES, then the code for Letter-Number Coding

CASTLE will be -
(A) DCIJOB (B) DCJKRD In these types of questions, either numerical code
(C) DCKMSG (D) DCVXQK values are assigned to a word or alphabetical
J A PA N K C S E S code letters are assigned to the numbers.
+1
Ex 5. In a certain code, if TREE is coded as 7100, FROG
+2
Sol. (D) +3 as 2159, how is FREE coded in that code ?
+4 (A) 2100 (B) 3100
+5 (C) 1003 (D) 1002
Sol. (A) T R E E FROG
71 00 21 5 9
Hence, F R E E  2 1 0 0
PAGE # 4
Ex 6. In a certain code, C is coded as 0, E as 7, T as 4,
Puzzle Based Coding
I as 9, P as 1, R as 3, and U as 5. How is 1904537
coded in that code ? In this type of questions, some messages are
(A) PICTRUE (B) PICTURE given in the coded language and the code for a
(C) RICTPUE (D) PCTUREI particular word or message is asked. To analyses
Sol. (B) 1 9 0 4 5 3 7 such codes, any two messages bearing a
common word are picked up. The common code

word will thus represent that word. Proceeding
P I C T U R E similarly by picking up all possible combinations
Ex 7. If OX is coded as 39, what will be the code number of two, the entire message can be decoded and
the order for individual words found.
for LION ?
(A) 20 (B) 25 Ex 11. In a certain code language 389 means run very
(C) 38 (D) 50 fast. 964 means come back fast and 487 means
run and come. Which digit in the language means
Sol. (D) By their natural position in alphabet,
come ?
O  15, X  24 (A) 7 (B) 9
So, OX = (15 + 24) = 39 (C) 4 (D) 8
Hence, L I O N = (12 + 9 + 15 + 14) = 50 Sol. (C) In the second and third sentences, common
number is 4 and common code is ‘come’. Hence,
Ex 8. If AJAY is written as 1117, then in same code number 4 stands for ‘come’.
NAMA would be written as: -
(A) 5114 (B) 5411 Ex 12. In a certain code language, ken poti means good
morning, hu shang means come on, and hu ken
(C) 5141 (D) 4511
sue means come for good. Which word in that
language does mean for ?
A J A Y 1 1 1 7
1 10 1 25 (A) shang (B) ken
Sol. (C) 1 (C) sue (D) hu
1+0 Sol. (C) In the second and third statements, the
1
2+5 common code word is ‘come’ and the common
word is ‘hu’. So, ‘come’ means ‘hu’. In the first
and third statements, the common code word is
N A M A 5 1 4 1 ‘good’ and the common word is ‘ken’. So, ‘good’
14 1 13 1 means ‘ken’. Thus, in third and above statements
1+4
Hence 1 ‘for’ means ‘sue’.
1+3
1
Column Coding
Ex 13. Decode the underlined letters in column I from

Substitution Coding
the same row of choices provided under column
II. Each small letter in column II stands for some
In these types of questions, some particular capital letter in column I. However, the small letters
objects are assigned code names. Then a in column II are not arranged in the same order
question is asked that is to be answered in the as their corresponding letters in column I. The
code language. code is the same for all the terms in column I.
Column  Column 
Ex 9. If paper is called eraser, eraser is called bag, 1. H N T B Z v b h n t
bag is called scale, scale is called pencil and 2. C T N Z B t h n w v
3. D N B Z C x h v t w
pencil is called paper, what will a person write
4. O H N T Z t b h i n
with ?
5. T Z O B K n i v e t
(A) Pencil (B) Paper Sol. From terms 1 & 2, in column (I), NTBZ is common.
(C) Eraser (D) Bag From col. (II) we have vhnt common. Hence H=b
Sol. (B) A person will write with a pencil and a ‘pencil’ & C = w. From term-3, NBZC have already occurred
is called ‘paper’. and the code for D must be a letter which did not
appear in the earlier codes. Thus, the codes for D
Ex 10. If water is called food, food is called tree, tree is is x. From term-4 HNTZ have occured earlier. The
called sky, sky is called wall, on which of the letter which has not occured earlier is the code for
following does a fruit grow ? O, that is, i. From term-5 TZOB have occured earlier.
(A) Water (B) Food The letter which has not occured earlier is the
code for K, that is e. The code of underlined letters
(C) Tree (D) Sky
are given in the following table
Sol. (D) Clearly, a fruit grows on a ‘tree’. As given that
‘tree’ is called ‘sky’, a fruit grows on ‘sky’. Letter H C D O K
Code b w x i e
PAGE # 5
Directions : (14 to 16) In column I below, some words are Directions : (17 to 19) In each questions there is a word
given. In column II, their codes are given but they written in capital letters with one letter underlined.
For each letter in that word there is a code written
are not arranged in the same order. Study both
in small letters. That code is denoted by either
the columns and find out the code for the letter
(A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) not in the same order. You
given in each of the following questions, from have to find out the exact code for the underlined
among the given alternatives. The code for a letter letter in the word. The number of that code is the
will be same throughout. answer. Please note that the same letter
Column I Column II appearing in other word (s) may be coded
differently.
(i) DRGEX (a) 1 2 5 6 7
Ex 17. MAGIC
(ii) AXPRD (b) 1 2 3 5 8 (A) km (B) eg
(C) ik (D) ce (E) oq
(iii) SDRKG (c) 1 2 4 7 0
Sol. (C) M(+2) o (+2)q ‘oq’, A(+2) c(+ 2) e
(iv) KLPSX (d) 3 4 5 9 0 ‘ce’, G (+2)i(+2)k ‘ik’, I (+2)k (+2)m
‘km’ and C (+2) e (+2)g ‘eg’
(v) SGPAK (e) 3 4 7 8 0
Ex 18. QUITE
(vi) PXDAG (f) 2 3 5 7 8
(A) hj (B) su
(vii) GKSAE (g) 4 6 7 8 0 (C) tv (D) pr (E) df
Sol. (D) Q(–1) p(+2) r ‘pr’, U (–1) t(+2) v ‘tv’
Ex 14. What is the code used for the letter D ? , I (–1) h (+2) j ‘hj’ , T (–1) s (+2) u
(A) 2 (B) 3 ‘su’ and E (–1) d(+2) f ‘df’.
(C) 5 (D) 1
Ex 19. BLAST
Ex 15. What is the code used for the letter P ? (A) i (B) e
(A) 8 (B) 5 (C) w (D) p (E) d
Sol. (D) B(+3) is ‘e’, L (–3) is ‘i’,A(+3) is ‘d’ S(–3) is ‘p’
(C) 3 (D) 2
and T(+3) is ‘w’
Ex 16. What is the code used for the letter E ?
(A) 4 (B) 7 EXERCISE
(C) 8 (D) 6
1. If RADIO is written PYBGM, then how would
Sol. (14 to16)
OQDKNG be written in that code ?
14. (A) In statement (iii) and (vi), common letters are (A) MOBIEL (B) MOBLIE
(C) MOIBLE (D) MOBILE
D and G and common code digit are 2 and 7.
Hence, it is clear that D and G stand for 2 and 7 but 2. If TRIANGLE is coded as SSHBMHKF, then
not respectively. From statement (v), it is clear that SQUARE would be
the word has letter G and code 7 in its coding. (A) RRIASF (B) RPVBSF
Hence, code for G is 7 and D is 2. (C) RRTBQF (D) RPVBSD
15. (C) In statement (ii) and (iv), common letters are 3. If CRICKETER is coded as DQJBLDUDS, them
PLAYER will be coded as :
P and X and common code digit are 3 and 5.
(A) QMBZFS (B) OMZZDS
Hence, it is clear that P and X stand for 3 and 5
(C) QKBXFQ (D) QKBZDS
but not respectively. From statement (v), it is clear
that the word has letter P and code 3 in its coding. 4. In a certain code, GIGANTIC is written as GIGTANCI.
Hence, code for P is 3. How is MIRACLES written in that code ?
(A) MIRLCAES (B) MIRLACSE
16. (D) In statement (i) and (vii), common letters are (C) RIMCALSE (D) RIMLCAES
G and E and common code digit are 6 and 7.
5. In a certain code, INSTITUTION is written as
Hence, it is clear that G and E stand for 6 and 7
NOITUTITSNI. How is PERFECTION written in that
but not respectively. From statement (vi), it is clear
code?
that the word has letter G and code 7 in its coding. (A) NOICTEFREP (B) NOITCEFERP
Hence, code for E is 6. (C) NOITCEFRPE (D) NOITCEFREP
PAGE # 6
6. If POLITICS is coded as OPILITSC, then 17. In a certain code language, 743 means mangoes
ARTICLES will be coded as : are good, 657 means eat good food and 934
(A) RAITLCES (B) RAITLCSE means mangoes are ripe. Which digit means ripe
(C) NNUHPM (D) NNVHPN in that language ?
7. If in a code language MENTAL is coded as 417253, (A) 5 (B) 4
then how is TEN & ANT coded in that language ? (C) 9 (D) 7
(A) 572,271 (B) 217,527
Directions : (18 to 21) Below in column I are given some
(C) 572,217 (D) 217,572
words. These have been translated into a code
8. If REASON is coded as 5 and BELIEVED as 7, language. The code equivalents of the words in
what is the code number for GOVERNMENT?
Column I given in Column II are not necessarily
(A) 6 (B) 8
opposite to the corresponding words. Moreover,
(C) 9 (D) 10
the codes for the different letters in each word
9. If E = 5 & SAFE =31, then PINK = ? have also not been given in the same order as
(A) 41 (B) 40 these letters occur in the original word. Study the
(C) 50 (D) 65 two columns carefully and then of the four
10. If FOX is coded as 45, what will be the code alternatives given in each question, find the one
number for BOX ? that has the code equivalents of the letters of the
(A) 41 (B) 49 word given in the question. This is your answer.
(C) 55 (D) 60 Column I Column II
11. If RAT = 42 and CAT = 57, then LATE = ? SOUND abi
(A) 60 (B) 70 ADDRESS cjmv
(C) 64 (D) 74 CRUX ikmop
NET ijktv
12. If air is called water, water is called green, green
is called dust, dust is called yellow and yellow is CRONY jkgotv
called cloud, which of the following does fish live CROWDY blooppv
in ?
18. What is the code used for the letter A ?
(A) Air (B) Water
(A) b (B) l
(C) Green (D) Dust
(C) v (D) None of these
13. If brightness is called darkness, darkness is
19. What is the code used for the letter C ?
called green, green is called blue, blue is called
(A) j (B) k
red, red is called white and white is called yellow
then what is the colour of blood? (C) l (D) None of these
(A) red (B) darkness
20. What is the code used for the letter D ?
(C) white (D) yellow
(A) k (B) l
14. If pen is called pencil, pencil is called scale, scale (C) m (D) None of these
is called bag and bag is called book, which is
21. What is the code used for the letter N ?
used to carry the books ?
(A) Scale (B) Pen (A) a (B) e
(C) Book (D) Bag (C) q (D) None of these
15. In a certain code language, 3a, 2b, 7c means Directions : (22 to 25) Column I contains five capital letters
truth is eternal, 7c, 9a, 8b, 3a means enmity is while column II contains five digits. Each letter
not eternal, 9a, 4d, 2b, 8b means truth does not corresponds to a single digit but not necessarily
perish. Which of the following does mean eternal in that order.
in that language ?
(A) 3a (B) 2b column-I column-II
(C) 7c (D) Cannot be determined BEIKL 61520
PNBTK 34568
16. In a certain code, 256 means you are good, 637 XLPBE 57401
means we are bad and 358 means good and KNIXV 27396
bad. Which of the following does represent and in XBNPE 45713
that code ? 22. What is the value of BIKE ?
(A) 2 (B) 5
(A) 5261 (B) 6125
(C) 8 (D) 3
(C) 2560 (D) None of these
PAGE # 7
23. What is the value of PIN + NIP ? 31. How would the word EAR be coded ?
(A) 423 (B) 744 (A) r d m (B) d r p
(C) 777 (D) 747 (C) p r s (D) d r n
24. What is the value of BITE – KITE ? 32. Which is the code for the word NEAT ?
(A) n d r s (B) n d r m
(A) 386 (B) 1000
(C) m d r s (D) n r d p
(C) –1000 (D) None of these
33. Which is the code for the word TREAD ?
25. What is the value of NIL + NINE – TEN ?
(A) s p d r m (B) s p r d n
(A) 4364 (B) 2738 (C) m s p r c (D) s p d r c
34. If CLOTH is called GOLD and GOLD is called PAPER
Directions : (26 to 30 ) Words in capital letters in column- and PAPER is called CAKE, then JEWELLERY
I are written in small letters according to a code would be made up of ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
language in column- II, Decode the language and (A) Gold (B) Cloth
find out the correct alternative for the given word in (C) Cake (D) Paper
each question. [NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007]
35. In a certain code FORGET is written as DPPHCU.
Column I Column II In the same code DOCTOR will be written as -
PORK oxtj (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
BAD dzg (A) EPDUPS (B) ROTCOD
WAVE sgmp (C) BPAUMS (D) CPBUNS
BID dzw
VAGI gswb 36. If MALE = 31 and PLAY = 54 than CLASS = ?
BAT vgd (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
VEX sm k (A) 35 (B) 31
ROSE yomt (C) 54 (D) 45
26. Code for B is – Directions : (37 to 41) Words in capital letters in column I
(A) v (B) d are written in small letters in a code language in
(C) g (D) y column-II. Decode the language and find out the
correct alternative for the given letter/word in each
27. Code for G is– question. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) b (B) z
Column I Column II
(C) y (D) s
FISH zmkj
28. Code for W is– TEA fir
(A) q (B) g GAIN kpgf
(C) b (D) p DOG peh
ROSE cmre
29. Code for letters in the word DATE are –
NUT igq
(A) z j k m (B) x t o g
TRAM cvif
(C) z g v m (D) d j k s
37. Code for U is -
30. Code for the letters in the word BEST are – (A) i (B) g
(A) g z m v (B) d m y v (C) q (D) h
(C) b k p d (D) g s z y
38. Code for M is -
Directions : (31 to 33) The words in Column-I are coded in
(A) v (B) c
small letters, which are written in column-II, but
(C) i (D) m
the order of small letters is different. Decode the
39. Code for I is -
words to find out the codes for the letters and
(A) m (B) p
answer the questions that follow : (C) f (D) k
[NTSE Stage-II, 2007]
40. Code for letters in the word TRAIN is -
Column-I Column-II
(A) fgehk (B) fkgic
TRAIN pbrsn (C) ipvcj (D) fvgme
CRANE rmndp
41. Code for letters in the word EARN is -
DEAR rcpd (A) ferk (B) gcim
RICE bpmd (C) gkrp (D) fgrc
PAGE # 8
Directions : (42 to 44) The capital letters in each of the 49. Code for letters in the word GROSS are -
following words are coded and written in small (A) raaex (B) exxmp
letters on the right side of each word. But these (C) xerrg (D) axrex
letters are not in order. Find out the codes for letters 50. Code for letters in the word SOON are -
and answer the questions. (A) kxxa (B) xkpp
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) (C) aakx (D) kkar
Column I Column II
51. Code for letters in the word TEN are -
PROBLEM grcatsd
(A) kgy (B) gkr
ROMAN cftxs (C) ykm (D) eyg
LAME fgat
BOLD gcdz Direction : (52) The capital letters in each of the following
words are coded and written in small letters, but
42. What is the code for letter A ? not in the same order as the letters in the word.
(A) t (B) g Find the codes for letters and answer the question.
(C) f (D) a (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
NECK:b imk
43. What is the code for letter B ? LU CK:mdnb
(A) g (B) c L I KE:mkjn
(C) d (D) z
52. What would be the code in correct order for the
44. What would be the code (in correct order) for the word ‘NICE’ ?
word ‘MODE’ ? (A) k j n b (B) j i k b
(A) t f z c (B) c t f z (C) i j b m (D) i j b k
(C) f t c z (D) t c z a
53. If BDFHJ is written as IGECA , then how PRTVX
45. If ‘cake is tasty’ is ‘uoi hui puri’ and ‘milk is sweet’ will be written ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
is ‘dri hui coi’, Then ‘sweet is tasty’ will be coded (A) WUSQO (B) OPQRS
as : (NTSE Stage-II, 2008) (C) DWVEF (D) XVTRP
(A) coi hui puri (B) uoi hui dri
54. If DONKEY is written as EYDOKN, how the word
(C) puri hui dri (D) uoi hui coi CLEVER will be written ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
46. In a certain language MONKEY is coded as (A) RCELVE (B) ERLCVE
(C) RECLVE (D) ERCLVE
632471 and GANGA is coded as 58258, Then how
is MONGYA coded ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008) 55. If BAD = 14 and DIG = 40 then HALF will be equal
(A) 638152 (B) 543127 to - (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(C) 632518 (D) 671854 (A) 45 (B) 54
(C) 82 (D) 40
Directions : (47 to 51) According to a code language, words
in column I are given in column II. Decode the Directions :(56 to 60) Some words are given in column I.
language and choose the correct code for each of These words are written in a code language in
the words given in the following questions. column II. The code equivalents of the words given
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009) in column I and column II are not necessarily in
the corresponding order. Choose the correct code
Column-I Column-II
for the words from the given alternatives.
SET yxg (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
SIGN pxrk
POT yma Column – I Column –II
NINE kgpk
i. Kahu chala na hum kuch ja
ROSE xgae
ii. Aj tak na ek ja kam
47. Code for letters in the word STONE are - iii. Man tak pana saj ek ada
(A) kgxmp (B) akygx iv. Hum chala man kuch not ada
(C) ayxkr (D) agxyp
v Hum na jai not kim ja
48. Code for letters in the word PRINT are -
56. Which word will be code for word Aj ?
(A) mekxr (B) epkya
(A) ada (B) hum
(C) epykm (D) epgmk
(C) kuch (D) kam
PAGE # 9
57. Which word will be code for Hum ? Direction : (64 to 65) The cells in diagram I and sectors in
(A) ja (B) not diagram II contain two letters each from A to Z.
(C) kuch (D) ek DIAGRAM I DIAGRAM II
58. Which word will be code for word Pana ? AM NF CO

(A) ada (B) ek BU TV DG
(C) saj (D) not EW IZ XY
59. Which word will be code for word Kahu ? The first letters in each cell is coded by the cell
(A) hum (B) ada shape whereas the second letter is represented
(C) not (D) ja by cell shape along with a dot in it.
for example
60. Which word will be code for word Jai ? (A) A is represented as
(A) ek (B) saj (B) M is represented as
(C) kim (D) ja
(C) K is represented as
Directions : (61 to 63) The capital letters in each of the (D) P is represented as
following words are coded as figures on the right (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
side. Find out the codes for letters and answers 64. Identify the response which represents CHAIR
the questions (A) (B)
STRONG : +     (C) (D)
WET : % + 65. Identify the response which represents MONKEY

(A) (B)
STRING : +    (C) (D)
DENSE :  Directions : (66 to 70) Words in capital letters in column-I

are written in small letters in a code language in
column-II. Decode the Language and find out the
BELONG :    correct alternative for the given letters in each
questions. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(NTSE Stage-II, 2011) (Column-I) (Column - II)
61. Which is the code for ‘STOLEN’ ? HOPE vtyg
WIDE ceth
(A)    % LUCK nxfl
DUST aien
(B)    SIND
SOAP
cmae
gapv
(C) +  FEAR
MUST
putj
nida
HUNT mnyi
(D) +  FILE cxut
PINE cmtg
62. Which is the code for ‘LOWER’ ?
66. Code for letters in the word SOLE are
(A)  %   (A) txza
(C) mtax
(B) fvxy
(D) vtax
(B)  %  67. Code for letters in the word MENT are –

(A) ndti (B) dtum
(C) + %  (C) mdit (D) puit
(D)  %  68. Code for letters in the word NEWS are –

(A) hmta (B) tmkh
(C) fmak (D) tahv
63. Which is the code for ‘DRESSING’ ?
69. Code for letters in the word STAR are –
(A)   (A) ipaj (B) jami
(C) paiz (D) ajkl
(B)   +
(C) 
70. Code for letters in the word TIME are –
+ (A) tkci (B) citd
(D) %  (C) ctpb (D) litm
PAGE # 10
71. In a coded language TRACE = 43251 and EARTH Directions : (82 to 86) Words in capital letters in
= 12347 then the code for FACT will be – column – I are written in small letters in a code
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012) language in
(A) 9245 (B) 9254 column – II. Decode the Language and find out
(C) 9425 (D) 9524 the correct alternative for the given letters in
each questions. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
72. In a coded language SHOP = 8256, WORK = 9573
Column – I Column – II
and HOME = 2541 then the code for SMOKE will
HERO tbfw
be – (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
JOIN bakp
(A) 84531 (B) 83451
LAZY nsvg
(C) 84351 (D) 85431
MINE pdkt
73. In a coded language TAKE = 1790, PLOT = 5321 PART rwsx
then code for PLATE will be – SAURY wveos
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012) BLUE eglt
(A) 53701 (B) 53071 CIGAR usqwp
(C) 35710 (D) 53710 WRIT wpxy
VIRUS pzwoe
74. In a coded language FRUIT = HTW KV then QUACK jqems
FLOWER will be written as – PIRL wprg
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012) 82. Code for letters in the word TOIL are-
(A) HNQYGT (B) HGPTYN (A) pxba (B) bpgn
(C) HYNGPT (D) HTPNGY (C) bpxg (D) mpxg
Directions : (75 to 81) In each question there is a word
83. Code for letters in the word COST are-
written in capital letters with one letter underlined.
(A) boqx (B) xqps
For each letter in that word there is a code written
(C) qost (D) xqnr
in small letters. That code is denoted by either
(A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) not in the same order. You 84. Code for letters in the word ULCER are-
have to find out the exact code for the underlined (A) ggwmr (B) teqwp
letter in the word. The number of that code is the (C) ktegp (D) gteqw
answer. Please note that the same letter
appearing in other word (s) may be coded 85. Code for letters in the word SINE are-
differently. (A) ptkl (B) toka
(C) ptok (D) optb
75. PAGES
(A) b (B) u
86. Code for letters in the word ARCH are-
(C) r (D) x (E) i
(A) frsq (B) wfsq
76. BREAK (C) wqfp (D) sqfn
(A) z (B) g
(C) p (D) c (E) i 87. In a coded language NUMBER is written as in
77. APRIL MFNYVI. Then FIGURE may be written in coded
(A) s (B) f language as- (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(C) u (D) x (E) o (A) ERHFlD (B) URTVSF
78. PRISM (C) GJTFSF (D) URTFIV
(A) r (B) o
88. In a coded language SHIFT is written as
(C) h (D) q (E) 
UFKDV, Then COVET may be written in coded
79. WHICH language as- (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) f (B) g
(A) EMXCV (B) FNYDU
(C) u (D) e (E) j
(C) EXCUV (D) EQUDS
80. ABOVE
(A) q (B) g 89. If PET = 4 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(C) v (D) b (E) c LET = 3
JEY = 2
81. COVER
(A) u (B) y Then what is the value of XET?
(C) q (D) g (E) f (A) 1 (B) 5
(C) 6 (D) 8
PAGE # 11
90. In a coded language if HOME = 2541, SHOP = 97. In a code A = 26.... Z = 1 if G = 25 and
8256, WORK = 9573, then code for SMOKE will MILK = 83 then, find the code for WATER :
(NTSE Stage-I / Karnatka/ 2014)
be- (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013) (A) 67 (B) 68
(A) 85431 (B) 84531 (C) 92 (D) 93
(C) 83451 (D) 84351
98. Using the total number of alphabets in your solu-
tion as a parameter, find the number that repre-
91. Here are some words translated from an artificial sents G if,
language A-0,B-0,C-2, D-2,E-1,F-2,G
(NTSE Stage-II/ 2015)
mie pie is blue light (A) 2 (B) 3
mie tie is blue berry (C) 4 (D) 5
aie tie is rasp berry
Which words could possible mean “light fly” ? 99. If FEED is coded as 47 and TREE is coed as 91,
then MEET will be coded as :
(A) pie zie (B) pie mie
(A) 110 (B) 114
(C) aie zie (D) aie mie (C) 118 (D) 122
92. If in a certain code, STUDENT is written as Direction( 100 to 101 ) Following alphabets are written in
RSTEDMS, then how would TEACHER be written a special coded language like
in the same code ? (NTSE Stage-II/ 2013)
(A) SZZDGEQ (B) SZDDGEQ B L A C K WH I T E
(C) SDZDGDQ (D) SDZCGDQ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2017)
Direction (93 to 96) : Words in capital letters in Column I
are written in English small letters according to a 100. Then code 62830 will be written as
code language in Column II. Decode the language (A) HATCB (B) HATEC
and find out the correct alternative for the given (C) HATBC (D) HATCE
word in each question.(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
101. 'BHICK' will be coded as
Column I Column II
(A) 06734 (B) 6734
ONE cdy
(C) 6743 (D) 06743
TWO sqd
THREE lsgyy
FOUR dztg
FIVE zmfy
SIX rmh
93. NET
(A) dys (B) cys
(C) tcs (D) csd
94. FOX
(A) ydh (B) dhs
(C) zdh (D) zgl
95. HER
(A) lgc (B) lyg
(C) lgs (D) glc
96. SHE
(A) rly (B) rcy
(C) rsy (D) yet


PAGE # 12
NUMBER SERIES
Number series problems deal with numbers. Ex 6. 1, 8, 9, 64, 25, 216, ?, ?
While attempting to solve the question, you have (A) 49, 64 (B) 343, 64
to check the pattern of the series. Series moves (C) 49, 512 (D) 343, 512
with certain mathematical operations. You have
Sol. (C) Odd positioned digits are squares of 1, 3, 5
to check the pattern.
Type of questions asked in the examination : and so on, i.e. 12 = 1, 32 = 9, 52 = 25 and so on.
(i) Find the missing term(s). Similarly, even positioned digits are cubes of 2,
(ii) Find the wrong term(s). 4, 6, etc., i.e. 23 = 8, 43 = 64, 63 = 216.
Therefore, the next term would be 72 i.e. 49 and
Number Series 83 = 512 respectively.
Ex 7. 0, 7, 26, ?, 124, 215
In this type of series, the set of given numbers in
(A) 51 (B) 37
a series are related to one another in a particular
pattern or manner. The relationship between the (C) 63 (D) 16
numbers may be Sol. (C) Each term is a cube of 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on
• Consecutive odd/even numbers, and 1 subtracted from it, i.e.
• Consecutive prime / composite numbers, 13 – 1, 23 – 1, 33 – 1, 43 – 1, 53 – 1, 63 – 1.
Therefore, the term replacing the question mark
• Squares/cubes of some numbers with/without
would be 43 – 1 = 64 – 1 = 63.
variation of addition or substraction of some
number, Ex 8. 3, 4, 10, 33, 136, ?
• Sum/product/difference of preceding number(s), (A) 240 (B) 430
(C) 685 (D) 820
• Addition/subtraction/multiplication/division by
some number, and Sol. (C) The terms of the series are, previous term
× 1 + 1, previous term × 2 + 2, previous term
• Many more combinations of the relationship × 3 + 3 and so on. Hence, the next term will be
given above.
136 × 5 + 5 = 680 + 5 = 685.
Directions : (1 to 13) Find the missing numbers :
Ex 9. 11, 15, 21, 29, ?
Ex 1. 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, ? (A) 40 (B) 41
(A) 14 (B) 19 (C) 37 (D) 39
(C) 15 (D) 21
Sol. (D) This series consists of increasing numbers.
Sol. (B) Each term has a common difference = + 2.
The pattern is +4, +6, +8,........
Hence, next term = 17 + 2 = 19.
Ex 2. 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, ?, 17 Ex 10. 3, 6, 18, 72, 360, ?
(A) 14 (B) 13 (A) 720 (B) 1080
(C) 10 (D) 12 (C) 1600 (D) 2160
Sol. (B) The series is made up of consecutive prime Sol. (D) The sequence in the given series is
numbers. Therefore, the missing term is 13. × 2, × 3, × 4, × 5, × 6.
Ex 3. 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, ? Hence, the missing number is 360× 6 =2160.
(A) 35 (B) 36
(C) 37 (D) 49 Ex 11. 6, 12, 7, 11, 8, 10, 9, ?
Sol. (B) Each term is a square of 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on (A) 8 (B) 9
12 = 1, 22 = 4, 32 = 9, 42 = 16, 52 = 25. (C) 11 (D) 10
Hence, next term = 62 = 36. Sol. (B) Alternate series [Difference series]
Ex 4. 2, 5, 10, 17, ? (i) 6, 7, 8, 9
(A) 24 (B) 25 (ii) 12, 11, 10, ?
(C) 26 (D) 27
Ex 12. 0, 5, 22, 57, 116, ?
Sol. (C) Each term is a square of 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on
(A) 205 (B) 216
and 1 is added to it, i.e.
12 + 1, (2)2 +1, (3)2 +1,..........= 2, 5, 10, 17.... (C) 192 (D) 207
Hence, next term = (5)2 + 1 = 26. 0 5 22 57 116 205
Ex 5. 2, 3, 10, 15, 26, 35, ?
(A) 48 (B) 51 Sol. (A) Difference 5 17 35 59 89
(C) 49 (D) 50
Sol. (D) The series exhibits the pattern of n2 + 1, Difference 12 18 24 30
n2 – 1, alternately, n taking values 1, 2, ......
Hence, the next term = 205
PAGE # 13
Ex 13. 151, 158, 172, 182, ? 17. 10, 100, 1100, 11000, 111000, 1210000.
(A) 210 (B) 193 (A) 1210000 (B) 11000
(C) 197 (D) 203 (C) 100 (D) 111000
Sol. (B) 1 + 5 + 1 = 7, Sol. (D) Given series is :
The difference between 151 & 158 is seven (7)
1 + 5 + 8 = 14,
The difference between 158 & 172 is (14).  111000 is wrong.
1 + 7 + 2 = 10 .......... and so on, The correct term is 121000.
 Missing term = 182 + 11 = 193.
18. 2, 6, 11, 17, 23, 32, 41
Directions : (14 to 15) In each of the following questions, a (A) 6 (B) 17
number series is given. After the series, below it (C) 23 (D) 32
in the next line, a number is given followed by (P), Sol. (C) Given series is :
(Q), (R), (S) and (T). You have to complete the 24
series starting with the number given following 2, 6, 11, 17, 23, 32, 41
the sequence of the given series. Then answer
the question given below it. +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9
Ex 14. 12 28 64 140
37 (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
Which number will come in place of (T) ?
EXERCISE - 1
(A) 1412 (B) 164
(C) 696 (D) 78 Directions : (1 to 50) Find the missing numbers :
1. 2, 3, 5, 7, ?
Sol. (A) (A) 9 (B) 10
(C) 11 (D) 14
Similarly (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
2. 0, 6, 20, 42, ?
37 78 164 340 696 1412
(A) 64 (B) 72
×2+4 ×2+8 ×2+12 ×2+16 ×2+20 (C) 80 (D) 84
Therefore, the number 1412 will come in place of
(T). 3. 3, 8, 35, 48, ?, 120
(A) 72 (B) 64
Ex 15. 2 9 57 337 (C) 80 (D) 99
3 (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
4. 4, 25, 64, 121, 196, ?
Which number will come in place of (Q) ?
(A) 384 (B) 256
(A) 113 (B) 17
(C) 225 (D) 289
(C) 3912 (D) 8065
Sol. ( A ) 5. 210, 120, ?, 24, 6, 0
(A) 64 (B) 48
(C) 35 (D) 60
Similarly, 6. 2, 12, 36, 80, 150, ?

(P) (Q) (R) (S) (A) 194 (B) 210
(C) 252 (D) 258
3 17 113 673 3361
×8–7 ×7–6 ×6–5 ×5–4 7. 4, 10, 22, 46, ?
Therefore, the number 113 will come in place of (A) 56 (B) 66
(Q). (C) 76 (D) 94
8. 8, 15, 28, 53, ?

Direction : (16 to 18) Find the wrong term :
(A) 120 (B) 106
16. 2, 5, 9, 11, 14 (C) 104 (D) 102
(A) 2 (B) 5
(C) 9 (D) 11 9 4, 8, 12, 24, 36, 72, ?
Sol. (C) Series : + 3, + 3, + 3, .......... A) 98 (B) 100
The next term is got by adding 3 in preceding (C) 144 (D) 108
term.
10. 12, 15, 18, 21, ?
2 + 3 = 5, 5 + 3 = 8
(A) 24 (B) 23
 9 is wrong term.
(C) 22 (D) 25
PAGE # 14
11. 3, 6, 12, 24, ?, 96 26. 5, 6, 13, 26, 45, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) 84 (B) 50 (A) 68 (B) 74
(C) 52 (D) 48 (C) 70 (D) 82
12. 2, 10, 19, 29, 40, 52, 65, 79, 94, ? 27. 190, 94, 46, 22, 10, 4, ?
(A) 110 (B) 109 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(C) 108 (D) None of these (A) 3 (B) 2
(C) 1 (D) 0
13. 4, 7, 3, 6, 2, 5, ?
(A) 6 (B) 5 28. 128, 110, 90, 68, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) 36 (B) 42
(C) 3 (D) 1
(C) 44 (D) 48
14. 4, 7, 10, 11, 22, 17, 46, 25, ?
29. 1, 2, 4, 7, ?, 16 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) 58 (B) 69
(A) 9 (B) 11
(C) 86 (D) 94
(C) 12 (D) 13
15. 2, 2, 4, 4, 6, 8, 8, ? 30. 6, 8, 9, 12, 14, 18, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) 10 (B) 12 (A) 21 (B) 19
(C) 14 (D) 16 (C) 23 (D) 20
16. 2, 3, 10, 15, 26, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007) 31. 4, 9, 19, 34, 54, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) 34 (B) 35 (A) 66 (B) 75
(C) 36 (D) 37 (C) 79 (D) 84
17. 1, 4, 27, 16, 125, 36, ? 32. 31, 29, 24, 22, 17, ?, ? NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007) (A) 15, 13 (B) 10, 8
(A) 216 (B) 343 (C) 14, 12 (D) 15, 10
(C) 64 (D) 49
33. 3, 6, 11, 18, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
18. 336, 210, 120, ?, 24, 6, 0 (A) 19 (B) 27
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007) (C) 30 (D) 37
(A) 40 (B) 50
(C) 60 (D) 70 34. 3, 8, 15, 24, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) 30 (B) 35
19. 3, 4, 8, 17, 33, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007) (C) 36 (D) 49
(A) 58 (B) 69
(C) 49 (D) 98 35. 4, 10, 23, 50, 105, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 215 (B) 210
20. 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007) (C) 216 (D) 439
(A) 60 (B) 68
36. 912, 303, 102, 33, ?, 3, 2
(C) 89 (D) 76
21. 480, 480, 240, 80, 20, ? (A) 12 (B) 10
(NTSE Stage-II, 2007) (C) 8 (D) 6
(A) 4 (B) 1
37. 1, 4, 9, ?, 25, 36 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(C) 5 (D) 10
(A) 11 (B) 19
22. 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 4, 4, 8, 5, 16, ?
(C) 21 (D) 16
(NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) 6 (B) 32 38. 7, 12, 22, 37, ?, 82, 112
(C) 8 (D) 7 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 62 (B) 57
23. 2, 5, 11, 23, 47, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(C) 52 (D) 42
(A) 92 (B) 90
(C) 95 (D) 91 39. 11, 13, 17, 19, ?, 25 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 20 (B) 21
24. 12, 21, 23, 32, 34, 43, 45, ?
(C) 23 (D) 22
(A) 54 (B) 48 40. 5, 9, 17, 33, ?, 129 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(C) 77 (D) 9 (A) 72 (B) 67
(C) 65 (D) 58
25. 14, 1, 21, 4, 28, 9, ?,?
(NTSE Stage-II, 2007) 41. 2, 5, 4, 10, 7, 15, 11, 20, ?, ?
(A) 9, 42 (B) 16, 35 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(C) 35, 16 (D) 16, 36 (A) 12, 21 (B) 16, 25
(C) 13, 25 (D) 17, 30
PAGE # 15
42. 0, 6, 24, 60, 120, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009) 52. 5 18 48 112
(A) 180 (B) 224 7 (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
(C) 196 (D) 210 Which number will come in place of (S) ?
(A) 172 (B) 276
43. 57, 54, 58, 55, 59, 56, 60, ?
(C) 270 (D) 376
(NTSE Stage-II,2011)
(A) 64 (B) 63 53. 15 159 259 323
(C) 58 (D) 57 7 (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
W hich of the following numbers will come in
44. 27, 31, 40, 56, 81, 117, ? place of (R) ?
(NTSE Stage-II,2011) (A) 251 (B) 315
(A) 156 (B) 165 (C) 176 (D) 151
(C) 166 (D) 169
Directions : (54 to 58) Find the missing numbers :
45. 55, 168, 57, 120, 60, 80, 62, 48, 65, 24, ?, ?
54. 2, 30, 6, 20, 12, 12, (?)
(A) 69, 11 (B) 67, 8
(C) 8, 71 (D) 6, 72
(A) 26 (B) 22
46. 8, 7, 16, 5, 32, 3, 64, 1, 128, (?) (C) 20 (D) 24
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012) 55. 6, 20, 36, 48, 50, (?), 0
(C) –1 (D) 3
(A) 36 (B) 40
47. 16, 33, 65, 131, (?), 523 (C) 46 (D) 56
(A) 261 (B) 521 56. 7, 15, 28, 59, 114, (?)
48. 5, 2, 17, 4, (?) , 6, 47, 8, 65 (A) 243 (B) 233

(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012) (C) 213 (D) 223
(A) 29 (B) 30 57. 25, 49, 89, 145, 217, (?)
49. 1, 2, 4, 8, (?), 32 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012) (A) 305 (B) 327
(A) 10 (B) 12 (C) 309 (D) 303
(C) 14 (D) 16
58. 0, 2, 2, 3, 3, 5, 8, 4, 10, (?), 5, 17
50. 2, 3, 10, 15, 26, (?)(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 36 (B) 35
(C) 39 (D) 48 (A) 6 (B) 7
(C) 9 (D) 15
Directions : (51 to 53) In each of the following questions, a
59. Find the next number in the sequence
number series is given. After the series, below it
0, 2, 24, 252, ? (NTSE Stage-II / Raj./ 2013)
in the next line, a number is given followed by (P),
(A) 620 (B) 1040
(Q), (R), (S) and (T). You have to complete the
(C) 3120 (D) 5430
series starting with the number given following
the sequence of the given series. Then answer 60. Find the next number in the sequence
the question given below it. 6, 24, 60, 120, ? (NTSE Stage-II / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 180 (B) 210
51. 2 3 8 27
(C) 240 (D) 360
5 (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
W hich of the following numbers will come in 61. Find the missing number in the series
place of (T) ? 2, 10, 26, ?, 242 (NTSE Stage-II / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 184 (B) 6 (A) 80 (B) 81
(C) 925 (D) 45 (C) 82 (D) 84
PAGE # 16
Direction (62 to 65) : In each of the questions 62 to 65
some of the numbers are missing in the given
1 1
74. 729, 81, 9, 1, ,?, .
series with one term missing shown by ques- 9 729
tion mark (?) . This term is one of the alternatives (NTSE Stage-I /Rajasthan/ 2016)
among the four numbers given under it. Find the
1 1
right alternative. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014) (A) (B)
27 81
62. 5, 10, 17, 26, 37, 50, (?)
(A) 70 (B) 66 1 1
(C) 65 (D) 64 (C) (D)
243 486
63. 6, 25, 62, 123, (?), 341 75. Identify the missing number in the following
(A) 216 (B) 214 squence
(C) 215 (D) 217 2,17,52,_________,206
64. 5, 3, 10, 8, 17, 15, (?), 24 (A) 73 (B) 85
(A) 26 (B) 27 (C) 113 (D) 184
(C) 29 (D) 36
76. Select the missing numbers in the following se-
65. 2,6,12, 20, 30, (?) quence
(A) 40 (B) 42 3,6,24,30,63,72,?,?,195,210
(C) 44 (D) 46
(A) 117, 123 (B) 120,132
(C) 123,135 (D) 135,144
66. 445, 221, 109,53, 25, 11, ?
(NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/ 2013) 77. 121, 144, 169, ? , 225, 256.
(A) 2 (B) 4 (NTSE Stage-I /Rajasthan/ 2017)
(C) 6 (D) 8 (A) 196 (B) 296
67. 6, 15, 35, 77, 143, ? (C) 220 (D) 222
(NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/ 2013)
78. 5, 10, 20, ? , 80.
(A) 171 (B) 181
(NTSE Stage-I /Rajasthan/ 2017)
(C) 191 (D) 221
(A) 35 (B) 40
68. Find the missing number in the series. (C) 45 (D) 50.
1, 2, 2, 4, 16, ?, 65536
(NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/ 2013)
(A) 276 (B) 256
(C) 198 (D) 64
EXERCISE - 2
Directions (69 to 72) : In each of the following questions Directions : (1 to 26) Find the wrong term of the series.
write which number in sequence replaces the
1. 3, 7, 9, 21, 27, 66, 81, 189, 243
question mark ?
(NTSE Stage-I / Maharashtra/ 2013)
(A ) 27 (B) 66
69. ?, 17, 33, 51, 75
(C) 243 (D) 21
(A) 9 (B) 13
(C) 8 (D) 11 2. 27, 34, 40, 45, 49, 53, 54 , 55
70. 14, 17, 24, 35, ?
(A) 53 (B) 45
(A) 49 (B) 38
(C) 56 (D) 34
(C) 50 (D) 46
3. 0, 2, 3, 6, 6, 20, 9, 54, 12
71. 37, 57, 81, 99, ?
(A) 118 (B) 119
(C) 135 (D) 137 (A) 3 (B) 6
(C) 20 (D) 54
72. 25, 30, 36, 44, ?
4. 0, 2, 10, 36, 68, 130 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) 50 (B) 43
(A) 10 (B) 36
(C) 51 (D) 47
(C) 68 (D) 130
73. 12,22,69,272,1365, ?
(NTSE Stage-I / Chandigrah/ 2014) 5. 9, 54, 44, 264, 254, 1520, 1514
(C) 8195 (D) 6830 (A) 1514 (B) 1520
(C) 264 (D) 44
PAGE # 17
6. 10, 15, 26, 35, 48, 63, 82 17. 6, 8, 9, 12, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 48 (B) 26 (A) 12 (B) 22
(C) 63 (D) 82 (C) 26 (D) 30
18. 3, 7, 9, 28, 27, 84, 81, 448, 243
7. 3, 10, 30, 66, 127, 218 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 3 (B) 66 (A) 84 (B) 81
(C) 30 (D) 218 (C) 28 (D) 7
8. 7, 9, 17, 42, 91, 172, 293 19. 190, 94, 46, 22, 10, 3
(A) 91 (B) 42 (A) 94 (B) 46
(C) 17 (D) 9 (C) 22 (D) 3
9. 2, 12, 24, 34, 68, 78, 158, 166 20. 0, 5, 15, 50, 128
(A) 5 (B) 15
(A) 68 (B) 78
(C) 50 (D) 128
(C) 158 (D) 166
21. 9, 63, 5, 35, 1, 8
10. 2, 6, 10, 20, 30, 42, 56 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008) (A) 63 (B) 5
(A) 6 (B) 10 (C) 35 (D) 8
(C) 20 (D) 30
22. 89, 78, 86, 80, 85, 82, 83
11. 7, 9, 16, 25, 41, 68, 107, 173 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) (A) 83 (B) 82
(A) 16 (B) 41 (C) 86 (D) 78
(C) 68 (D) 107
23. 1, 1, 3, 9, 6, 36, 10, 100, 16, 225
12. 3, 9, 27, 82, 243 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 27 (B) 54 (A) 225 (B) 16
(C) 82 (D) 162 (C) 10 (D) 9
13. 5, 9, 17, 35, 65, 129 24. 444, 300, 200, 136, 87, 84, 80
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 65 (B) 35 (A) 300 (B) 200
(C) 17 (D) 9 (C) 136 (D) 87
14. 1, 5, 6, 11, 17, 27, 45, 73 25. 8, 15, 31, 61, 123, 247, 491
(A) 27 (B) 45 (A) 247 (B) 491
(C) 17 (D) 11 (C) 121 (D) 61
15. 3, 6, 11, 18, 28, 38, 51, 66 26. 3, 6, 24, 30, 63, 72, 122, 132
(A) 18 (B) 28 (A) 132 (B) 30
(C) 38 (D) 51 (C) 122 (D) 72
16. 320, 254, 200, 155, 122, 100, 89 27. 15, 34, 71, 134, 223, 350
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009) (NTSEStage-I/Karnataka /2014)
(A) 155 (B) 320 (A) 71 (B) 134
(C) 254 (D) 200 (C) 223 (D) 350

PAGE # 18
ALPHABET SERIES
Alphabet Series problems deals with alphabets

and Alpha-Numeric. While attempting to solve
Alphabet Series
the question, you have to check the pattern of
the series. In these types of questions, a series of single or
Type of questions asked in the examination : pairs of groups of letters is given. The terms of the
(i) Find the missing term(s). series form a certain pattern as regards the
(ii) Find the wrong term(s). position of the letters in the English alphabet.
Position of Alphabet :
(i) Alphabet in order :
(ii) Alphabet in reverse order :

Z Y X W V U T S R Q P O N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Directions : (1 to 7) Find the missing term : Ex 7. KTE, SBM, AJU, IRC, ?
Ex 1. A, C, ?, G, I (A) OZL (B) QYZ
(A) E (B) D (C) QZL (D) QZK
(C) F (D) H Sol. (D) First letter of each group differ by 8 letters.
Sol. (A) Series consists of alternate letter in order . Second letter of each group differ by 8 letters. Third
So, the missing term would be E. letter of each group differ by 8 letters. Therefore,
the missing term would be QZK.
Ex 2. V, T, R, ?, N, ?
(A) O,M (B) P,M Directions : (8 to 9) Find the wrong term (s) :
(C) L,P (D) P,L
Ex 8. DOU, EPV, FQW, GRX, HTY, ITZ
Sol. (D) Given series consists of alternate letters in
(A) EPV (B) FQW
reverse order. So, the missing terms would be
(C) GRX (D) HTY
P and L .
Sol. (D) In every term first, second and third letter is in
Ex 3. A, C, F, ?, O alphabetical order to its next term respectively.
(A) G (B) J Fourth term is not following the same rule. Hence,
(C) H (D) K HTY is the wrong term and should be replaced by
A C F J O HSY.
Sol. (B) Hint
+2 +3 +4 +5 Ex 9. ABC, DGJ, HMR, NTA, SBK, ZKV
Ex 4. DC, DE, FE, ?, HG, HI (A) DGJ (B) HMR
(A) FE (B) FG (C) NTA (D) SBK
(C) GF (D) GH Sol. (C) First letter of first, second, third,.........terms is
Sol. (B) Hint moved three, four, five, ........steps forward
respectively. Similarly, second letter is moved five,
+2 0 +2 0 +2
six, seven,......steps forward respectively and third
DC DE FE FG HG HI letter is moved seven, eight, nine,........steps
0 +2 0 0+2 forward respectively. Hence, NTA is the wrong term
Ex 5. CIR, GMV, KQZ, OUD, ? and should be replaced by MTA.
(A) RYH (B) SYH
(C) SZI (D) SYI Alpha-Numeric Series
Sol. (B) There is a continuous difference of 4 letters
between the first letter of each group, second A series in which both alphabets and number are
letter of each group and third letter of each group. used.
So the missing term would be SYH. Direction : (10) Find the missing term :
Ex 6. ZSD, YTC, XUB, WVA, ?
Ex 10. F3X, H7U, J15R, L31O, ?
(A) VWZ (B) UVW
(A) M46L (B) N44L
(C) VXY (D) UWZ
(C) N63L (D) N44M
Sol. (A) The first letter of each group is in continuation
Sol. (C) The first letter of each term is moved two steps
in backward direction. The second letter of each
forward and the last letter is moved three steps
group is in continuation in forward direction. The
third letter of each group is in continuation in backward to obtain the corresponding letters of
backward direction. Therefore, the missing term the next term. The numbers form the sequence
would be VWZ. 3 × 2 + 1 = 7, 7 × 2 + 1 = 15, 15 × 2 + 1 = 31, 31 ×
2 + 1 = 63. So, the missing term would be N63L.
PAGE # 19
Direction : (11) Find the wrong term : 13. UTRQU, QPNMT, MLJIS, IHFER, ?
Ex 11. D4V, G10T, J20R, M43P, P90N
(A) G10T (B) J20R (A) EDCAQ (B) EDBAQ
(C) M43P (D) P90N (C) IHFGP (D) KJHGP
Sol. (A) First letter of every term is moved three steps 14. CDFI, EFHK, IJLO, KLNQ, OPRU, ?
forward in each next term. Second number of (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
every term of the pattern  × 2 + 1, × 2 + 2,× 2 + (A) QRTW (B) MNPS
3,............and third letter of every term is moved (C) QRST (D) RSUX
two steps backward. Hence, G10T is the wrong
term and should be replaced by G9T. 15. CFIJ, RUXY, EHKL, PSVW, ?
(A) HILM (B) UXZA
EXERCISE-1 (C) SVYZ (D) MOSV
Directions : (1 to 41) Find the missing letters : 16. BCFH, ?, HILN, KLOQ, NORT
1. B, E, H, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) K (B) L (A) MNQS (B) EFIK
(C) J (D) M (C) NOPQ (D) PQTV
2. Y, W, U, S, Q, ? 17. KMON, NPRQ, ?, TVXW, WYAZ
(A) A (B) P (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(C) O (D) B (A) QSUT (B) QTUS
3. AH, DL, GP, JT, ? (C) UWYX (D) SUWV
(A) MY (B) NX 18. GRPT, HSQS, ITRR, ?, KVTP, LWUO
(C) MX (D) NY (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
4. LO, IL, FI, CF, ? (A) USJQ (B) QSUJ
(A) ZB (B) AB (C) JSQR (D) JUSQ
(C) ZC (D) ZO 19. XBI, JNU, VZG, HLS, ?
5. ZYX, BAZ, DCB, FED, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) GHF (B) FGH (A) TYE (B) TXE
(C) FFG (D) HGF (C) PTA (D) UYE
6. ATL, BUM, CVN, DWO, ? 20. AYCXB, EWGVF, IUKTJ, MSORN, ?
(A) EZP (B) EYQ (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(C) EFP (D) EXP (A) QOPPR (B) RPSQO
7. TYU, NSO, HMI, ? (C) QQSPR (D) PQRPQ
(A) AGC (B) CGC 21. AAZY, DDVU, GGRQ, ?, MMJI, PPFE
(C) GBC (D) BGC (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
8. MAAL, AALM, ALMA, LMAA, ? (A) KKMN (B) MMJN
(A) AMLA (B) MAAL (C) KKMM (D) JJNM
(C) AAML (D) LAAM 22. ZDOA, VHNF, ?, NPLP, JTKU, FXJZ
9. A3P, C5N, E8K, G12G, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) I16D (B) I17B (A) RLKM (B) MLRK
(C) I17D (D) J16B (C) RKML (D) RLMK
10. Q1F, S2E, U6D, W21C, ? 23. ZOA, XMF, ?, TIP, RGU, PEZ
(A) Y66B (B) Y44B (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(C) Y88B (D) Z88B (A) YXX (B) WLL
11. BYDW, FUHS, JQLO, NMPK, ? (C) UKK (D) VKK
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007) 24. CGJL, FJMO, IMPR, LPSU, ?
(A) RITG (B) RJGH (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(C) IRGT (D) HPIN (A) ORUW (B) OSVX
12. BYCXA, EVFUD, HSIRG, KPLOJ, ? (C) JMPR (D) KORS
25. ADCG, ?, JMLP, QTSW, UXWA
(A) MNLOL (B) NMOLM
(C) QJRIP (D) PKQJO
(A) PSRV (B) PTSV
(C) PRVS (D) PVRS
PAGE # 20
26. ?, CAFH, YWBD, USXZ, QOTV 38. PEXKW, RFWMU, TGVOS, VHUQQ, XITSO, (?)
(A) GELJ (B) INLN (A) ZJSUM (B) YJSUZ
(C) GEJL (D) PSNP (C) ZKSVJ (D) JZSTN
27. AYBX, EUFT, IQJP, MMNL, ? 39. AYBZC, DWEXF, GUHVI, JSKTL, (?), POQPR
(A) QIRH (B) NLOK (A) MQDRN (B) QMONR
(C) GSHR (D) PJQI (C) MQNRO (D) NQMOR
40. ZYYZR, ABVUN, (?), BCUTM, XWABT, CDTSL
28. PQMN, NOKL, LMIJ, ?, HIEF
(A) YXZAS (B) ZYABT
(A) KLHI (B) MNJK
(C) XWYZR (D) YXZAB
(C) GHIJ (D) JKGH
29. ABHR, EFIO, IJJL, MNKI, ?, UVMC 41. deb, ijg, nol, ( ? ), xyv
(NTSE Stage-II, 2009) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)

(A) QRLM (B) QRST (A) rsp (B) stp
(C) QULM (D) QRLF (C) rsq (D) stq
30. BDF, HKN, QUY, ?, RXD (NTSE Stage-II, 2009) Directions : In each of the questions 42 to 44 some of the
(A) CHM (B) BGL letters are missing in the given series with one
(C) CIO (D) BHN term missing shown by question mark (?) . This
term is one of the alternatives among the four
31. AZYB, CXVE, FURI, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
groups of letters given under if find the right alter-
(A) KQPL (B) JRNM
native. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
(C) JQMN (D) ISPM
42. BEG, DGI, FIK, HKM, (?)
32. DOZ, GRC, (?), ALW, BMX
(A)JMO (B) KMO
(C) JML (D) JNP
(A) BGL (B) LWH
(C) DLT (D) GJM 43. KEM, IDL, GCK, (?), CAI
(A) ECJ (B) EBK
33. fed, ihg, lkj, (?) , rqp (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(C) FBJ (D) EBJ
(A) npq (B) onm
(C) oqp (D) nom 44. JCME, LDOG, NEQI, (?)
(A) PFSJ (B) PESI
34. ABYZ, ADWZ (?), AHSZ
(C) PESK (D) PFSK
(A) AFUZ (B) AUFZ 45. FOX, IQV, LST, OUR, ?
(C) ZFUA (D) ZUFA (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2015)
35. VTRP, NLJH, FDBZ, XVTR, (?) (A) RPW (B) RWP
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012) (C) QVS (D) SXU
(A) JLPN (B) LJPN 46. qpo, nml, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2015)
(C) NPLJ (D) PNLJ (A) ghf (B) ijk
36. OBDR, QACT, SZBV, (?), WXZZ (C) kji (D) hgi
47. MYZ, LWX, ?, JST (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2016)
(A) WUWZ (B) YTVB
(C) UYAX (D) ASVD (A) KUV (B) IQR
(C) HOP (D) GMN

37. YANWY, DFMBD, IKNGI, NPMLN, (?), XZMVX
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013) 48. bdf, hjl ______ , tvx (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2016)
(A) RUMSR (B) SUNQS (A) nrp (B) pnr
(C) UWNSU (D) VUMTV (C) nqr (D) npr
PAGE # 21
49. LO, JQ, HS, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2017) 4. ECA, JHF, OMK, TQP, YWU
(A) ECA (B) JHF
(A) FU (B) FQ
(C) TQP (D) YWU
(C) EV (D) DW
5. DKY, FJW, HIT, JHS, LGQ
50. ZXV, TRP, NLJ, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2017) (A) FJW (B) LGQ
(A) HEF (B) HFD (C) JHJ (D) HIT
(C) EFH (D) IGE.
6. DVG, FSI, HPK, JNM, LJO
(A) DVG (B) JNM
EXERCISE-2 (C) HPK (D) LJO
7. ABD, DGK, HMS, NTB, SBL, ZKW

Directions (1 to 10) : There is a wrong term in the following
(A) NTB (B) DGK
numbers / letters series. Find the wrong term of
(C) SBL (D) ZKW
the series.
1. ABC, BCD, CDE, DEF, FEG 8. EPV, FQW, GRX, HTY, ITZ
(A) FQW (B) GRX
(A) BCD (B) CDE
(C) HTY (D) ITZ
(C) DEF (D) FEG
9. PON, RQP, TSR, VVT, XWV, ZYX
2. ZOA, XMF, VKK, THP, RGU, PEZ (A) VVT (B) TSR
(C) XWV (D) RQP
(A) THP (B) XMF
(C) VKK (D) RGU 10. P 3 C, R 5 F, T 8 I, V 12 L, X 18 O, Z 23 R
(A) V 12 L (B) X 18 O
3. AACC, BBED, CCHE, DDMF, EEQG (C) Z 23 R (D) R 5 F
(A) AACC (B) DDMF

(C) BBED (D) EEQG

PAGE # 22
LETTER REPEATING SERIES
Direction : (7 to 9) The series given below is based on the
Letter Repeating Series
letter series, In the series, some letters are
These type of questions usually consists of a missing. Select the correct alternative. If more
series of small letters which follow a certain than five letters are missing, select the last five
pattern. However, some letters are missing from letters of the series.
the series. These missing letters are then given
Ex 7. x _ xxy _ x _ xy _ yxx _ _ yy _ y
in a proper sequence as one of the alternatives.
(A) xyyyy (B) xxyyx
Pattern of such questions is that some letters (C) yxxyx (D) xyxyx
in sequence are missing. Sol. (A) The pattern of series is xy/xxyy/xxxyyy........
(i) The letters may be in cyclic order (clockwise
or anti-clockwise). Ex 8. xyzu _ yz _ v _ _ uv _ _ _ _ _ _ _
(ii) To solve a problem, we have to select one of (A) uvxyz (B) vuzyx
the alternative from the given alternatives. The (C) uvzyx (D) vuxyz
alternative which gives a sequence form of letters Sol. (A) The series is x y z u v / y z u v x/ z u v x y/u v x y
is the choice.
z
Directions : (1 to 6) Which sequence of letters when placed Thus the letters are written in a cyclic order.
at the blanks one after the other will complete
the given letter series ? EX 9. abcd _ bc _ e _ _ de _ _ _ _ _ _ _
(A) deabc (B) edcba
Ex 1. a_ab_ba_a_ab
(A) babb (B) abba (C) decba (D) edabc
(C) baba (D) aabb Sol. (A) The series is a b c d e / b c d e a / c d e a b / b e a b c
Sol. (A) we proceed step by step to solve the above Thus the letters are written in a cyclic order.
series :
Directions : (10 to 11) There is a letter series in the first
Steps :
row and a number series in the second row. Each
1. We have two letters a and b making the series.
2. The first blank space should be filled in by 'b' number in the number series stands for a letter
so that we have one a followed by one b. in the letter series. Since in each of that series
3. Second blank space should be filled in by 'a' some term are missing you have to find out as to
so that the same pattern followed till end. what those terms are, and answer the questions
Ex 2. a _ cab _ a _ c _ b c based on these as given below in the series.
(A) bbac (B) abab Ex 10. _m i a x _ i r x a _ _ m a _ _ _ _ _ _
(C) abba (D) bcba 4_ 5_ 7 3 ___ 6 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
The last five term of the letter series are
(A) r m x i a (B) x m r a i
Sol. (D) (C) x r m a i (D) r m i x a
Sol. (D) a = 6, i = 5, m = 3, r = 4 and x = 7 the letter
Series is abc/ abc/ abc/ abc. So, pattern abc is series runs as rmiax mirxa irmax rmixa. By taking
repeated. the letter in the groups of five, we find that first
letter of the first group (i.e. r) is the third letter of
Ex 3. _ abb _ a _ baa _ b
the second group and the last two letters have
(A) baba (B) abba
interchanged their positions. The same rule
(C) aabb (D) aaab
Sol- (C) Series is aabb/ aabb/ aabb. So, pattern aabb applies in others groups also.
is repeated.
Ex 11. a_h_ _c_ ne_ h_ eac_ _ _ _ _
Ex 4. ba _ cb _ b _ bab _
(A) acbb (B) bcaa 21_4 3_5 __2 54 ____ _ _ _ _
(C) cabb (D) bacc The last five terms in the series are
Sol. (D) The series is b a b c/b a b c/b a b c (A) 32524 (B) 43215
So, pattern babc is repeated (C) 25314 (D) 32541
Ex 5. ab _ aa _ caab _ c _ abb _ c Sol. (B) By taking a = 2, c = 1, n = 4, h = 5 and e = 3, the
(A) bbcaa (B) bcbca
numbers series runs as 21543 15432 54321
(C) cabac (D) cbbac
Sol- (D) Series is abc / aabc / aabbc / aabbcc 43215. If first digit of a group of five digits is placed
as the last digit, we obtain the second group of
Ex 6. bc _ b _ c _ b _ ccb five digits and so on.
(A) cbcb (B) bbcb
(C) cbbc (D) bcbc
Sol- (A) Series is bccb / bccb / bccb. So, pattern bccb
is repeated
PAGE # 23
Direction : (12) In the following question, three sequences Directions : (7 to 8) The series given below are based on
of letter/numbers are given which correspond to the letter series, In each of these series, some
each other in some way. In the given question, letters are missing. Select the correct alternative.
you have to find out the letter/numerals that come If more than five letters are missing, select the
in the vacant places marked by (?). These are last five letters of the series.
given as one of the four alternatives under the
7. abcd _ bc _ e _ _ de _ _ _ _ _ _ _
question. Mark your answer as instructed.
(A) deabc (B) edcba
Ex 12. C B _ _ D _ B A B C C B (C) decba (D) edabc
_ _ 2 3 5 4 _ _ ? ? ? ? 8. _ _ r _ tqrptsrpqst _ _ _ _ _
p _ p q _ r _ q _ _ _ _ (A) pqrts (B) pqtrs
(A) 4 5 5 4 (B) 4 3 3 4 (C) pqrst (D) qrpst
(C) 4 2 2 4 (D) 2 5 5 2
Directions : (9 to 10) There is a letter series in the first row
Sol. (C) Comparing the positions of the capital letters,
and a number series in the second row. Each
numbers and small letters, we find p
number in the number series stands for a letter
corresponds to C and 2 corresponds to p. So, p
in the letter series. Since in each of that series
and 2 correspond to C. q corresponds to A and 3
some term are missing you have to find out as to
corresponds to q. So, q and 3 corresponds to A.
what those terms are, and answer the questions
Also, 5 corresponds to D. So, the remaining
based on these as given below in the series.
number i.e., 4 corresponds to B. So, BCCB
corresponds to 4, 2, 2, 4. 9. n _ g f _ t _ f h t n _ _ t _ b _ f
1 3 _ 2 4 5 0 _ 4 _ _ 3 _ _ _ _ _ _
The last five terms of the number series are
(A) 50123 (B) 40321
EXERCISE
(C) 40231 (D) 51302
Directions : (1 to 6) Which sequence of letters when placed 10. _m y e _ _ y l x _ yl m __l _ _ _ _

at the blanks one after the other will complete 4 6 _ 5 8 6 _ _ _ 5 7_ 6 5 8 _ _ _ _ _
the given letter series ? The last five terms of the number series are
(A) 46758 (B) 74658
1. _aabb_abba_b (C) 76485 (D) 46785
(A) b a b (B) a b a
Directions : (11 to 34) Which sequence of letters when
(C) b b a (D) b a a
placed at the blanks one after the other will
2. a_baa_baa _ba complete the given letter series ?
(A) a a b (B) b a b
11 a _ b b _ caab _ ccaa _ bcc
(C) b b a (D) b b b
3. _baa _ba_aab_ (A) bacb (B) acbb
(A) b a b a (B) b b a a (C) caba (D) abba
(C) a b b b (D) b b a b
12. ab _ aa _ bbb _ aaa _ bbba
4. babbb_b_b_bb (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(A) b b a (B) b a a (A) baab (B) abab
(C) a b a (D) a a a (C) aaab (D) abba
5. _ ha _ hach _ c _ _ 13. abca _ bcaab _ aa _ caa _ c

(A) ccaha (B) achac (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(C) chaaa (D) aaach (A) abac (B) abba
(C) acbb (D) ccaa
6. m _ l _ ml _ m _ llm
14. abb _ baa _ a _ bab _ aba
(A) lmmm (B) lmlm
(C) lmml (D) mllm
(A) ccac (B) abab
(C) aabb (D) abba
PAGE # 24
15. bc _ b _ c _ b _ ccb 24. bc _ b _ c _ b _ ccb
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
(A) cbcb (B) cbbc (A) cbcb (B) bbcb

(C) cbbc (D) bcbc
(C) bbcb (D) bcbc
25. ab _ baa _ cb _ ab _ ba
16. ab _ ab _ ababb _ b _ ab
(A) cacb (B) bacb
(A) baaa (B) abbb
(C) cbac (D) abcb
(C) aaab (D) baab
26. ab _ ba _ abab _ _ (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
17. p _ rp _ qr _ qrr _ qrp (A) aaaa (B) babb
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008) (C) aaba (D) aaab
(A) qqpq (B) ppqq

27. _ bc _ _ bb _ aabc (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
(C) qpqp (D) qqpp (A) acac (B) babc
18. mq _ sqm _ qssq _ m _ ssqmm _ s (C) abab (D) aacc
28. ab _ bca _ a _ a _ c (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
(A) qsmsq (B) qmsmq
(A) abba (B) ccbb
(C) smmqq (D) sqmss
(C) bacb (D) abcc
19. aa _ bb _ aa _ abbbb _ a 29. B_N_ZF_HNT_FBH_TZ_ (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)

(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008) (A) H B T Z N F (B) H T B F N Z
(A) abab (B) baba (C) T B Z H N F (D) H T B Z N F
(C) aabb (D) bbaa
30. U_T_K_P_CKUP_CK (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
20. aaa _ bb _ aab _ baaa _ bb (A) T C P T U (B) C T P U T
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008) (C) P C U T T (D) P U T C T
(A) bbaa (B) babb 31. J_HL_K_IH_LKJI_LLK (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)

(C) baab (D) abab (A) H I L J L (B) I L J L H
(C) L J L H I (D) J L H I L
21. aba_a_aba_aba_ab
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) 32. _ ab _ a _ bb _ ab _ a _
(A) a a a a (B) b b b b (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012)
(C) a b a a (D) b a b a (A) abaaba (B) babbba

(C) aabbab (D) bbaabb
22. _lmnok_mnokl_noklm_o
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) 33. _ _ a bb _ bba _ bab _ a _
(A) l k l m (B) l l m m (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012)
(C) k l m n (D) m l m n (A) abaaba (B) aabbaa

(C) bbabbb (D) bbaabb
23. k_kklll_mm_m_n_n
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) 34. _ ac _ ca _ aca _ a _ a _
(A) l k n m n (B) l k m n n (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012)
(C) l l m m n (D) k l m n n (A) cacaca (B) aaaccc
(C) acacac (D) cacccc
PAGE # 25
Directions : (35 to 37) In each of the following questions, Directions : (38 to 40) These questions are based on
three sequences of letter/numbers are given letter series in which some of the letters are miss-
which correspond to each other in some way. In ing. The missing letters are given in the proper
each question, you have to find out the letter/ sequence in one of the alternatives among the
numerals that come in the vacant places marked four given under each question. Find out the cor-
by (?). These are given as one of the four rect alternatives for each question.
alternatives under the question. Mark your answer
as instructed. 38. ab — acc — —
da — bba —
35. _ A C _ B D _ CD C D (A) cdabc (B) badaa
2 _4 1 _ 1 4 _ _ _ _ (C) cdbcd (D) dbacd
r s _ q r _ p ? ? ? ?
(A) p q p q (B) p r p r 39. abb — — ab —
b —
bba — a
(C) r q r q (D) r s r s (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
(A) bbbab (B) babba
36. A _ B A C _ D _ B C D C (C) abaab (D) bbabb
_ 4 _ 3 _ 2 _ 5 ? ? ? ?
40. b — a — bab — ab — a (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
d c _ _ b a c b _ _ _ _
(A) baba (B) babb
(A) 2 4 5 4 (B) 2 5 4 5
(C) abab (D) abba
(C) 3 4 5 4 (D) 4 5 2 5
41. In the following letter sequence, some of the let-
37. _ A D A C B _ _ B D C C ters are missing. These are given in order as
2 4 _ _2 3 5 3 _ _ _ _ one of the alternatives below. Choose the cor-
p _ _ q _ _ r s ? ? ? ? rect alternative. (NTSE Stage-II/2013)
(A) p r s s (B) p s r r 
(C) r p s s (D) s r p p (A)  (B) 
(C)  (D) 
42. ca _ cab _ ab _ _ bc _(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
(A) bccaa (B) accab
(C) bacaa (D) abaca

PAGE # 26
MISSING TERM IN FIGURE
Missing Term in Figure B C ?

Ex 4.
O Q S
In such type of questions, a figure, a set of figures, M N R
an arrangement or a matrix is given each of which
bears certain characters, be it numbers, letters or (A) A (B) D
a group or combination of letters or numbers, (C) G (D) P
following a certain pattern. Sol. (A) In each column, the sum of top & bottom letter
is equal to the order of the middle letter in that
Directions : (1 to 10) Find the missing term/number(s) :
column.
Ex 5.
Ex 1.
(A) 10 (B) 9
(C) 8 (D) 6
Sol. (B) In the first set, 2 × 2 = 4,
(A) 125 (B) 25 In the second set, 3 × 9 = 27
(C) 625 (D) 156  2 × x = 18, x = 9
Sol. (C) Clearly (1 + 3)2 = 16
(15 + 6)2 = (21)2 = 441 2 5
6
(10 + 5)2 = (15)2 = 225
 missing number in figure] 6 8 6 2 ? 8
(12 + 13)2 = (25)2 = 625.
Ex 6. 72 6 140
4 3 1 3 4 7
12 4 10
(A) 16 (B) 14
Ex 2. (C) 20 (D) 22
Sol. (B) In the first diagram, (3 × 4 × 6) = 72 and the
number on the sides twice as the number on the
opposite vertex. 3 × 2 = 6, 6 × 2 = 12, 4 × 2 = 8
In the second diagram, (1 × 2 × 3) = 6 and the
(A) 64 (B) 36
number on the sides twice as the number on the
(C) 34 (D) 60
opposite vertex. 3 × 2 = 6, 2 × 2 = 4, 1 × 2 = 2
Sol. (A) Moving clockwise, in every quarter region, value
 In the Third diagram, (7 × 4 × 5) = 140 and the
of numbers gets doubled.
2 × 2 = 4, 8 × 2 = 16, 16 × 2 = 32, 32 × 2 = 64, number on the sides twice as the number on the
128 × 2 = 256. opposite vertex. 7 × 2 = 14, 5 × 2 = 10, 4 × 2 = 8.
Ex 3. 2 1 1
14 16 6 12 14 5 11 ? 4
Ex 7.
2 3 10
(A) 0 (B) 5
(A) 120 (B) 100
(C) 10 (D) 15
(C) 125 (D) 64
Sol. (B) In first figure, (14 + 6) – 2 × 2 = 16
Sol. (C) In the first column, 72 + 22 = 53
2
In the second column, 9 + 3 = 90 2 In second figure, (12 + 5) – 3 × 1 = 14
So, missing number, 112 + 22 = 125.  In third figure, (11 + 4) – 10 × 1 = 5
PAGE # 27
1 4 6
9 5 5 3 8 3 2 4 3 9 1 5
Ex 8. 551 246 ? 3.
3 4 7 9 2 1 20 90 ?
6 8 4
(A) 262 (B) 622 (A) 75 (B) 26
(C) 631 (D) 631 (C) 25 (D) 20
Sol. (B) In first figure, (915 – 364) = 551.
In second figure, (789 – 543) = 246.
 In third figure, missing number
= (863 – 241) = 622. 4.
5 18 7
Ex 9. 6 93 15 4 50 1 9 ? 5
(A) 49 (B) 50
3 8 6
(C) 48 (D) 55
(A) 5 (B) 19
(C) 27 (D) 89
Sol. (D) In first figure, (6 × 3) + (5 × 15) = 18 + 75 = 93.
In second figure, (4 × 8) + (18 + 1) = 32 + 18 = 50. 3 5 4 7 3 5
 In third figure, missing number 5. 39 51 ?
= (9 × 6) + (7 × 5) = 54 + 35 = 89. 6 3 5 4 5 4
Ex 10. Which one number can be placed at the sign of
interrogation ? (A) 47 (B) 45
93 27 79 38 67 16
(C) 37 (D) 35
63 37 42 6. 3 × 5 × 7 × 8 = 5783, 9 × 5 × 3 × 2 = 5329,
3 4 ? ? × ? × 8 × 5 = 2853.
(A) 2 × 3 (B) 3 × 2
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 4 × 3 (D) 8 × 3
(C) 8 (D) 9
Sol. (D) In first figure, 27 + 63 + 3 = 93
In second figure, 38 + 37 + 3 = 79
So, In third figure, 16 + 42 + x = 67, x = 9
7.
EXERCISE
Directions : (1 to 83) Find the missing number(s) : (A) 3 (B) 4

(C) 5 (D) 6
1.
8.
(A) 125 (B) 216 (A) 169 (B) 168

(C) 121 (D) 225 (C) 85 (D) 706
4 8 5
7 9 11
2. 6 14 6 14 6 ? 9. 2 3 2
8 8 4
10 18 14 22 11 15 51 84 ?
(A) 6 (B) 8 (A) 125 (B) 100

(C) 10 (D) 14
(C) 123 (D) 64
PAGE # 28
1 2 3 3 7 6
10. 1 8 ? 17. 5 1 4 6 7 8 5 ? 8
1 4 9 4 5 5
(A) 6 (B) 27
(A) 3 (B) 4
(C) 30 (D) 12
(C) 5 (D) 6
1 49 4
11. 18. 36 19 16 100 17 64 25 ? 9
25 81 16
(C) 35 (D) 30 (A) 6 (B) 7
(C) 8 (D) 9
F l 2 3 4
D M
12. C R 19. 5 7.50 4 2 11.25 5 2 ? 5
? X
3 6 2
(A) Z (B) A
(C) E (D) F
(A) 4.5 (B) 5.0
(C) 8.5 (D) 7.0
3 5 5
13. 10 2 ?
5 5 9
6 9 30 3 6 5
4 5 2 20. 3 21 2 8 24 1 4 ? 2
7 6 5
(A) 15 (B) 20
(C) 25 (D) 40
(A) 36 (B) 38
(C) 48 (D) 42
963 2 844
14. 16 16 25
464 ? 903
21. 24 8 20 81 12 36 64 ? 49
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4 4 11 31
(A) 11 (B) 13
7 (C) 15 (D) 17
286 16
15. 142 34
11 12 13
?
22. 18 15 16 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) 72 (B) 70 25 ? 21
(C) 68 (D) 66
(A) 19 (B) 18
6 2 3 (C) 20 (D) 21
1 5 2 0 5 3
16. 131 248 ?
13 8 10
2 4 4 8 7 1
3 6 9 23. 16 22 31 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
21 ? 9
(A) 262 (B) 274
(C) 320 (D) 132 (A) 20 (B) 21
(C) 22 (D) 23
PAGE # 29
1 4 ? 3 5 16
24. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007) 32. 7 9 32 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
64 9 16
49 36 25 11 13 (?)
(A) 48 (B) 64
(A) 5 (B) 40
(C) 24 (D) 143
(C) 45 (D) 81
1 5 9
24 3 15
33. 4 8 12 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
25. ? 0 48 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
7 (?) 15
80 63 35
(A) 11 (B) 12
(A) 7 (B) 8
(C) 9 (D) 10 (C) 13 (D) 16
1 26 6 3 4 43
34. 7 5 57 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
26. 21 5 31 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
16 ? 11 9 11 (?)
(A) 27 (B) 31 (A) 34 (B) 75

(C) 36 (D) 41 (C) 119 (D) 911
B Y X 8 11 15
27. D W ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
35. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
F U T 25 34 46
74 101 (?)
(A) V (B) C
(C) U (D) E
(A) 138 (B) 139
(C) 140 (D) 137
Z B X
28. Y C V (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
4 2 7
? D T
36. 12 20 28 18 ? 6 25 21 17
(A) W (B) X
(C) Y (D) Z 5 3 3
E ? O (A) 9 (B) 15
29. C H M (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(C) 18 (D) 12
A F K
(A) L (B) J 25 36 42
(C) G (D) N
37. 12 6 8 16 9 12 20 ? 14
17 22 18
N O P
30. S R ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
T U V (A) 6 (B) 15
(A) T (B) K (C) 30 (D) 47
(C) F (D) Q
4 5 7
6 21 36 38. 4 8 3 7 2 4 8 ? 3
31. 9 45 81 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
5 6 6
7 (?) 49
(A) 32 (B) 28
(A) 2 (B) 38
(C) 35 (D) 56
(C) 27 (D) 18
PAGE # 30
10 12 16 6 8 4
46. 9 12 6 (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
39. 4 5 7 6 2 13 8 ? 15 15 20 ?
6 9 10
(A) 5 (B) 10
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008) (C) 20 (D) 25
(A) 3 (B) 2
(C) 5 (D) 4 7 8 9
47. 7 15 24 (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
3 4 5 7 ? 46
40. 2 23 4 3 39 5 4 ? 6 (A) 33 (B) 23
5 6 7 (C) 22 (D) 14
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008) 78 ? 97

(A) 120 (B) 59 48. 43 67 58 (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(C) 62 (D) 22 35 13 39
(A) 84 (B) 80
3 4 5 3 7 6 (C) 54 (D) 48
41.
10 13 ? 4 5 6
49. 3 6 6 4 7 5 3 ? 7
5 3 4
(A) 25 (B) 37
(C) 40 (D) 42 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
(A) 4 (B) 9
5 9 6 3 7 8 (C) 6 (D) 8
42. 8 12 11
70 45 ? 50. 4 5 6 18 7 9 13 6 ?
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) 7 10 7
(A) 85 (B) 81 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
(C) 75 (D) 64 (A) 9 (B) 8
(C) 6 (D) 5
3 7 3
43. 2 4 6
5 8 ?
2 5 5 4 7 12 51. 8 3 4 10 4 6 12 5 8
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) 6 8 ?
(C) 14 (D) 16 (A) 26 (B) 20
(C) 11 (D) 10
5 6 5
4 36 ?
44. 9 12 ? 52. 25 14 9 49 17 1 4 21 9
3 11 8 12 7 6
16 9 36
(A) 12 (B) 9
(A) 64 (B) 100
(C) 8 (D) 6 (C) 81 (D) 144
4 5 6
20 25 41
45. 5 6 ? 53. 24 10 32 30 11 37 45 ? 59
3 8 7 6 10 8
28 33 55
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
(A) 15 (B) 13 (A) 14 (B) 13
(C) 9 (D) 8 (C) 12 (D) 11
PAGE # 31
2 3 32 49 85 91
54. 1 7 71 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009) 61. 21 7 35 51 ? 102 52 13 65
9 1 ? 28 68 39
(A) 23 (B) 103 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(C) 91 (D) 19 (A) 13 (B) 17
(C) 29 (D) 31
23 48 25 12 8 10 7
55. 46 92 ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009) 62. 14 16 13 15 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
31 60 29 9 11 ? 13
(A) 12 (B) 11
(A) 54 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D) 15
(C) 46 (D) 138
2 3 25
63. 3 5 64 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
3 5 4
4 ? 144
56. 8 14 11 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
(A) 6 (B) 7
25 ? 34 (C) 8 (D) 9
(A) 44 (B) 43
(C) 42 (D) 41
64*.
30 5 23
57. 8 2 26 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
? 7 3 (A) 3 (B) 4
(C) 5 (D) 13
(A) 33 (B) 38
(C) 25 (D) 27
65. (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)

? 31 5
58. 17 2 41 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009) (A) 41 (B) 36
47 11 23 (C) 32 (D) 12
(A) 59 (B) 53
(C) 43 (D) 37 66.
1 2 4 (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)

59. 2 2 4 5 19 7 8 (A) 80 (B) 88
? 10
(C) 800 (D) 808
3 4 5
(A) 20 (B) 40 67.
(C) 45 (D) 60
(A) 9 (B) 10
3 4
(C) 11 (D) 12
60. 4 2 6 5 3 3 6 ? 8
4 1 2
68.
(C) 6 (D) 8 (A) 12 (B) 14
(C) 16 (D) 20
PAGE # 32
5 3 5 8 12 9
2 196 3 1 144 6 2 ? 1 77. 12 64 6 5 75 10 21 ? 12
69.
4 9 8 14
2 6
(A) 102 (B) 152
(A) 270 (B) 196
(C) 162 . (D) 172
(C) 256 (D) 320
78.
70.
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012) (A) 91 (B) 108
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 116 (D) 119
(C) 5 (D) 6
3 6 2
79. 4 7.50 5 5 11.25 2 5 ? 2

71. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012) 2 3 9
(A) 10.25 (B) 10.50
(C) 11.25 (D) 11.50
(A) 8 (B) 11
(C) 14 (D) 15
2 72 56
72. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012) ? 0 42

80. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
12 20 30
(A) 8 (B) 10
(C) 14 (D) 16
(A) 4 (B) 6
(C) 8 (D) 10

91 64 73
84 76 61
(A) 9 (B) 10 81. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
(C) 11 (D) 12 25 60 ?
(A) 66 (B) 68
(C) 69 (D) 71
(A) 49 (B) 58 7 32 ?
(C) 76 (D) 77
31 8 25
11 24 9
(A) 50 (B) 48
(C) 47 (D) 51
(A) 29 (B) 31
(C) 33 (D) 38
4 20 25
5 3 18
76. 7 63 9 11 40 6 7 ? 11 27 81 9
3 2 4
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013) 11 44 ?
(A) 144 (B) 136
(C) 135 (D) 124 (A) 4 (B) 16
(C) 30 (D) 55
PAGE # 33
84. Fill in the missing number Directions (89 to 91) : In each of the following figures,
numbers are written according to some patterns
 C 2B  3 A and one number is missing, shown by question
2A ? B mark. Find the missing number that replaces the
 3 C  A  2B question mark. (NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/2013)
(A) – 3C (B) – 2C
2 6 3 5
(C) 3C (D) 2B
168 120
85. Find the number in the position of ‘?’ 3 2 2 1
89.
2 3
?
4 5
(A) 84 (B) 195

(C) 240 (D) 275
3 7 1
90.
6 25 2 11 70 8 4 –12 5
(A) 41 (B) 45
(C) 50 (D) 52
4 6 ?
86. Identify the number in the position of ‘?’
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 6 (D) 10
30 42 27
(A) 2 (B) 3 91. 4 14 16 13 11 65 8 ? 72
(C) 5 (D) 6
3 7 9
87. Find the letter to be placed in place of ‘?’ in the
figure given.
(NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/2015)
(A) 06 (B) 09
(C) 12 (D) 18
92. C E B D F
(A) M (B) N
24 120 6 60 ?
(C) Q (D) R
(NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/2015)
88. Identify the number corresponding to the ‘?’ (A) 210 (B) 310
(C) 410 (D) 510

(A) 3 (B) 5
(C) 7 (D) 8
PAGE # 34
93. Which letter replaces the question mark ? 94. From among the four alternatives given below,
(NTSE Stage-II, 2015) which numbr replaces the question mark ?
(A) 9 (B)10
(C) 18 (D) 23
(A) L (B) N
(C) P (D) R

PAGE # 35
M AT H E MAT I C A L O P E RAT I O N S
Mathematical Operations Ex 4. If L denotes x, M denotes  , P denotes + and

Q denotes –, then 8 P 36 M 6 Q 6 M 2 L 3 = ?
This section deals with questions on simple
13 1
mathematical operation. There are four fundamental (A) (B) –
6 6
operations, namely : Addition i.e. + ; Subtraction i.e. – ;
Multiplication i.e., x; and Division i.e.,  .
1
There are also statements such as Less than (C) 14 (D) 5
2
i.e, < ;greater than i.e, > ; equal to i.e, = ; and not
Sol. (D) Using the correct symbols,
equal to i.e,  etc.
Given expression
Such operations are represented by symbols
= 8 + 36  6 – 6  2 × 3
different from the usual ones. The candidate has
= 8 + 6 – 3 ×3 = 5
to make a substitution of real signs and solve the
equation accordingly. Ex 5. It being given that : > denotes +, < denotes –,
W hile attempting to solve a mathematical + denotes  , – denotes =, = denotes ‘less than’
expression, proceed according to the rule and × denotes ‘greater than’, find which of the
BODMAS – that is, Brackets, Of, Division, following is a correct statement.
Multiplication, Addition & Subtraction.We can (A) 3 + 2 > 4 = 9 + 3 < 1
perform addition or subtraction in any order. (B) 3 > 2 > 4 = 18 + 3 < 2
(C) 3 > 2 < 4 × 8 + 4 < 2
(D) 3 + 2 < 4 × 9 + 3 < 3
Sol. (C) Using proper notations, we have :
Ex 1. What is the value of (48 – 12)  4 + 6  2 × 3 = ?
(A) given statement is 3  2 + 4 < 9  3 – 1 or
(A) 10 (B) 0.6
(C) 2 (D) 18 11
< 2, which is not true.
Sol. (D) given expression 2
= (48 – 12)  4 + 6  2 × 3 (B) given statement is 3 + 2 + 4 < 18  3 – 2 or
= 36  4 + 6  2 × 3 (Solving Bracket) 9 < 4, which is not true.
=9+3×3 (Solving Division) (C) given statement is 3 + 2 – 4 > 8  4 – 2 or
=9+9 (Solving Multiplication) 1 > 0, which is true.
= 18 (Solving Addition) (D) given statement is 3  2 – 4 > 9  3 – 3 or
Ex 2. What is the value of 1260 ÷ 15 ÷ 7 = ?
5
(A) 12 (B) 58 – > 0, which is not true.
2
(C) 122 (D) 588
1260
Sol. (A) Given expression =  7 = 84 ÷ 7 = 12 Interchange of signs and numbers
15
Problems - Solving by Substitution Ex 6. Find out to sign to be interchanged for making the
given equation correct
In these type of questions, you are provided with
10 + 10  10 – 10 ×10 = 10
substitutes for various mathematical symbols or
(A) + and – (B) + and ×
numerals followed by a questions involving
(C)  and × (D) + and 
calculations of an expression or choosing the
Sol. (B) By making the interchanges given in (A), the
correct / incorrect equations. The candidate is
required to put in the real signs or numerals in equation as 10 – 10  10 + 10 × 10 = 10
the given equation and then solve the questions or 109 = 10 which is false
By making the interchanges given in (B), the
as required.
equation as 10×10  10 – 10 + 10 =10 or 10=10
Ex 3. If ‘+’ means ‘×’, ‘–’ means ‘÷’, ‘÷’ means ‘+’ and which is true
‘×’ means ‘–’, then what will be the value of By making the interchanges given in (C), the
16 ÷ 64 – 4 × 4 + 3 = ? equation as 10 + 10 × 10 – 10 ÷ 10 = 10
(A) 20 (B) 52 or 109 = 10 which is false
(C) 12 (D) None of these By making the interchanges given in (D), the
Sol. (A) Using the correct symbols, equation as 10 ÷ 10 + 10 – 10 × 10 = 10
16 + 64 ÷ 4 – 4 × 3 = 16 + 16 – 12 = 20 or – 89 = 10 which is false
PAGE # 36
Ex 7. Which one of the four interchanges in signs and Sol. (A) pEq and qEr  p q and q r  p r 
numbers would make the given equation correct ? p Er
3+5–2=4
(A) + and – , 2 and 3 (B) + and – , 2 and 5 Ex 11. If A + D > C + E, C + D = 2B and B + E > C + D,
(C) + and – , 3 and 5 (D) None of these it necessarily follows that
Sol. (C) By making the interchange given in (A), we get (A) A + B > 2D (B) B + D > C + E
the equation as 2 – 5 + 3 = 4 or 0 = 4, which is (C) A + D > B + E (D) A + D > B + C
false. Sol. (D) A + D > C + E
By making the interchange given in (B), we get the
 A + D > (2B – D) + E ( C + D = 2B)
equation as 3 – 2 + 5 = 4 or 6 = 4, which is false.
 A + D > (B + E) + (B – D)
By making the interchange given in (C), we get
the equation as 5 – 3 + 2 = 4 or 4 = 4, which is true.  A + D > (C + D) + (B – D)
 A + D > B + C.
Deriving the appropriate conclusions
Direction %(12) In answering the questions below, use
In these type of questions, certain relations
the following information :
between different sets of elements is given
(in terms of ‘less than’, ‘greater than’ or ‘equal to’) X  Y means divide X by Y
using either the real symbols or substituted X  Y means multiply X by Y
symbols. To analyses the given statements and
then decide which of the relations given as X # Y means subtract Y from X
alternatives follows from those given in the X  Y means add Y to X
statements.
Ex 12. One-fifth of one-tenth of two-third of a number X is
Directions : (8 to 9) In the following questions :
given by
 means ‘is equal to’
means ‘is not equal to’ (A) X  (1  5)  (1  10)  (2  3)
+ means ‘is greater than’
– means ‘is less than’ (B) X (1  5) (1  10) (2  3)
× means ‘is not greater than’
(C) X (1  5) (1  10) (2  3)
÷ means ‘is not less than’
Now select the correct alternative in each of the (D) can't be determined
following questions :
1 1 2
Ex 8. a – b – c implies – Sol. (A) X    = X  (1  5)  (1  10)  (2  3)
(A) a – b + c (B) b + a – c 5 10 3
(C) c × b + a (D) b + a ÷ c
Sol. (B) With the notations given, Directions : (13 to 16) In the following questions, the
we have : a – b – c means a < b < c symbols, ©, ©, =,  and –  are used with the
From option (A), a – b + c means a < b > c, this is following meanings
not true. From option (B), b + a – c means b > a <c, ‘A © B’ means ‘A is greater than B’ ;
this is true. From option (C), c × b + a means ‘A © B’ means ‘A is greater than or equal to B’ ;
c < b > a, this is not true. From option (D), b + a ÷c ‘A = B’ means ‘A is equal to B’;
means b > a > c, this is not true. ‘A  B’ means ‘A is smaller than B’;
Ex 9. a + b + c does not imply –  B’ means ‘A is either smaller than or equal to
‘A –
(A) b – a + c (B) c – b – a B’;
(C) c – a + b (D) b – a – c Now in each of the following questions, assuming
Sol. (D) With the notations given, the given statements to be true, find which of the
we have : a + b + c means a > b > c two conclusions  and  given below them is/are
From option (A), b – a + c means b < a > c, this is definitely true.
true. Give answer (A) if only conclusion  is true; (B) if
From option (B), c – b – a means c < b < a, this is only conclusion  is true; (C) if either  or  is true;
true. (D) if neither  nor  is true.
From option (C), c – a + b means c < a > b, this is Ex 13. Statements : S © T, M –  K, T = K
true.
From option (D), b – a – c means b < a < c, this is Conclusions : . T © M
not true.  T = M
Ex 10. W hich of the following conclusions is correct Sol. (C) Given statements : S > T, M  K, T = K.
according to the given expressions and symbols ? Relation between T and M :
A: B:> C:  D:= E: F: <
T = K, K  M  T  M  T > M or T = M
Expression (pEq) and (qEr)
 T © M or T = M
(A) pEr (B) pFr
So, either  or  is true.
(C) rBp (D) rBq
PAGE # 37
Ex 14. Statements : S  M, M © L, L © P Ex 20. What digit does E represent ?
Conclusions : . S = P (A) 0 (B) 1
 S –
 L (C) 2 (D) 3
Sol. (18 to 20) :
Sol. (D) Given statements : S < M, M > L, L  P S has to 1. Then D ( under L ) must be greater
 Relation between S and P : than 6. D = 7, L = 0, A = 2 Or. D = 8 L = 1, A = 3. Or,
S < M, M > L, L  P  no definite conclusion. D = 9 L = 2 or 3, A = 3 or 4.
So,  is not true. If L was carried over form D to E than N = 9 and, D
 Relation between S and L : ( Over A) would be 6 more then A , But this cannot
S < M, M > L  no definite conclusion. be true ( from the above inference about D, L, A ),
So,  is also not true. hence E is not 0. E is 1 more than N.
E1. E = 2  N = 1.
Ex 15. Statements : U = V, V  N, R – U E2. E = 3 N = 2.
Conclusions : . R  N
 U © N 18. (B) S = 1.
Sol. (A) Given statements : U = V, V < N, R  U 19. (C) N = 2.
 Relation between R and N :
20. (D) E = 3.
R  U, U = V, V < N  R < N i.e. R  N
So,  is true. Ex 21. If 4  2 @ 3 = 6, 18  6 @ 4 = 12, then what will be
 Relation between U and N :
the value to 24  3 @ 7 ?
U = V, V < N  U < N i.e. U  N
(A) 21 (B) 27
So, U © N i.e. U  N is not true.
Thus,  is false. (C) 72 (D) 56
Sol. (D) Here sing  implies division and sing @
Ex 16. Statements : E © U, C  E, C © B
Conclusions :  U = C implies multiplication 4 ÷ 2 × 3 = 6, 18 ÷ 6 × 4 = 12.
 E © B Therefore, 24 ÷ 3 × 7 = 56.
Sol. (B) Given statements : E  U, C < E, C > B Ex 22. In the following question some numbers are given
 Relation between U and C : in the shape of figures
U  E, E > C  no definite conclusion.
So,  is not true. ÷ = 2, ÷ = 5,
 Relation between E and B :
E > C, C > B  E > B i.e. E © B
So,  is true. + = 7, × = 18
Ex 17. What is the value of A if each letter represents a

What is the value of ?
different digit ?
(A) 9 (B) 6
(C) 3 (D) 2
Sol. (A) Clearly, the numbers are given in the shape of
(A) 3 (B) 4
(C) 5 (D) 7 figures are as follow =10, = 5,
Sol. (B) In the following question the value of A and B
are 4 and 5 respectively.
= 2, = 9. So,10 ÷ 5 = 2, 10 ÷ 2 = 5,
435
5
5 + 2 = 7,2 × 9 = 18 hence the value of is 9.
2175
Directions : (18 to 20) Read the following statement.

Seven digits are chosen from among 0,1,........, 9 EXERCISE
and each is represented by a different letter in the
subtraction problem below :
S L I D E 1. The value of 1001 ÷ 11 of 13 is :
– D EA N (A) 7 (B) 91
3 6 5 1 (C) 143 (D) 169
Ex 18. What digit does S represent ?
(A) 0 (B) 1 (6  6  6  6 )  6
2. The value of is equal to :
(C) 2 (D) 3 44444
Ex 19. What digit does N represent ? 3
(A) 1 (B)
(A) 0 (B) 1 2
(C) 2 (D) 3 4 6
(C) (D) 3
13 13
PAGE # 38
3. W hat mathematical operation should come at Directions : (12 to 13) For the following questions
the place of ‘?’ in the equation : means “bigger than”
2 ? 6 – 12 ÷ 4 + 2 = 11
 means “smaller than”
(A) + (B) –
(C) × (D) ÷ O means “equal to”
× means “addition”
4. If × means ÷ , – means ×, ÷means + and = means “subtraction”
+ means –, then (3 – 15 ) × 8 + 6 = ?
(A) 8 (B) 4 12. If a c and b × d O c, then
(C) 2 (D) –1
(A) d a (B) a O d
5. If a means ‘plus’, b means ‘minus’, c means (C) b c (D) d  a
‘multiplied by’ and d means ‘divided by’ then
16c 12 b 6d 2a 17 = ? 13. If a = b  d = c and a O c, then
(A) 65 (B) 55 (A) d b (B) d  b
(C) 216 (D) 206
(C) b O d (D) a d
6. If L denoted , M denotes x, P denotes + and
Q denotes –, then which of the following Directions : (14 to 15) Some symbols are given below.
statements is true? These symbols denote some relationships
3 between number
(A) 32 P8 L 16 Q 4 = 
2  = greater than
173
(B) 6 M 18 Q 26 L 13 P 7 =  = equal to
13
= not less than
38
(C) 11 M34 L 17 Q 8 L3 = × = less than
3
(D) 9 P 9 L9 Q 9 M9 = – 71 + = not greater than
Directions : (7 to 9) Answer the questions on the basis  = not equal to

of the information given below. If ‘$’ represents 14. a  b × c does not mean :
‘+’, ‘,’ represents ‘–’, ‘#’ represents ‘×’ and ‘@’
represents ‘/’ then answer the following questions (A) c b+a (B) b  c  a
based on the above given representation.
(C) c b × a (D) a  b  c
7. What is the value of 4 # 3 $ 10 @ 5 $ 8 # 2 , 18 ?
(A) 10 (B) 12
15. b c  a means :
(C) 6.8 (D) 11.2
(A) a b c (B) c × b × a
8. Which of the following has the value equivalent of
(C) c b a (D) b a  c
5$6#2$8@4?
(A) 4 # 7 , 12 $ 2 # 1 (B) 8 # 2 , 3 $ 6 @ 3
(C) 8 @ 2 , 3 $ 6 # 3 (D) 4 $ 7 , 12 $ 2 # 1 Directions : (16 to 17) The following symbols have been
used
9. Which of the given values is greater than  stands for equal to
7 $ 3 , 2 $ 12 @ 4 ?
< stands for not equal to
(A) 4 # 3 $ 6 @ 3 , 4
– stands for greater than
(B) 5 # 2 , 8 @ 4 $ 3 # 3 , 7
(C) 6 # 3 , 18 @ 2 $ 1 # 2 + stands for not greater than
(D) 9 @ 3 $ 6 # 2 , 2 # 1 > stands for less than
= stands for not less than
10. Find out the sign to be interchanged for making
the given equation correct :
16. If p = q + r, then it is possible that –
5 – 9 × 45 + 15 ÷ 3 = 5
(A) p  q – r (B) p + q – r
(A) + and – (B) × and +
(C) × and ÷ (D) × and – (C) p – q – r (D) p < q < r
11. Which one of the four interchanges in signs and 17. If p > q  r, then it is possible that –
numbers would make the given equation correct ?
(A) p + r + q (B) p = r – q
6 × 4 + 2 = 16
(A) + and × , 2 and 4 (B) + and × , 2 and 6 (C) p  q + r (D) p = q – r
(C) + and × , 4 and 6 (D) None of these
PAGE # 39
Directions : (18 to 22) In the following questions some 28. Given that ACT  AT = 11, find out which of the
letters stands for arithmetic sign as indicated following numbers does not stand for CAT to fulfil
the above equation (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
below. The remaining letters have their serial
(A) 246 (B) 615
numbers in the Alphabets. Decode the letters into (C) 624 (D) 835
number and sign to decide correct alternative-
A = ×, E = –, O = , U = + 29. Given the following subtraction problem, find out
which of the following number does not stand for
CART. (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
18. TEF
(A) 14 (B) 12
(C) 16 (D) 18 (A) 6420 (B) 7531
(C) 8420 (D) 9753
19. SETUH
30. If ‘–’ means ‘multiplied by’, ‘×’ means ‘plus’, ‘+’
(A) 5 (B) 6
means ‘divided by’ and ‘÷’ means ‘minus’ then
(C) 7 (D) 8 14– 10 × 4 ÷ 16 + 8 = ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) 142 (B) 134
20. GULAB (C) 6 (D) 5
(A) 26 (B) 28
(C) 31 (D) 38 31. If ‘+’ means ‘multiplied by’, ‘–’ means ‘divided by’,
‘×’ means ‘plus’ and ‘÷’ means ‘minus’ then
(18 + 10 × 20) – 8 ÷ 6 = ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
21. NACED
(A) 92 (B) 35
(A) 32 (B) 36 (C) 19 (D) 26
(C) 39 (D) 38
32. If ‘+’ means ‘ divided by’, ‘–’ means ‘multiplied’,
22. RUFOBEG ‘×’ means ‘plus’ and ‘÷’ means ‘minus’ then
(A) 14 (B) 16 (280 + 10 × 20) – 8  6 = ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) 378 (B) 258
(C) 12 (D) 18
(C) 70 (D) 64
Directions : (23 to 27) In the following questions some Directions : (33 to 35) The following questions are based
numbers are given in the shape of figures. Finding on the given matrix. The value of each letter is the
the values of the figures give the correct answer product of its row and column number e.g. the
of the questions. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008) value of Z’ is 3 × 4 = 12.
– =1 ÷ =2
Columns
+ =3 – =4 0 1 2 3 4
0 B O J C P
23. =? Rows 1 E N H I D
(A) 0 (B) 3 2 G R A M V
(C) 4 (D) 6 3 F S T L Z
4 W X Y U K
24. + =?
(A) 5 (B) 7 Answer the following questions.
(C) 8 (D) 9 (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
25. × =?
33. Find the letters which make the least total among
(A) 0 (B) 3 the alternatives.
(C) 5 (D) 6 (A) D K A (B) F H Y
(C) O D X (D) V T M
26. × ÷ =?
(A) 3 (B) 6 34. What is the total of GREAT ?
(C) 8 (D) 24 (A) 8 (B) 10
(C) 12 (D) 14
27. + – =? 35. Find the letters which make the highest total
(A) 3 (B) 4 among the alternatives.
(C) 5 (D) 7 (A) PLOT (B) PLAN
(C) PLAY (D) PLUS
PAGE # 40
Directions : (36 to 39) In the following questions some Direction : (44) In answering the questions below, use the
relations are written by particular indicators as following information :
shown below –
X  Y means divide X by Y
× = (Greater than)
= (Not less than) X  Y means multiply X by Y
 = Not equal to) X # Y means subtract Y from X
= (Equal to) X  Y means add Y to X
+ = (Not greater than)
= (Less than) 44. A receives X number of balls. He gives 10% of his
Find out the correct answer for each question. ball to B, 15% of his ball to C and 12% of his ball
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012) to D. How many balls does he have with him now
?
36. If x y z it is not possible –
(A) X  X  (10  100)  X  (15  100) # X  (12
(A) x  y z (B) x + y × z
(C) x  y × z (D) x y z  100)
(B) X  X  (10  100)  X (15  100)  X  (1  100)
37. If x y z it is not possible –
(C) X # [X  (10  100)  X  (15  100)  X  (12 
(A) x yz (B) x  y + z
100)]
(C) x + y z (D) x + y z
(D) None of these
38. If x y × z, it is possible – Direction : (45 to 46) In the question given below, use the
(A) x × y z (B) x y+z following notations :
A B means ‘add B to A’;
(C) x y z (D) x yz
A B means ‘subtract B from A’;
A @ B means ‘divide A by B’;
39. If x  y z, it is not possible –
A , B means ‘multiply A by B’;
(A) x × y + z (B) x  y × z
Now, answer the following question.
(C) x yz (D) x + y + z
45. The time taken by two running trains in crossing
40. Find the correct inference according to given
each other is calculated by dividing the sum of the
premises and symbols :
lengths of two trains by the total speed of the two
A : Not greater than B : Greater than
trains. If the length of the first train is L1, the length
C : Not equal to D : Equal to
E : Not less than F : Less than of the second train is L2, the speed of the first train
Premises : (pCm) and (pAm) is V1 and the speed of the second train is V2, which
(A) pBm (B) pDm of the following expressions would represent the
(C) pEm (D) pFm time taken ?
(A) (L1 L2) , (V1 V2)
Direction : (41 to 42) In the following question find the
(B) (L1 L2) @ (V1 V2)
relationship that can definitely be deducted on the
(C) [(L1 L2) @ (V1 V2)] , 60
basis two relationship given. The symbols used
(D) (L1 L2) @ (V1 V2)
are as follows :
means greater than,  means less than, 46. The total airfare is calculated by adding 15% basic
– means not equal to, + means equal to fare as fuel surcharge, 2% of basic fare as IATA
41. If 8A  6B and 3B  4C, therefore charges and Rs. 200 as airport tax to the basic
(A) C A (B) C  A fare. If the basic fare of a section is B, which of the
following will represent the total fare ?
(C) 2C  A (D) C 2A
(A) B (B , 15) @ 100 (B , 2) @ 100 200
42. If B D, D  C, C A and B + A, therefore (B) B (B , 15) @ 100 (B , 2) @ 100 100
(A) C B (B) C  B (C) B (B , 15) @ 100 (B , 2) @ 100 200
(C) C – B (D) Can’t be determined (D) B (B , 15) @ 100 (B, 2) @ 100 100
43. If A + B > C + D, B + E = 2C and C + D > B + E, it

47. If = 7, = 27, = 81 then =?
necessarily follows that :
(A) A + B > 2 C (B) A + B > 2D (A) 690 (B) 689
(C) A + B > 2E (D) A > C (C) 780 (D) 789
PAGE # 41
Directions : (48 to 52) In the following questions the
54. Statement : K @ T, S = K, T R
symbols $, @, ,  and  are used with the
following meaning. Conclusions : I. S @ R
A $ B means A is greater than B II. T = R
A @ B means A is either greater than or equal to B
A B means is A is equal to B 55. Statement : U = M, P @ U, M @ B
A  B means A is smaller than B
A  B means A is either smaller than or equal to B Conclusions : I. P = B
Now is each of the following questions assuming II. P @ B
the given statements to be true, find which of the
two conclusions I and II given below them is / are 56. Statement : L @ N, J P, P @ L
definitely true ? Give answer (A) if only conclusions
Conclusions : I. J = L
I is true, (B) if only conclusion II is true (C) if neither
II. P = N.
I nor II is true (D) if both I and II are true.
48. Statements : P @ Q, M  N, N  Q 57. Statement : H @ G, D @ E, H = E

Conclusions : I. P $ M
Conclusions : I. D @ H
II. N  P II. G  D
49. Statements : D  X, F @ Y, D $ F 58. In the correctly worked out multiplication problem
Conclusions : I. X @ Y at the below, each letter represent a different digit.
II. Y  D What is the value of B ?
A A
50. Statements : M P, S $ T, M @ T
X A B
Conclusions : I. T  P
B B
II. S  T
A A X
51. Statements : U  V, X $ W, U  W A 3 B
Conclusions : I. W $ V
II. U  X (A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 4 (D) 5
52. Statements : G $ H, J  K, H  K
Conclusions : I. G $ K Directions : (59 to 61) In the following questions find out
II. J  K the digits corresponding to the letters representing
those digits in the multiplication give below.
Directions : (53 to 57) In the following questions the 9bc
symbol @, @ , =,  and are used with 35d
3a4b
following meaning : 4a35
P @ Q  P is greater than Q 2961
34a39b
P @ Q  P is either greater or equal to Q
59. b stands for :
P  Q  P is smaller than Q (A) 6 (B) 7
P Q  P is either smaller than or equal to Q (C) 8 (D) 9
60. c stands for :

P = Q  P is equal to Q.
(A) 7 (B) 6
Now in each of the following questions, assuming
(C) 5 (D) 4
the given statement, to be true, find which of the
two conclusion I and II given below them is/are
61. d stands for :
definitely true.
(A) 2 (B) 3
Give answer (A) if only conclusion I is true, give
(C) 4 (D) 5
answer (B) it only conclusion II is true, give answer
(C) if either I or II is true, give answer (D) if neither
62. What is the value of A if each letter represents a
I nor II is true, give answer (E) if both I and II are different digit ?
true.
53. Statement : B @ V, K  C, C B
Conclusions : I. V @ C (A) 3 (B) 4

II. B @ K (C) 5 (D) 7
PAGE # 42
63. Find the 4 digit number ABCD such that ABCD × Directions : (71 to 73) In the following questions some
relations are written by particular indicators as
9 = DCBA. shown below- (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
(A) 1089 (B) 9801
O = Greater than
(C) Both A and B (D) None of these
+ = Equal to
 = Not equal to
N.I.N.T.E.E.N O.N.E.
64.  = Not greater than
N.I.N.T.Y.F.I.V.E. F.I.V.E O
x = Not less than
= Less than
I. Here ‘.’ (dot) represents multiplication
Find out the correct answer for each question.
II. Every letter has unique value from 0-10
III. O< Y 71. If p  q O r, it is possible that -
(A) p × q × r (B) p × q r
Then the value of ‘O’ is (C) p q O r (D) p O q O r
(A) 3 (B) 4 72. If p q  r, it is not possible that -

(C) 8 (D) 2 (A) p  q O r (B) p qr
(C) p O q r (D) p + q × r
Directions : (65 to 70) Digit 7 does not occur in the following
multiplication. Find the missing digits denoted by 73. If p × q O r, it is not possible that –
(A) p  q r (B) p × q + r
different letters.
(C) p  q O r (D) p O q + r
74. If 27  3 = 243 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
5  4 = 80
Then what is the value of 3  7 ?
(A) 84 (B) 147
(C) 63 (D) 23
75. In this multiplication question the five letters rep-
resent five different digits. What are the actual fig-
ures ? There is no zero.
65. What is the sum of the digits of Multiplicand ? (NTSE Stage-II /2013)
(A) 11 (B) 12
(A) M = 3, E = 9, A = 7, T = 4, S = 8
(C) 9 (D) 10 (B) M = 3, E = 9, A = 7, T = 8, S = 4
(C) M = 4, E = 3, A = 9, T = 7, S = 8
66. What is the sum of the digits of Multiplier ? (D) M = 4, E = 9, A = 3, T = 7, S = 8
(A) 7 (B) 9
(C) 11 (D) 12 76. Which symbol replaces the ‘?’ Figure below rep-
resent a balance.
67. What is the sum of the digits of Row No. 1 ?
(A) 11 (B) 13
(C) 15 (D) 17
68. What is the sum of the digits of Row No. 2 ? (NTSE Stage-II /2013)
(A) 11 (B) 13
(C) 15 (D) 17
(A) (B)
69. What is the sum of the digits of Row No. 3 ?
(C) (D)
(A) 13 (B) 21
(C) 15 (D) 17 77. If 23 52 = 48, then 43  35 = ?
70. What is the sum of the digits of the Product ? (A) 78 (B) 98
(A) 21 (B) 23 (C) 96 (D) 69
(C) 29 (D) 25 78. If 54/32 =4, 36/42 = 3, 92/22 = 7 then what is
28/33 = ? (NTSE Stage-II /2015)
(A) 5 (B) 6
(C) 4 (D) 9
PAGE # 43
DI RECTI ON SENSE TEST
There are four directions such as North, South, Ex 3. The time on the watch is quarter to three. If the
East and West. The word NEWS came from North, minute-hand points to North-East, in which
East, West and South. There are four regions : direction does the hour hand point ?
(i) North-East ; (ii) North-West ;(iii) South-East ; (A) South-West (B) South-East
(iv) South-West. (C) North-West (D) North-East
NORTH Sol. (A) The required position of
E S
S clock as shown in figure. 12
II I P
Clearly, if minute hand
O 9 3
WEST
points towards North-East

EAST
then hour hand will point 6

III IV towards South-West. N W
Q R Ex 4. If I stands in up side down position with my face
SOUTH pointing Northwards, in what direction will my
The directions OP, OS, OQ and OR are : right-hand point ?
North-East direction ; North-W est direction ; (A) East (B) West
South-W est direction ; and South-East direction (C) North (D) South
respectively. Sol. (B) When I stand on my head with my face pointing
Northwards. Clearly, my left hand will point towards
NOTE : The candidate must distinguish between the
East and my right hand will point towards West.
regions and directions, i.e., between North-East
region and North-East direction. If you move with Ex 5. From his house, Rajan went 25 km to the North.
your face Eastwards, your left hand is towards Then he turned W est and covered 20 km. Then
North and your right hand is towards South. he turned South and covered 15 km. Finally,
Similarly the positions of the directions of the turning to East, he covered 20 km. In which
hands can be fixed when you move in any of the direction was he from his house ?
other three directions. (A) East (B) West
Ex 1. Mohan travels 7 km Eastwards, then he turns right (C) North (D) South
and travels 3 km and further turns right again and Sol. (C) The movements of
travels 11 km. How far is he from the starting point ? Rajan are as shown in fig.
(A) 5 (B) 14 (A to B, B to C, C to D and D
(C) 21 (D) 23 to E) Clearly, his final
Sol. (A) The movement of Mohan from A to D as shown position is E which is to the
in figure. Now, North of his house at A.
DE = (CD – CE) = (CD – AB) = (11 – 7) = 4 km
Ex 6. Raj walked 20 metre towards South. Then he
Required distance = AD = 2
DE  AE 2 turned to his left and walked 25 metre. He then
turned to his left and walked 20 metre. He again
= DE 2  BC 2 = ( 4) 2  (3)2 = 5 km turned to his right and walked 10 metre. At what
distance is he from the starting point and in which
A 7 km B direction ?
(A) 35 metre, East (B) 35 metre, North
3 km 3 km (C) 40 metre, East (D) 60 metre, East
E Sol. (A) the movements of Raj are as shown in figure
D 4km 7 km C  Raj's distance from the starting point A
11 km = AE = (AD + DE) = (BC + DE) = (25 + 10) m = 35 m.
So, E is to the East of A.
Ex 2. A man walks 9 km due East and then 12 km due
10 m
South. How far is he from the starting point ? A
(A) 15 km (B) 6 km D E
(C) 7 km (D) None of these 20 m 20 m
Sol. (A) The movement of man from A to C as shown in
figure. Clearly, required distance B C
25 m
9 km
AC = AB 2  BC 2 A B Ex 7. If South-East becomes North, North-East
becomes W est and so on, what will South
= 9 2  12 2 = 15 km 12 km
become ?
(A) North-East (B) South - West
C (C) South (D) North - West
PAGE # 44
Sol. (A) The initial and the final position of the Ex 11. I run along the sides of a square field ABCD where
directions as shown in the figure. Clearly, as C is to the North-East of A and D is to the
observed in the figure, South will become South-East of B. Starting from A in anti-clockwise
North-East. direction, in which direction shall I be running after
N SW crossing C ?
NW NE S W (A) East (B) West
(C) North (D) South
W E SE NW
Sol. (B) The required position of the square field ABCD
as shown in the figure. Starting from A in the
SW SE E N
S NE anti-clockwise direction. I will move from A to D,
Initial position Final position D to C, C to B and B to A. Clearly, I will be running
in the West direction after crossing C.
Ex 8. A man is facing North-West. He turns 90º in the
North
clockwise direction and then 135º in the
B C
anti-clockwise direction. W hich direction is he
facing now ?
West East
(A) East (B) West
(C) North (D) South
A D
Sol. (B) As shown in the Fig. the man faces in the South
direction OA. After moving 90º clockwise, the man
Ex 12. A and B start walking in opposite directions.
faces in the direction OB. On moving to 135º
A walked 5 km, B walked 6 km. Thereafter both
anti-clockwise, he faces in the direction OC, which
turned to their right and walked 2 km. They turned
is West.
A to right again and walked 3 km, again turned to
B
right and walked 2 km. How much distance apart
135º are they from each other ?
90º (A) 2 km (B) 13 km
O (C) 3 km (D) 5 km
C
Sol. (D) A and B he facing North and South direction
Ex 9. A man is facing North-West. He turns 90º in the respectively at initial position O. The movement of
clockwise direction, then 180º in the anti-clockwise
A from O to W (O to X, X to Y, Y to Z and Z to W) and
direction and then another 90º in the same
the movement of B from O to R (O to P, P to Q,
direction. Which direction is he facing now ?
Q to S, S to R) as shown in figure. Clearly, required
(A) South (B) South-West
(C) West (D) South-East distance = RW
Sol. (D) As shown in fig. the man initially faces in the = RO + OW = (OP – PR) + (OX – XW)
direction OA. On moving 90º clockwise, he faces = (6 – 3) + (5 – 3) = 3 + 2 = 5 km.
in the direction OB. On further moving 180º 2 km
anti-clockwise, he faces in the direction OC. Finally X Y
on moving 90º anti-clockwise, he faces in the 3 km
direction OD, which is South-East.
5 km
W Z
2 km
O
2 km
S R
6 km
3 km
Q P
Ex 10. While facing East you turn to your left and walk 2 km
10 m then turn to your left and walk 10 m, and now
you turn 45º towards your right and go straight to
cover 25 m. Now, in which direction are you from
your starting point ?
(A) North-East (B) South-West
(C) South-East (D) North-West
Sol. (D) The movement from D 2

5
A to D as shown in the m
figure. Clearly, the final 45º 10 m
B
position i.e. D is to C
10 m
North-West of A.
A
PAGE # 45
9. A man was facing East. He took Three paces
EXERCISE forward, turned right, walked another two paces
and then turned right again, took three paces and
1 Anil left home and cycled 10 km Southwards,
turned about. Which direction was he last facing ?
turned right and cycled 5 km & turned right and
(A) East (B) North
cycled 10 km and turned left and cycled 10 km.
(C) South (D) None of these
How many kilometer will he have to cycle to reach
his home straight ? 10. I am facing South. I turn right and walk 20 m. Then
(A) 10 km (B) 15 km I turn right again and walk 10 m. Then I turn left
(C) 20 km (D) 25 km and walk 10 m and then turning right walk 20 m.
2. 'A' travelled W estwards 5 km, turned left and Then I turn right again and walk 60 m. In which
travelled 3 km, turned right and travelled 9 km. He direction am I from the starting point ?
then travelled North 3 km. How far was 'A' from the (A) North (B) North-West
starting point now ? (C) East (D) North-East
(A) 3 km (B) 5 km 11. Kumar stands with his face pointing to the
(C) 10 km (D) 14 km South-East direction. He walked 15 metre and
3. Amar travels one km due East, then 5 km due then turned Northwards and walked another
South, then 2 km due East and finally 9 km due 12 metre. How far was he then from the starting
North. How far is from the starting point ? point ?
(A) 16 km (B) 8 km (A) 12 metre (B) 10 metre
(C) 6 km (D) 5 km (C) 5 metre (D) None of these
4. Amit walks 2 km South, turned right and walked 12.  went 15 m to the North, then turned West and
1 km, again turned North and walked 5 km, turned covered 10 m, then turned South, and covered
East and walked 5 km. How far is he from the 5 m then turned East and covered 10 m. In which
starting point ? direction am  now from my house ?
(A) 3 km (B) 7 km (A) North (B) South
(C) 5 km (D) 6 km (C) East (D) West
5. A watch reads 4 : 30. If the minute-hand points to 13. At my house I am facing West, then I turn left and
East, in which direction does the hour-hand point? go 10 m, then I turn 90º anti-clockwise and go
(A) North - East (B) South - East 5 m, and then I go 5 m to the South and from there
(C) North - West (D) North 5 m to the West. In which direction am I from my
6. A man walked 3 metre towards North, turned house ?
West and walked 2 metre then turned North and (A) East (B) West
walked 1 metre and finally turned East and walked (C) North (D) South
5 metre. How far is he from the starting point ? 14. Sanjay went 70 metre in the East before turning to
(A) 5 metre (B) 8 metre his right. He went 10 metre before turning to his
(C) 10 metre (D) 12 metre right again and went 10 metre from this point.
7. Amit faces towards North. Turning to his right he From here he went 90 metre to the North. How far
walks 25 metre. He then turns to his left and walks was he from the starting point ?
30 metre. Then moves 25 metre to his right. He (A) 80 metre (B) 100 metre
then turns to his right again and walks 55 metre. (C) 140 metre (D) 260 metre
Finally, he turns to the right and moves 40 metre. In
15. A and B start walking from the same point. A goes
which direction is he now from his starting point ?
North and covers 3 km; then turns right and covers
(A) South-West (B) South
4 km. B goes west and covers 5 km, then turns
(C) North-West (D) South-East
right and covers 3 km. How far apart are they from
8. Kishen walks 10 km towards North. From there, each other ?
he walks 6 km towards South. Then, he walks (A) 10 km (B) 9 km
3 km towards East. How far and in which direction (C) 8 km (D) 5 km
is he with reference to his starting point ?
(A) 5 km, North (B) 5 km, North-East 16. L is to South-West of K, M is to the East of L and
(C) 7 km, East (D) 7 km, West South-East of K and N is to the North of M in line
with LK. In which direction of K is N located ?
(A) North (B) East
(C) South-East (D) North-East
PAGE # 46
17. Ramesh starts walking from his house at 4 PM 24. One morning Ram and Shyam were talking to
facing towards sun and walks 5 km. Then he turns each other face to face. If Shyam’s shadow was
left and walks 8 km. Again turning to left he walks exactly to the right of Ram, which direction Shyam
13 km and reaches Mohan's house. In which was facing ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
direction Ramesh's house is from Mohan's house ?
(A) South (B) East
(C) West (D) North
(A) North-West (B) North-East
(C) South-West (D) South-East Directions : (25 to 29) Study the maze given below and
18. Vinod travelled 6 km South from the starting point answer the questions that follow.
D, then turned right and moved 4 km and again (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
NORTH
turned right and travelled 6 km and turned left and Z
Y
travelled 8 km. Find out how many kilometer he
has to cover to reach his starting point D.
(A) 10 km (B) 12 km
(C) 14 km (D) 16 km
19. Suresh moves a distance of 7 km form a place P W E
towards North, then turns left and walks 4 km, E X A
again turns towards right and walks 3 km, then
S S
T T
again turns right and walks 2 km to reach his
destination Q. W hich direction is he facing
now ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
W
(A) West (B) East
(C) North-West (D) South
20. A child goes 50 metre towards South and then V

turning to his right, he goes 50 metre. Then, SOUTH
turning to his left, he goes 30 metre. Again he 25. How many turns will ‘X’ take to come out of the
turns to his left and goes 50 metre. How far is he maze ?
from his initial position ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008) (A) 36 (B) 38
(A) 30 metre (B) 40 metre (C) 40 (D) 42
(C) 50 metre (D) 80 metre 26. How many turns will ‘V’ take to come out of the
21. Ganesh moves 20 metres towards East from his maze ?
house. Then he turns left 3 times each time (A) 10 (B) 8
covering a distance of 20 meters. Finally he takes (C) 7 (D) 6
2 successive right turns, each time covering a 27. How many times ‘X’ has to go towards South, if
distance of 20 metres. In which direction is he he wants to meet ‘Z’ ?
with respect to his house ? (A) 5 (B) 6
(NTSE Stage-II, 2009) (C) 8 (D) 10
(A) North (B) North-East
28. How many times ‘W’ has to go towards East, if he
(C) South-West (D) North-West
wants to meet ‘V’ ?
22. Ashok is facing North. He turns 45 degrees in the (A) 5 (B) 6
clockwise direction and then turns 90 degrees in (C) 7 (D) 8
the anticlockwise direction. Finally, he turns back. 29. How many turns will ‘Y’ take to meet ‘X’ ?
Which direction is he facing now ? (A) 42 (B) 40
(NTSE Stage-II, 2009) (C) 39 (D) 37
(A) South-East (B) South-West
(C) North-East (D) North-West 30. Prakash moves 40 km in the direction of North
then he turns to right and moves 50 km. After this
23. Shabnam’s school bus picks her up from her he turns to right and moves 30 km. Again he turns
house and takes two left turns and one right turn to right and moves 50 km.
to reach her school. If the bus is facing East, while How many kilometers away is he from the starting
reaching the school , which direction was the bus point ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
facing at her home ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009) (A) 40 (B) 10
(A) North (B) South (C) 50 (D) 60
(C) East (D) West
PAGE # 47
31. Shalini is standing at the South-East corner of a
rectangular field. She starts crossing the field
diagonally . After walking half the distance, she
turns right, walks some distance and turns left.
(A) (B)
Which direction is Shalini facing now ?
(A) South - East (B) South- West
(C) North- East (D) North-West
32. One morning after sunrise, Seema was standing

facing a pole. The shadow of the pole fell exactly
(C) (D)
to her right. Which direction was she facing ?
(A) North (B) South
(C) West (D) East 37. A sprinter goes off the starting block for 100m run
and at that instant the second-hand of a stop-
33. Rahul travels 10 km to the North. He turns to the
right and walks 5 km. Then again he turns to his watch had pointed towards North. He touches the
right and moves 10 km forward. How many km finishing line exactly after 12 seconds. In which
away from starting point is he ? direction did the second hand point when he just
(A) 26 km (B) 19 km crossed the finishing line ?(NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(C) 13 km (D) 5 km (A) 18º North of East (B) 18º East of North
(C) 72º North of East (D) 82º East of North
34. Ram starts from a point P, drives 2 km towards
North. He then turns to his left and drives 3 km 38. I left home at 3:00pm and returned at 3:48pm.
and after taking another turn to his left the drives 2
km, and finishes at point Q. After the first turn in The clock wa rotated by 45°, so that when I left, the
which direction Ram will be driving ? hour-hand of a clock was pointing along the south-
(NTSE Stage-II, 2011) east direction. In which direction would the hour-
(A) West (B) North
(C) East (D) South hand point when I returned? (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(A) 15° East of South (B) 21º East of South
35. Rakesh starts from A and walks towards East to (C) 63° South of East (D) 27° South of East
B. He turns south and walks to C. Then he turns
north-west and walks to D. Finally he turns south-
39. Madhu walks 15 metres towards north, then
she turns left at 90° and walk 30 metres, then
west and comes to E. Which of the answer figures
turns right at 90° and walks 25 metres. How
shows the exact path he traced? far, she is form the starting point and in which
(NTSE Stage-II, 2011) direction ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2015)
(A) 55 mt., north -east (B) 50 mt., north-west
(C) 60 mt., north (D) 50 mt., west
40. A ship navigating in the Indian Ocean is hit by

a sea storm and drifts as follows :
(A) (B) 40 km North
28 km north west
36 km west
52 km south and 29 km south east.
The ship had finally drifted
in.................direction from its original
position. (NTSE Stage-II, 2015)
(C) (D) (A) South West (B) South
(C) West (D) South East
36. Pankaj starts from A and walks north-east to B. 41. Ramesh travels 3 km to east then moves to
He turns west and walks to C. Then turns south right and travels 5 km and at the end he again
and walks to D. He then turns east and walks to moves right and travels 15 km. Then the dis-
E. Finally he turns south-west and walks to F. tance and direction of initial point from Ramesh
W hich of the answer figures exactly shows the is (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2017)
path Pankaj traced ? (A) 13 km south - west (B) 13 km north-east
(NTSE Stage-II, 2011) (C) 12 km north - east. (D) 12 km south-east
PAGE # 48
S E AT I N G A R R A N G E M E N T
Seating Arrangements Circular Seating Arrangements
In these type of questions, some clues regarding 5. Five persons were playing cards game sitting in
seating or placing sequence (linear or circular or a circle all facing the centre. Mukund was to the
rectangular) of some persons or items is given. immediate left of Rajesh, Vijay was to the right of
The candidate is required to form the proper Anil and between Anil and Nagesh. Who was to
sequence using these clues and answer the given the immediate right of Nagesh ?
questions accordingly. (A) Vijay (B) Rajesh
(C) Anil (D) Mukund
Linear Seating Arrangements Mukand
Nage
sh
Ex. 1 Who among P, Q, R, S and T is in the exactly middle
Raje
sh
while standing in a line ?
Sol. (D)
(i) Q is to the immediate right of T.
An
(ii) S is exactly between P and T. il ay
Vi j
(iii) Q is exactly between T and R.
(A) P (B) Q Directions : (6 to 8) Read the following information and
(C) R (D) T answer the questions that follow :
Sol. (D) On the basis of information, we have the (i) Six friends A, B, C, D, E and F are sitting in a
arrangement of the persons in a line as under:- closed circle facing the centre.
(ii) E is to the immediate left of D.
P S T Q R (iii) C is exactly between A and B.
Directions : (2 to 4) Study the given information and answer (iv) F is between E and A.
the question that following. 6. Who is to the immediate left of B ?
Five persons are standing in a queue. One of the (A) A (B) C
two persons at the extreme ends is a Professor (C) D (D) E
and the other is a Businessman. An Advocate is
standing to the right of a student. A Author is to the 7. Who is to the immediate right of C ?
immediate left of the Businessman. The Student (A) A (B) B
is between the Professor and the Advocate. (C) D (D) E
Ex. 2 Counting from the left the Author is at which 8. W hich of the above given statements is
place ? superfluous ?
(A) First (B) Second (A) (i) (B) (ii)
(C) Third (D) Fourth (C) (iii) (D) All are required.
Ex. 3 Which of the following is in the exactly middle of Sol. : (6 to 8) Clearly, in the circle the arrangement is as
the queue ? shown :
(A) Professor (B) Advocate
6. (C) Clearly, D is to the immediate left of B.
(C) Student (D) Businessman
7. (A) Clearly, A is to the immediate right of C.
Ex. 4 If Advocate and the Businessman exchange their
positions, also the Author and the Student, then 8. (D) Since all the statements are necessary to
who will be standing to the left of the student ? determine the arrangement, none of them is
(A) Author (B) Businessman superfluous.
(C) Professor (D) Advocate
D
Sol. : (2 to 4) On the basis of the information given in the B E
question, we have the arrangement of standing
order of persons as per figure. F
C
A
2. (D) Author is fourth from the left.

3. (B) Advocate is in the middle of queue.
4. (B) Businessman will be to the left of Student if
Advocate and Businessman, Author and Student
exchange their positions.
PAGE # 49
Directions : (7 to 8) Answer the questions based on the
EXERCISE following information.
Directions : (1 to 4) Study the given information and answer 6 men R,S,T,U,V and W sat around a circular
the questions that following. table playing cards. It was noticed that no two men
the initial letters of whose names are adjacent in
(i) P, Q, R, S T, U and V are sitting in a row facing
the alphabetical order, sat next to each other, U
East.
was opposite of R. V was not to the immediate
(ii) R is on the immediate right of S.
right of R.
(iii) Q is at an extreme end and has T as his
immediate neighbour. 7. Who sat to the immediate left of R ?
(iv) V is exactly between T and U. (A) S (B) T
(v) S is sitting third from the South end. (C) V (D) W
1. Who is sitting to the immediate right of T ? 8. Who sat to the immediate right of R ?
(A) P (B) V (A) S (B) T
(C) S (D) U (C) V (D) W
2. Which of the following pairs of people are sitting Directions : (9 to 13) Study the following information and
at the extreme ends ? answer the given questions that following.
(A) PQ (B) PS (i) Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are seated
(C) QR (D) UB in a circle facing centre.
(ii) D is between B and G and F is to the immediate
3. Name the person who is at the third place from
neighbours of A and H.
the North end.
(iii) E is second to the right of A.
(A) T (B) U
(C) V (D) S 9. Which of the following is A’s position ?
(A) Immediate left of F.
4. Immediately between which of the following pairs
(B) Immediate right of F.
of people is S sitting ?
(C) Exactly between E and F.
(A) PR (B) PU
(D) Can’t be determined.
(C) RT (D) RU
10. Which of the following is C’s position ?
Directions : (5 to 6) Are based on the information given
(A) Exactly between E and A.
below :
(B) Between G and E.
A group of seven singers, facing the audience,
(C) Second to the left of B.
are standing in a line on the stage as follows :
(D) Can’t be determined.
(i) D is to the immediate right of C.
(ii) F is to the immediate neighbours of G. 11. Who are the immediate neighbours of D ?
(iii) B is to the immediate left of F. (A) B and C
(iv) E is to the immediate left of A. (B) C and E

(C) B and G
(v) C and B have one singer between them.
(D) B and G or B and H
(vi) A and D have one singer between them.
12. If the positions of B and G and D and A are
5. Which of the following pairs of singer are sitting at
interchanged then who is sitting between B and
the extreme ends ?
G in new position.
(A) D,G (B) F,A
(A) D (B) A
(C) E,G (D) E,F
(C) H (D) E
6. Immediately between which of the following pairs
13. If B is sitting opposite to C and H is sitting opposite
of singer is D sitting ?
to E then find who is sitting opposite to F ?
(A) A,B (B) F,A
(A) B (B) G
(C) B,C (D) E,F
(C) A (D) D
PAGE # 50
Directions : (14 to 16) Six Persons P, Q, R, S, T and U are 21. Which of the following is true about J ?
sitting in a circle facing one another front to front. (A) J is a male member
P is sitting in front of Q, Q is sitting to the immediate (B) J is a female member
right of T and immediate left of R, P is to the left of (C) Sex of J cannot be determined
U and right of S. (D) Position of J cannot be determined
14. Who is sitting opposite to R ? Directions : (22 to 26) Read the following information
(A) P (B) Q carefully and answer the questions :
(C) S (D) U (i) Six flats on a floor in two rows, facing east and
15. Who is sitting opposite to S ? west are allotted to Q, R, S, T, U and V.
(A) U (B) T (ii) R gets east side facing and not next to T.
(C) R (D) Q (iii) T and V get diagonally opposite flats.
(iv) S next to V gets a west facing flat.
16. Who is sitting between P and R ?
(v) U gets a east facing flat.
(A) S (B) T
(NTSE Stage-II,2008/2009)
(C) U (D) Q
22. W hich of the following combination gets west
Directions : (17 to 21) Read the following information
carefully and answer the questions given below it. facing flats ?
(I) Eight persons E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L are seated (A) SQR (B) RTS
around a square table- two on each side. (C) STU (D) QSV
(II) There are three lady members and they are 23. Whose flat is between R and T ?
not seated next to each other. (A) Q (B) S
(III) J is to the immediate neighbours of L and F.
(C) U (D) V
(IV) G is between I and F.
(V) H, a lady member, is second to the left of J 24. If the flats of U and Q are interchanged then whose
(VI) L, a male member, is seated opposite of E, a flat will be opposite to the flat of U ?
lady member, (A) V (B) Q
(VII) There is a lady member between F and I. (C) T (D) S
17. W ho among the following is to the immediate
25. The flats of which pair other than T and V are
neighbours of E and H ?
diagonally opposite to each other ?
(A) F (B) I
(A) TQ (B) US
(C) J (D) None of these
(C) TU (D) RQ
18. How many persons are seated between K and F ?
26. Whose flat is between Q and V ?
(A) One
(A) R (B) T
(B) Two
(C) U (D) S
(C) Three
(D) Cannot be determined 27. Six friends L, M, N, O, P and Q are seated in a
19. W ho among the following are the three lady circle facing the centre. Q is between L and O. N
members ? is between P and M. P is not between O and N. O
(A) E, G and J is second to the left of N.
(B) E, H and G Who is between L and N ? (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
(C) G, H and J (A) M (B) P
(D) Cannot be determined (C) O (D) N
20. W ho among the following is to the immediate 28. Six students are sitting in a row. A is sitting
left of F? between B and C.B is sitting next to E. E is sitting
(A) G next to O who is sitting on the extreme left and D is
(B) I sitting next to C.
(C) J Who two are sitting adjacent to B ?
(D) Cannot be determined (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
PAGE # 51
Directions : (29 to 31) Study the information carefully and 34. Six persons P, Q, R, S, T and U are sitting in two
then choose the correct alternative to answer the rows, three in each as per following information.
questions.
five friends A, B, C, D and E are sitting on a bench.
T is not at the end of any row.
(1) A is sitting next to B.
S is second of the left of U.
(2) C is sitting next to D.
(3) D is not sitting with E. R the neighbour of T is sitting diagonally opposite
(4) E is on the left end of the bench. to S.

(5) C is on second position from the right. Q is the neighbour of U
(6) A is on the right side of B and to the right side W hich of the following are sitting diagonally
of E.
opposite to each other.
(7) A and C are sitting together.
(A) P and R (B) S and P
(C) P and U (D) None of these
29. Where is A sitting ?
(A) Between B and D (B) Between D and C 35. X, Y, Z and P are sitting around a circular table
(C) Between C and E (D)Between B and C and discussing their trades .
30. C is sitting between (i) X, sits opposite to cook

(A) B and D (B) A and E (ii) Y, sits right to the barber
(C) D and E (D) A and D (iii) The washerman is on the left of the tailor
31. What is the position of D ? (iv) P, sits opposite Z

(A) Extreme left (B) Extreme right What are the trades of X and Y ?
(C) Third form left (D) Second from left (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
Directions : (32 to 33) Read the following information (A) Tailor and Barber
carefully and answer the questions based on it by (B) Barber and Cook
selecting the correct option from the given (C) Tailor and Cook
alternatives. (D) Tailor and washerman
(i) S, T, U, V, W, X and Y are sitting along a wall
facing North direction 36. Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F are standing in a
(ii) U is on the immediate right of V circle. B is between F and C, A is between E and
(iii) T is at an extreme end and has W as his D, F is to the left of D. Who is between A and F ?
neighbour.
(iv) Y is between W and X.
(A) B (B) C
(v) V is sitting third from the other end.
(C) D (D) E
32. Who is sitting on the left of X ? 37. Six students are sitting in a row. K is sitting be-
(A) T (B) Y tween V and R. V is sitting next to M. M is sitting
(C) W (D) U next to B who is sitting on the extreme left and Q is
33. Where is S sitting ? sitting next to R.

(A) Extreme East Who are sitting adjacent to V ?
(B) Extreme West (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(C) In the middle
(A) R and Q (B) B and M
(D) Second from the East end
(C) K and R (D) M and K
PAGE # 52
Directions (38 to 42) : These questions are based on the 41. Who is sitting between  and  ?
following information: (A) Both  and  (B) Both  and 
, , , ,  ,,  ,  are sitting on a merry-go- (C) Only  (D) Only 
round facing at the centre.  is second to the left
on  who is third to the left of .is fourth to the 42. How many of them are sitting between  and  ?
(A) 0 or 6 (B) 1 or 5
right of  who is immediate neighbour of  .  is
(C) 2 or 4 (D) 3
not a neighbour of or . is not a neighbour of .
43. A, B, C, D and E are sitting on a bench. A is sitting
38. Who is third to the left of 
next to B, C is sitting next to D, D is not sitting next
(A)  (B) 
to E, who is sitting on the left end of the bench. C
(C)  (D) 
is on the second position from the right. A is to the
right of B and E. Counting from the left in which
39. In which of the following pairs is the first person position is A sitting? (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
sitting to the immediate right of the second per- (A) 2
son ? (B) 3
(A) ,  (B) ,  (C) 5
(C)  ,  (D)  ,  (D) Cannot be determined from the given condi-
tions .
40. What is ‘s position with respect to  ?

(A) Third towards right
(B) Third towards left
(C) Second towards right
(D) Second towards left

PAGE # 53
RAN KI NG & OR DERI N G -T EST
Number Quibble Alpha-Numeric Quibble

In these type of questions a jumped sequence of
In these type of questions, generally a set, group
some letters, numbers and symbols is given and
or series of numerals is given and the candidate
the candidate is required to find out how many
is required to find out how many times a number
times a number or a letter or a symbol satisfying
satisfying the conditions, specified in the question
the conditions, specified in the question occurs.
occurs.
Directions : (5 to 6) Study the following arrangement of
Ex 1. How many 5's are there in the following sequence
symbols, letters and numbers to answer the
which are immediately followed by 3 but not
immediately preceded by 7 ? questions given below it :
89 53 25 3855687 335775365 33 57 38  = F 2  K S 7 5 # $ P L V 8 @ M U E 6 Q G  9 3 & T Y
(A) One (B) Two Ex 5. How many such letters are there in the
(C) Three (D) Four arrangement each of which is either immediately
Sol. (C) 8 9 5 3 2 5 3 8 5 5 6 8 7 3 3 5 7 7 5 3 6 5 3 3 5 7 3 8 preceded by a symbol or immediately followed by
Clearly, there are three such numbers. a number, but not both ?
(A) Three (B) Four
Ex 2. In the following number series how many 8’s are
(C) Five (D) None of these
there which are exactly divisible by the numbers
Sol. (D) The letters satisfying the given conditions are
which are preceded and followed by it ?
shown as under :
824517284842282698454832843183
(A) 1 (B) 2  = F 2  K S 7 5 # $ P L V 8 @ M U E 6 Q G  9 3 & T Y
(C) 3 (D) 4 Clearly, there are 8 such letters.
Sol. (D) As per the question Ex 6. How many such consonants are there in the above
824517284842282698454832843183 arrangement each of which is immediately
Thus, four such numbers are there followed by a consonant but not immediately
preceded by a symbol ?
Alphabetical Quibble
(A) Nil (B) One
In these type of questions, generally a letter-series (C) Two (D) Three
is given, be it the English alphabets from A to Z or Sol. (B) W e know that of the 26 letters of English
a randomised sequence of letters. The candidate alphabet, five letters namely A, E, I, O, U are
is then required to trace the letters satisfying vowels, while remaining are consonants. The
certain given conditions as regards their position consonants satisfying the given conditions may
in the given sequence or the sequence obtained be shown as under :
by performing certain given operations on the  = F 2  K S 7 5 # $ P L V 8 @ M U E 6 Q G 
given sequence.
9 3 & T Y  Clearly, there is only one such
Ex 3. How many W's are there in the following series consonant.
which are immediately followed by W but not Ranking Test
immediately preceded by K ?
In these type of questions, generally the ranks of
DW W DHKVDW ZDW W W DDW KW W DKKD HC
a person both from the top and from the bottom
(A) One (B) Two
are mentioned and the total number of persons
(C) Three (D) None is asked. However, sometimes this question is
Sol. (C) Clearly, W ’s satisfying the given conditions put in the form of a puzzle of interchanging seats
can be marked as under by two persons.
DW W DHKVDW ZDW W W DDW KW W DKKDHC
Useful Tips
Ex 4. How many L’s are there which do not have R
preceding them and also do not have T following 1. Position of person from upward
them ? = [Total number of persons - position of person
Z Q STL R MN Q N RT U V X RLTASLT Q RS LT from down] + 1
(A) 1 (B) 2
2. Position of person from downward
(C) 3 (D) 5
= [Total number of persons - position of person
Sol. (C)Z Q S T L R M N Q N R T U V X R L T A S L T Q R S L T
from up] + 1
PAGE # 54
3. Position of person from right Ex 10. A is richer than B.
= [Total number of persons - position of person C is richer than A.
from left] +1 D is richer than C.
E is the richest of all.
4. Position of person from left
= [Total number of persons - position of person If they are made to sit in the above degree of
from right] + 1 richness who will be in the middle position (central
position) ?
5. Total number of persons (A) A (B) B
= [Position of person from upward/right + position
(C) C (D) D
of person from downward / left] – 1
Sol. (C) According to the given statement
Ex 7. In a row of girls, Mridula is 18th from the right and
Sanjana is 18th from the left. If both of them
exchange their position, Sanjana becomes 25th C is in the middle position.
from the left, how many girls are there in the row ? Ex 11. Ashok is older than Suresh, Vivek is not youngest.
(A) 40 (B) 41 Raju is older than Ashok and Vivek is not older
(C) 42 (D) 35 than Suresh. W hich one of the following
Sol. (C) Sanjana’s new position is 25th from left. But it statements must necessarily be true ?
is the some as Mridula’s earlier position which is I. Vivek is as old as Ashok
18th from the right. II. Vivek is as old as Raju
Then the total number of girls are = (rank from left III. Vivek is as old as Suresh
+ rank from right) – 1
IV. Suresh is younger than Vivek
= (18 + 25) – 1= 43 – 1 = 42.
(A) Only I (B) Only II
Ex 8. Anil and Sunil are ranked seventh and eleventh (C) Only III (D) Either III or IV
respectively from the top in a class of 31 students. Sol. (C) According to the given statement
What will be their respective ranks from the bottom V = S <A< R
in the class ?
Directions : (12 to 13) Read following information carefully
(A) 20th and 24 th
(B) 24th and 20th
and answer the questions given below it :
(C) 25th and 21st (D) 26th and 22nd
(i) P, Q, R, S and T are five friends.
Sol. (C) Number of students behind Anil in rank
(ii) Q is elder to T.
= (31 – 7) = 24
(iii) R is younger to P .
So, Anil is 25th from the bottom.
(iv) P is younger to T.
Number of students behind Sunil in rank
= (31 – 11) = 20 (v) S is elder to P .
So, Sunil is 21st from the bottom. Ex 12. Who among the following is the eldest ?
(A) P (B) Q
Ordering Test (C) S (D) Data inadequate
Ex 13. Who among the following is the youngerst ?

In such type of questions, clues are given
(A) P (B) R
regarding comparisons among a set of persons
(C) T (D) Data inadequate
or things with respect to their qualities. The
candidate is required to analyses the whole Sol. : (12 to 13) Thus, sequence of their age becomes
information, form a proper ascending/descending Q >T > S > P > R or Q >S > T > P > R
sequence and then answer the given questions or S >Q > T > P > R
accordingly.
12. (D) According to a given statement there are
Ex 9. A is shorter than B but much taller than E. C is the three sequences, as follows :
tallest and D is shorter than A and taller than E. Q >T > S > P > R or Q >S > T > P > R
Which one is the shortest ?
or S >Q > T > P > R
(A) A (B) E
Hence the answer is data inadequate
(C) B (D) D
Sol. (B) According to the given statement 13. (B) Clearly, R is the youngerst.
E < D <A< B < C
PAGE # 55
Directions : (8 to 10) These questions are based on the
EXERCISE following arrangement of symbols, letters and
numbers.
1. How many even numbers are there in the
 9 B Q = $ 2 5 R J  L 3 @ YM E 6 8  ÷ D F 4  H 7 
following sequence of numbers which are
immediately followed by an odd number as well 8. How many such numbers are there in the
as immediately preceded by an even number ? arrangement each of which is immediately
86768932753422355228119 preceded by a symbol but not immediately
(A) One (B) Three followed by a letter ?
(C) Five (D) None of these (A) Nil (B) One
(C) Two (D) Three
2. In the following series, how many times the sum 9. How many such symbols are there in the above
of two consecutive numbers results an even arrangement each of which is either immediately
number ? 12346342593674123 followed by a number or immediately preceded
676543 by a letter ?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (A) One (B) Two
(C) 5 (D) None of these (C) Three (D) Four
3. In the following number series, how many 8's are 10. How many such letters are there in the
there which are immediately preceded by a arrangement each of which is immediately
number which does not divide it but followed by a followed by a number but not immediately
number which divides it ? preceded by a symbol ?
28283858853282384715838286 (A) Nil (B) One
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) Two (D) Three
(C) 3 (D) 4 11. In a Class Vidya ranks 7th from the top, Divya is 7
ranks ahead of Megha and 3 ranks behind Vidya.
4. In the following series of numbers, find out how
Sushma who is 4th from the bottom, is 32 ranks
many times, 1, 3 and 7 have appeared together, 7
behind Megha. How many students are there in the
being in the middle and 1 and 3 on either side of 7 ?
class ?
2 9 7 3 1 7 3 7 7 1 3 3 1 7 3 8 5 7 1 3 7 71 7 3 9 0 6
(A) 52 (B) 49
(A) One (B) Two
(C) Three (D) Four
12. In a queue of boys Sohan is 9th from the back.
5. The positions of how many digits in the number Ramesh's place is 8th from the front. Radhey is
423157698 will remain unchanged after the digits standing in the middle of the two. What could be
within the number are arranged in ascending the minimum number of boys standing in the
order ? queue ?
(A) None (B) One (A) 8 (B) 10
(C) Two (D) Three (C) 12 (D) 14
6. In the following series how many C’s are there 13. If all the numbers from 7 to 59, which are divisible
which are immediately followed by ‘Y’ but not by 3 are arranged in descending order then which
immediately preceded by ‘J’ ? number will be at 10th place from the bottom ?
J C D YJ C Y O J H C YYY C I J W C YA C Y (A) 36 (B) 39
(A) one (B) two (C) 30 (D) 27
(C) three (D) four 14. In a row of girls, Rina and Mona occupy the ninth
place from the right end and tenth place from the
7. How many A’s are there in the following series
left end, respectively. If they interchanged their
which are immediately followed by B as well as
places, Rina and Mona occupy seventeenth place
immediately preceded by Z ?
from the right and eighteenth place from the left,
AM B Z ANA AB ZABAZ B AP ZABAZAB
respectively. How many girls are there in the row?
(A) Nil (B) One
(A) 25 (B) 26
(C) Two (D) Three
(C) 27 (D) Data inadequate
PAGE # 56
15. In a class of 35 students, Kunal is placed seventh 22. Who arrived second ?
from the bottom where as Sonali is placed ninth (A) A (B) B
from the top. Pulkit is placed exactly in between (C) C (D) D
the two. What is Kunal’s position from Pulkit ?
23. Who came third ?
(A) 9 (B) 10
(A) A (B) B
(C) 11 (D) 13
(C) C (D) D
16. In a queue, A is eighteenth from the front while B
Directions : (24 to 28) Read the following information and
is sixteenth from the back. If C is twenty-fifth from
answer the questions given below it :
the front and is exactly in the middle of A and B,
Alka is older than Mala. Gopal is older than Mala
then how many persons are there in the queue ?
but younger than Alka. Kapil is younger than Ram
(A) 45 (B) 46
and Mala. Mala is older than Ram.
(C) 47 (D) 48
24. Whose age is between Gopal and Ram ?
17. Students line up in a queue in which Ashish
(A) Mala (B) Kapil
stands fifteenth from the left and Sachin is seventh
(C) Alka (D) None of these
from the right. If they interchange their places,
Sachin would be fifteenth from the right. How many 25. Whose age is between Mala and Kapil ?
students are there in the queue ? (A) Gopal (B) Ram
(A) 21 (B) 22 (C) Alka (D) None of these
26. Whose age is exactly in the middle of all the five ?
18. Nitin was counting down from 32. Sumit was
(A) Mala (B) Gopal
counting upwards, the numbers starting from 1
(C) Ram (D) Alka
and he was calling out only the odd numbers.
W hat common number will they call out at the 27. Who is the eldest ?
same time if they were calling out at the same (A) Alka (B) Mala
speed ? (C) Kapil (D) Gopal
(A) 19 (B) 21 28. Who is the youngest ?
(C) 22 (A) Mala (B) Ram
(D) They will not call out the same number (C) Alka (D) Kapil
19. In a group of six children, Q is taller than P but not 29. How many odd numbers are in the following
as tall as L. M is taller than N and O, but not as tall number series, which does not contains just after
as P. Who is the shortest among them ? it an odd number, but contains an even number
(A) N (B) O just before it ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(C) M (D) Data inadequate 35814976159234852
(A) 2 (B) 3
20. R earns more than H but not as much as T, M
(C) 4 (D) 5
earns more than R. W ho earns least among
them ? 30. If all the even numbers in between numbers from
(A) H (B) R 32 to 51 are arranged in a row then number at fifth
(C) T (D) M position from right, will be–
Direction : (21 to 23) Read the following information and
(A) 36 (B) 40
answer the questions.
(C) 42 (D) 48
A was punctual. B came after him and C
immediately before B. D was earliest but E was 31. How many A are in the given letter series which
last of all getting to school. does not has B just before it but has C just
after it ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
21. Who arrived first at school ?
D A C B A C D A CB C A C B A C B A D C
(A) A (B) B
(A) 3 (B) 4
(C) C (D) D
(C) 5 (D) 6
PAGE # 57
32. How many 9's are there which come after 6 or 40. In the following series how many times 7, 8, 9
multiple of 3 ? appear together when 7 being in the middle ?
69 996979697959298969699997 989 69 7287921789167421797828972
78 (NTSE Stage-II,2007) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 7 (B) 9 (A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 11 (D) 6 (C) 3 (D) 4
33. Shyama ranked 12 th from the top and 28 th from Directions : (41 to 43) Study the following number line and
the bottom among those children who passed answer the questions that follow.
the examination. Eight children failed in the 2591725197395246819752731978
examination while five children did not appear in 5265419782010978519735169721
the examination. How many children were there 737951 (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
in the class ? (NTSE Stage-II,2007)
(A) 50 (B) 51 41. How many times is number ‘3’ preceded by number
(C) 52 (D) 53 ‘7’ and not followed by an even number ?
(A) 6 (B) 5
34. If you write all the numbers from 201 to 250, then
(C) 4 (D) 3
how many times will you write the numeral 2 ?
(NTSE Stage-II,2007) 42. How many times is number 5 followed by 1 or 2,
(A) 70 (B) 65 but not preceded by 8 ?
(C) 25 (D) 80 (A) 4 (B) 5
(C) 6 (D) 7
35. How many c's are there in between two
consonants in the following series ? 43. How many times is number 9 preceded by 1 and
cabcdcdcecfcocicjckcck succeeded by 7 which is not followed by 5 ?
(NTSE Stage-II,2007) (A) 3 (B) 4
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 5 (D) 6
(C) 6 (D) 11
44. Raju (A) is taller than Sonu (B). Ravi (C) is taller
36. How many times '+' comes before '÷' and after '×' ? than Monu (D) but shorter than Raja (E). Sonu is
+ ÷ – × U × – ÷ + + × + ÷ – + ÷ U ÷ × + ÷  shorter than Monu and Monu is taller than Raju.
U + × ÷ – U × + ÷ ÷ × U ÷ × – ÷ U × + ÷ – + × Who is the tallest ? Write the code of the boy in
÷×+÷×+÷ (NTSE Stage-II,2007)
your answer script. (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
(A) 6 (B) 5
(C) 4 (D) 7 45. Three persons A, B and C are standing in a queue.
There are 5 persons in between A and B and eight
37. There are five friends A, B, C, D and E. A is shorter
persons between B and C.If there are 3 persons
than B but taller then E, C is tallest, D is little
ahead of C and 21 persons behind A, what would
shorter than B and little taller than A. If they are
be the minimum number of persons in the queue ?
standing in the order of their heights who will be
in the middle ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
46. In a queue, Ramesh is the 7th from the back,
(A) D (B) C
Suresh is standing 6th from the front and only
(C) A (D) B
Shyam is standing in between the two. Find the
38. In the following series how many 4's are preceded minimum number of boys standing in the queue ?
by 5 but not followed by 2 or 3. (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
5454765423854115463642 (A) 8 (B) 10
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008) (C) 12 (D) 14
(A) 2 (B) 4
47. In a queue of 10 persons, A is standing on 7th
(C) 3 (D) 5
from front and B is standing 6th from back. 3
39. In a class the rank of Sohan is sixteen from the persons entered the queue disrupting the
top and fortynine from the bottom. The total number positions of A and B. Find the pair of numbers
of students in the class are - indicating minimum possible disruption in their
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008) position from the front ? (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
(A) 64 (B) 65 (A) 6, 10 (B) 6, 9
(C) 66 (D) 67 (C) 7, 10 (D) 7, 9
PAGE # 58
48. In the following how many times is rectangle 51. In a dairy, there are 60 cows and buffalos. The
preceded by a circle but following by a triangle? number of cows is twice that of buffalos. Buffalo X
(NTSE Stage-II,2011) ranked seventeenth in terms of milk delivered. If
there are 9 cows ahead of Buffalo X, how many
buffalos are after in rank in terms of milk deliv-
ered? (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
(A) 10 (B) 11
(C) 12 (D) 13
(A) 1 (B) 2
52. Amongst five friends, Lata, Alka, Rani, Asha and
(C) 3 (D) 4
Sadhana. Lata is older than only three of her
49. Which figure has been used most of the times ? friends. Alka is younger to Asha and Lata. Rani is
(NTSE Stage-II,2011) older than only Sadhana. Who amongst them is
the eldest? (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
(A) Asha (B) Lata
(C) Alka (D) Sadhana
53. If the following numbers are written in ascending

order, the sum of the digits of middle number will
be
810, 912 , 910 , 809, 781, 673, 573
(A) (B)
(A) 9 (B) 12
(C) 17 (D) 13
(C) (D)
54. How many 3s are there in the following figure
series which are just preceded by 6 but not im-
50. How many 6's are there in the following sequence mediately followed by 7?
which are followed by 3 and preceded by 8 ? 323743563746389635183724286
9486327186898136897863136843 395 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
235 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012) (A) 1 (B) 2
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 3 (D) 4
(C) 4 (D) 5

PAGE # 59
B LO O D - R E L AT I O N S
Blood Relations
Problems on Blood Relations involve analysis of information showing blood relationship among members of
a family. In the questions, a chain of relationship is given in the form of information and on the basis of these
information relation between any two members of the chain is asked. Students are supposed to be familiar with
the knowledge of different relationship in a family.
Grandfather's son Father or uncle Remark : A relation on the mother’s side is called ‘maternal’
while that on the father’s side is called ‘paternal’.
Grandmother's son Father or uncle
Thus, mother’s brother is ‘maternal uncle’ while
Grandfather's only son Father father’s brother is ‘paternal uncle’.
Grandmother's only son Father
Note : To build a family tree, certain standard notations
Mother's or Father's mother Grandmother are used to indicate a relationship between the
Mother's or Father's father Grandfather members of the family.
Grandfather's only daughter-in-law Mother ‘+’ stand for male person.
‘–’ stand for female person.
Grandmother's only daughter-in-law Mother
‘+/–’ male or female person.
Mother's or Father's son Brother
‘ ’ stand for married couple.
Mother's or Father's daughter Sister
+/ –
Mother's or Father's brother Uncle B
Mother's or Father's sister Aunt

+/–
A is Son or Daughter of B.
Husband's or wife's sister Sister-in-law
A
Husband's or wife's brother Brother-in-law
+/ –
Son's wife Daughter-in-law + B
Daughter's husband Son-in-law

Brother's son or Sister's son Nephew +/–
B is uncle or aunt of A.
A
Brother's daughter or Sister's daughter Niece
Uncle or Aunt's son or daughter Cousin
Sister's husband Brother-in-law
Brother's wife Sister-in-law
Tree Diagram of Blood Relation Asuming Your Self as Male
PAGE # 60
Tree Diagram of Blood Relation Asuming Your Self as Female
Direct-Relationship Relation Puzzle
In these type of questions, around about In these type of questions, mutual blood relations
description is given in the form of certain small of more than two persons are mentioned. The
relationship and you required to analyses the candidate is required to analysis the given
information, work out a family chart and then
whole chain of relations and decipher the direct
answer the given questions.
relationship between the persons concerned.
Ex 1. Pointing towards a man in the photograph, Archana Ex 3. Rohit and Rohan are brothers. Soniya and Sunita
said, “He is the son of the only son of my are sisters. Rohit’s son is Sunita’s brother. How
grandmother”. How is that man related to Archana is Rohan related to Soniya.
(A) Father (B) Brother
?
(C) Grand Father (D) Uncle
(A) Cousin (B) Nephew Sol. (D) Rohit’s son is Sunita’s brother means Rohit
(C) Brother (D) Son is Sunita’s father. Rohit and Rohan are brothers.
Sol. (C) Only son of Archana’s grandfather means Sunita and Soniya are sisters. So, Rohan is the
Archana’s father & his son is Archana’s brother. uncle of Soniya.
Ex 2. Pointing to a photograph, a lady tells Amit, "I am Directions : (4 to 6) P,Q,R,S,T,U,V & W are the family
the only daughter of this lady and her son is your members. Q is the sister of V and V is the brother
material uncle." How is the speaker related to of R. P whose’s father is W, is husband of T. S is
the husband of Q and U is the son of V. P is the
Amit's father ?
father of Q.
(A) Sister-in-law (B) Wife
(C) Either (A) or (B) (D) Neither (A) nor (B) Ex 4. How U is related with T ?
Sol. (B) The lady who is talking to Amit is the daughter (A) Son (B) Mother
(C) Grandson (D) Nephew
of the lady in the photograph. The son of that lady
who is the brother of the lady who is talking to Ex 5. How S is related with R ?
Amit. The brother of this lady is the maternal uncle (A) Son (B) uncle
of Amit. The lady is the mother of Amit & wife of (C) Brother-in-law (D) Brother
Amit ‘s Father. Ex 6. How W is related with R ?
(A) Grand father (B) uncle
(C) Son (D) Brother
PAGE # 61
Sol. : (4 to 6)
EXERCISE
+ W
Father 1. Amit said, “This girl is the wife of the grandson of

Wife
P T
+ – my mother.” How is Amit related to the girl ?
Father (A) Father (B) Father-in-law
Husband Sister Brother (C) Grandfather (D) Husband
S Q V R
+ – + +
2. Introducing a girl, Vipin said, "Her mother is the
Son
only daughter of my mother-in-law. "How is Vipin
U
+ related to the girl ?
4. (C) U is son of V and V is son of T. (A) Uncle (B) Father
 U is grandson of T. (C) Brother (D) Husband
5. (C) S is husband of Q and Q is sister of R. 3. Showing the lady in the park, Vineet said, "She is
S is brother -in- law of R. the daughter of my grand father's only son”. How
is Vineet related to that lady ?
6. (A) R is son of P and P is son of W.
W is grandfather of R. (A) Brother (B) Cousin
(C) Father (D) Uncle
Coded Relation 4. Pointing to a man, Amit said, " His son is my son's
uncle”. How is that man related to Amit ?
In such questions, the relationship are
(A) Brother (B) Uncle
represented by certain specific symbols such as
(C) Father (D) Grandfather
+, –, ÷, , , $, @, , , etc. The candidate is
then required to analyse some given codes to 5. Pointing to a man Asha said, “His brother’s father
determine then relationship between a set of is the only son of my grand father”. How Asha is
persons, or to express a given relationship in the related to the man.
coded form. (A) Mother (B) Aunt
Ex 7. A + B means A is the son of B, A – B means A is the (C) Sister (D) Daughter
wife of B. A × B means A is the brother of B, A ÷ B
6. If P is the brother of the son of Q’s Son, how is P
means A is the mother of B, A = B means A is the
related to Q ?
sister of B. Which of the following represents P is
(A) Son (B) Brother
the maternal-uncle of Q ?
(C) Cousin (D) Grandson
(A) R × P ÷ Q (B) P × R ÷ Q
(C) P + R ÷ Q (D) P + R × Q 7. Pointing to a photograph, a man says to his friend,
Sol. (B) P × R  P is brother of R. “She is the grand-daughter of the elder brother of
R Q  R is mother of Q.
my father”. How is the girl in the photograph related
P is maternal uncle of Q.
to the man ?
Ex 8. A × B means A is the sister of B, A  B means A is (A) Niece (B) Sister
the daughter of B, A – B means A is the son of B. (C) Aunt (D) Sister-in-law
On the basis of this information you have to tell,
how is P related to S in the relationship 8. Pointing to a girl in the photograph, Amar said,
P–Q×R S “Her mother’s brother is the only son of my
(A) Brother (B) Son mother’s father”. How is the girl’s mother related
(C) Grandson (D) Daughter’s son to Amar ?
Sol. (D) According to the directions (A) Mother (B) Sister
+/–
S (C) Sister-in-law (D) Grandmother
h ter
ug Daughter
Da 9. T is the son of P. S is the son of Q. T is married to
– Sisters –
Q R
R. R is Q's daughter. How is S related to T ?
Son
(A) Brother (B) Uncle
P +
P is the son of the daughter of S. (C) Father-in-law (D) Brother-in-law
PAGE # 62
Directions : (10 to 12) Read the following information and 20. S – T means S is the mother of T, S ÷ T means
answer the questions given below : S is the father of T, S × T means S is the brother
A is the father of B who is the sister of C, C is the of T. W hich of the following represents M is the
husband of P and L is mother of C. son of Q ?
(A) M × Q ÷ R (B) M ÷ Q × R
10. How P is related to L ?
(C) Q ÷ M × R (D) Q × M × R
(A) Daughter-in-law (B) Sister-in-law
(C) Mother-in-law (D) Daughter Directions : (21 to 24) Study the following information to
11. How B is related to L ? answer the given questions.
(A) Daughter (B) Sister A + B means A is father of B.
(C) Son (D) Brother A – B means A is wife of B.
A × B means A is brother of B.
12. How A is related to L ?
A  B means A is daughter of B.
(A) Wife (B) Father
(C) Husband (D) Son 21. If P  R + S + Q, which of the following is true ?
13. If Nishant is the brother of Brijesh, Mitali is the (A) P is daughter of Q. (B) Q is aunt of P.
sister of Nishant, Jai is the brother of Purnima,
(C) P is aunt of Q. (D) P is mother of Q.
Purnima is the daughter of Brijesh. W ho is the
uncle of Jai? 22. If P – R + Q, which of the following is true
(A) Brijesh (B) Mitali (A) P is mother of Q.
(C) Nishant (D) Purnima (B) Q is daughter of P.
14. If A is B's brother, B is C's sister and C is D's father (C) P is aunt of Q.
then D is A's. (D) P is sister of Q.

(A) Brother (B) Sister 23. If P × R  Q, which of the following is true ?
(C) Nephew (D) Data inadequate (A) P is uncle of Q. (B) P is father of Q.
(C) P is brother of Q. (D) P is son of Q.
carefully and answer the questions given below: 24. If P × R – Q, which of the following is true.
There are six children playing football namely A, (A) P is brother in law of Q.
B, C, D, E and F. A and E are brothers. F is the (B) P is brother of Q.
sister of E. C is the only son of A’s uncle. B and D (C) P is uncle of Q.
are the daughters of C’s father. (D) P is father of Q.
15. How is C related to F ? 25. Sita introducing a man to her husband Ram, told
(A) Cousin (B) Brother "Grand father of his son is only a son of my
(C) Son (D) Uncle Grandfather" how Sita is related to that man.
16. How many male players are there ?
(A) Daughter-in-Iaw (B) Sister
(A) One (B) Three
(C) Daughter (D) Mother-in-Iaw
(C) Five (D) Six
26. Introducing Radha, Kalpana said "her mother is
17. How many female players are there ?
alone daughter of my mother". How Kalpana is
(A) Two (B) Three
related to Radha ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(C) Five (D) One
(A) Mother (B) Sister
18. How is D related to A ? (C) Niece (D) Daughter
(A) Uncle (B) Sister
27. If A + B means A is the brother of B, A – B means
(C) Niece (D) Cousin
A is the father of B, A × B means A is the wife of B,
19. If P $ Q means P is the father of Q, P # Q means then P × R – S + T means (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
P is mother of Q and P Q means P is the sister (A) P is the mother of T.
of Q. Then how is Q related to N if N # L $ P  Q. (B) T is the sister of P.
(A) Grandson (B) Granddaughter (C) R is the grand father of T.
(C) Nephew (D) Data inadequate (D) T and R are sisters.
PAGE # 63
28. If M is Father of N , L is Brother of M and P is 33. Ramesh is father of Mohan and Shyam is son of
Mother of L, then what is the relation of N Mohan . W hat is the relation between Ramesh
with P ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008) and Shyam ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
(A) Grand-Daughter (B) Grand-Son (A) Son (B) Brother
(C) Father (D) Data inadequate (C) Grandfather (D) father
29. Shanker is father of 'B' but 'B' is not son of Shanker 34. B is father of C but C is not son of B. What is the
then what is the relationship of 'B' to Shanker ? relation of C with B ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012) (A) Sister (B) Brother
(A) Grand daughter (B) Mother (C) Daughter (D) Nephew
(C) Daughter (D) Grand Son
35. A and B are brothers, C and D are sisters.
30. Sachin is the brother of the son of Ajit's son. Then The son of A is brother of D. Then the relation
of B with C is :
what is the relationship of Sachin to Ajit ?
(A) Husband (B) Brother
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012) (C) Uncle (D) Nephew
(A) Brother (B) Cousin
(C) Nephew (D) Grandson 36. A is uncle of B, B is daughter of C, C is the wife of
D's son. Then how is A related to D ?
31. A and B are brother. C and D are sisters. A’s son (A) Son (B) Brother
is D’s brother. How is B related to C ? (C) Father (D) Maternal uncle
37. Sailesh introduces Mahipal as the son of the only
(A) Brother (B) Father
brothel of his father's wife How is Mahipal related
(C) Uncle (D) Son to Sailesh ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2017)
(A) Cousin (B) Son
Directions : (32) Read the following information carefully (C) Maternal uncle (D) Son-In-law
and answer the question given below -
A + B means A is the daughter of B;
A – B means A is the husband of B;
A x B means A is the brother of B.
32. If P + Q – R, which one of the following is true?
(A) R is the mother of P
(B) R is the sister-in-law of P
(C) R is the aunt of P
(D) R is the mother-in-law of P ]

PAGE # 64
PUZZLE-TEST
Puzzle Test Family-Based Puzzles
This chapter comprises of questions given in the In these type of questions, some clause are given
form of puzzles, involving certain number of items, regarding relationship among different members
persons or things. You are required to analyses of a family, together with their professions,
the given information of clue and answer the qualities, dresses, preferences etc. The candidate
questions accordingly.
is required to analyses the whole information and
Hints for Handling The Questions : then answer the given questions accordingly.
 Generally, several condition in the form of Directions : (4 to 5) Read the given information carefully
information are given with the question. So, do and answer the questions that follow :
not make hurry to mix all the given information,
Ratan, Anil, Pinku and Gaurav are brothers of
instead go step by step.
Rakhi, Sangeeta, Pooja and Saroj, not necessarily
 To avoid confusion while solving such questions, you in that order. Each boy has one sister and the
should symbolize persons, items by dot, lines etc. names of bothers and sisters do not begin with
the same letter. Pinku and Gaurav are not Saroj’s
Classification Type Puzzles or Sangeeta’s brothers. Saroj is not Ratan’s
sister.
This type consists of questions in which certain
items belonging to different groups or possessing Ex 4. Pooja’s brother is ?
different qualities are given along with some clues (A) Ratan (B) Anil
with the help of which the candidate is required to (C) Pinku (D) Gaurav
group and analyses the given items and answer
the questions accordingly. Ex 5. Which of the following are brother and sister ?
(A) Ratan and Pooja (B) Anil and Saroj
Directions : (1 to 3) Read following information carefully
(C) Pinku and Sangeeta (D) Gaurav and Rakhi
and answer the questions given below it :
(i) A and B are good in Biology & Chemistry. Sol. : (4 to 5) As given that the names of brothers and
(ii) A & C are good in Biology & Physics. sisters do not begin with the same letter and Pinku
(iii) C, D & E are good in Physics & History. and Gaurav are not Saroj or Sangeeta’s brothers,
(iv) C & E are good in Physics & Mathematics. Pinku cannot be the brother of Pooja and Hence
(v) D & B are good in Chemistry & History.
he is the brother of Rakhi.
Ex 1. Who is good in Physics, History & Mathematics Now we have that Gaurav cannot be the brother of
but not in Biology ? Saroj, Sangeeta or Rakhi. Therefore Gaurav is
(A) D (B) C
the brother of Pooja. As given that Saroj is not
(C) A (D) E
Ratan’s sister and Rakhi and Pooja can also not
Ex 2. Who is good in Physics, History, Mathematics &
be the sister’s of Ratan (From above conclusions),
Biology ?
(A) C (B) E Ratan is the brother of Sangeeta. Anil will have to
(C) D (D) B be the brother of saroj as this is the only valid
Ex 3. Who is good in Physics, Chemistry & History ? combination left. Therefore, we have this table
(A) C (B) E finally.
(C) D (D) B
Sol. : (1 to 3) By given information we can make the
Brother Sister
following table :
Pinku Rakhi
Person Biology Chemistry Physics History Maths Gaurav Pooja
A x x
Ratan Sangeeta
B x x
Anil Saroj
C x
D x x
E x x 4. (D) Clearly, Pooja’s brother is Gaurav.
1. (D) Clearly, E is good in Physics, History & 5. (B) Clearly, Anil and Saroj are brother and sister.
Mathematics but not in Biology.
2. (A) Clearly, C is good in Physics, History,
Mathematics & Biology.
3. (C) Clearly, D is good in Physics, Chemistry & History.
PAGE # 65
Ex 9. If the team is to consist of one advocate, three
doctors and one male teacher, the members of
Directions : (6 to 10) Read the following information carefully the team are:
and answer the questions given below it : (A) A D P S U (B) C D R S T
There are five men A, B, C, D and E and six women (C) D E Q R S (D) D E Q R T
P, Q, R, S, T and U. A, B and R are advocates; C, D, Sol. (C) The advocates are A, B and R ; the doctors are
P, Q and S are doctors and the rest are teachers. C, D, P, Q and S ; male teacher is E. Clearly, E will
Some teams are to be selected from amongst be selected. E and Q have to be together. C and Q
these eleven persons subject to the following cannot be together. So, C will not be selected. P
conditions : also cannot be selected because U is not
A, P and U have to be together. selected. So, two other doctors D and S will be
B cannot go with D or R. selected. P is not selected, so A will not be
E and Q have to be together. selected. D is selected, so B cannot be selected.
C and T have to be together. Thus, the team is D E Q R S.
D and P cannot go together. Ex 10. If the team is to consist of two advocates, two
C cannot go with Q. doctors, two teachers and not more than three
Ex 6. If the team is to consist of two male advocates, ladies, the members of the team are :
two lady doctors and one teacher, the members (A) A B C P T U (B) A C P R T U
of the team are (C) A E P Q R T (D) B C E Q R T
(A) A B P Q U (B) A B P U S Sol. (A) A C P R T U and A E P Q R T are wrong because
(C) A P R S U (D) B E Q R S each of these combinations consists of four
Sol. (B) The male advocates are A and B, lady doctors ladies. B C E Q R T is incorrect because B and R
are P, Q and S ; teachers are E, T and U. cannot go together.
Now, A and B will be selected. Ex 11. A vagabond runs out of cigarettes. He searches
A, P and U have to be together. Now, we have to for the stubs, having learnt that 7 stubs can make
select one lady doctor more. It can be Q or S. But a new cigarette, good enough to be smoked, he
Q and E have to be together. Since E is not gathers 49 stubs, If he smokes 1 cigarette every
selected, so S will be selected. Thus, the team is three - quarters of an hour, how long will his supply
ABPUS last ?
.
Ex 7. If the team is to consist of one advocate, two (A) 5.25 hr (B) 6 hr

doctors, three teachers and C may not go with T, (C) 4.5 hr (D) 3 hr
the members of the team are : 49
Sol. (B) He has got =  7 cigarettes.
(A) A E P Q S U (B) A E P Q T U 7
(C) B E Q S T U (D) E Q R S T U  The duration of time he will take to smoke these
Sol. (B) The advocates are A, B and R ; doctors are 3
C, D, P, Q, S ; teachers are E, T and U. The team 7 cigarettes = 7  hr = 5.25 hr (i.e. 5 hr and 15
4
consists of 3 teachers i.e. E, T, U. Now, A, P and U min). Now note that after he has smoked these 7
have to be together. E and Q have to be together. cigarettes, he will collect 7 more stubs (one form
Thus, the team is A E P Q T U. each), form which he will be able to make another
Ex 8. If the team is to consist of one male advocate, 3
cigarette. This will take him another hr (45 min)
one male doctor, one lady doctor and two 4
teachers, the members of the team are : to smoke. Therefore, total time taken = 6hr.
(A) A C P T U (B) A D E P T
(C) A D E P U (D) B C E Q U Directions : (12 to 13) Read the following information and
Sol. (A) The male advocates are A and B ; male doctors answer the questions that follow.
are C and D ; lady doctors are P, Q and S ; teachers There are 70 clerks working with M/s. Jha Lal
are E, T and U. If A is selected, P and U will be Khanna & Co. chartered accountants, of which 30
selected. D and P cannot go together. So, a male are female.
doctor C will be selected. C and T have to be (i) 30 clerks are married.
together. Thus, the team is A C P T U. If B is (ii) 24 clerks are above 25 years of age
selected, D will not be selected. So, male doctor (iii) 19 Married clerks are above 25 years of age;
C will be chosen. C and T have to be together. among them 7 are males.
Now, the second teacher to be selected is E or U. (iv) 12 males are above 25 years of age
But, U cannot go without A. So, E will be selected. (v) 15 males are married.
E and Q have to be together. Thus, the team can
Ex 12. How many unmarried girls are there ?
also be B C E Q T.
(A) 12 (B) 15
(C) 18 (D) 10
PAGE # 66
Ex 13. How many of these unmarried girls are above 25 ? Directions : (6 to 10) Read the following information
(A) 12 (B) 15 carefully and answer the questions given below
(C) 4 (D) 0
it.
Sol. (12 to 13) : From the given data, we can make the
following table with the help of which rest of the (i) Five professors (Dr. Joshi, Dr. Davar, Dr.
questions can be solved very easily. Natrajan, Dr. Choudhary and Dr. Zia) teach five
different subj ects (zoology, physics, botany,
Male (40) Female (30)
geology and history) in four universities (Delhi,
Above 25 Gujarat, Mumbai, and Osmania). Do not assume
Married 7 12 any specific order.
Unmarried 5 0 (ii) Dr.Choudhary teaches zoology in Mumbai
University .
Below 25 (iii) Dr. Natrajan is neither in Osmania University
married 8 3 nor in Delhi University and he teaches neither
geology nor history.
unmarried 20 15
(iv) Dr. Zia teaches physics but neither in Mumbai
Total 40 30 University nor in Osmania University.
(v) Dr. Joshi teaches history in Delhi University.
12. There are 15 unmarried girls. (vi) Two professors are from Gujarat University.
(vii) One professor teaches only one subject and
13. In these 15 unmarried girls no one is above 25. in one University only.
6. Who teaches geology ?
(A) Dr Natrajan (B) Dr. Zia
EXERCISE
(C) Dr. Davar (D) Dr. Joshi
Directions : (1 to 5) Five students A, B, C, D & E of a class 7. Which university is Dr. Zia from ?
secured distinction in four subjects English, (A) Gujarat (B) Mumbai
Science, Maths and Sanskrit as: A and C secured (C) Delhi (D) Osmania
distinction in English and Science. B, C and E 8. Who teaches botany ?
secured distinction in Science and Sanskrit, while (A) Dr. Zia (B) Dr. Davar
A, D and E Secured distinction in English and (C) Dr. Joshi (D) Dr. Natrajan
Maths then find out the correct alternatives for each 9. Who is from Osmania University ?
question. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2007) (A) Dr. Natrajan (B) Dr. Davar
(C) Dr. Joshi (D) Dr. Zia
1. The student who secured distinction in all the four
subjects is – 10. Which of the following combinations is correct?
(A) A (B) E (A) Delhi University - Dr. Zia
(C) C (D) D (B) Dr. Choudhary - geology
(C) Dr. Davar - Mumbai University
2. The students who secured distinction in English, (D) Dr. Natranjan - Gujarat University
Science and Maths are – Directions : (11 to 15) Study the following information
(A) A,B (B) D, E carefully and answer the question given below it :
(C) A, E (D) C, D (i) A, B, C, D, E and F are six members in a family
in which there are two married couples.
3. The Student who secured distinction in three
(ii) E, a teacher is married to the doctor who is
subjects except Maths is- mother of C and F.
(A) A (B) B (iii) B, the lawyer is married to A
(C) C (D) D (iv) A has one son and one grandson.
(v) Of the two married ladies one is a housewife
4. The Student who secured distinction in Sanskrit
(vi) There is also one student and one male
and Science but not in Maths and English is- Engineer in the family.
(A) B (B) C
11. How is A related to C ?
(C) D (D) E
(A) Grand father (B) Mother
5. The Student who secured distinction in only (C) Sister (D) Grand mother
English and Maths is - 12. Who among the following is the housewife ?
(A) C (B) B (A) A (B) B
(C) D (D) A (C) D (D) None of these
PAGE # 67
13. How is C related to F ? Directions : (21 to 25) Read the following information
(A) Brother (B) Sister carefully and answer the questions that follow.
I. There are six students ( A, B, C, D, E and F) in a
(C) Brother or Sister (D) None of these
group. Each student can opt for only three choices
14. W hich of the following represents the group of out of the six which are music, reading, painting,
badminton, cricket and tennis.
females in the family ?
II. A, C and F like reading.
(A) ADC (B) ADF III. D does not like badminton, but likes music.
(C) BEC (D) Data inadequate IV. Both B and E like painting and music.
V. A and D do not like painting, but they like
15. W hich of the following is true about the grand-
cricket.
daughter in the family ? VI. All student except one like badminton.
(A) She is a lawyer (B) She is a student VII. Two students like tennis.
(C) She is an engineer (D) None of these VIII. F does not like cricket, music and tennis.
Directions : (16 to 20) Study the following information 21. Which pair of students has the same combination
of choices ?
carefully and answer the questions given below it
(A) A and C (B) C and D
: (C) B and E (D) D and F
There are five friends A, B, C, D and E. Two of
them are businessmen while the other three 22. W ho among the following students likes both
tennis and cricket ?
belong to different occupations viz. medical,
(A) A and B (B) C
engineer and legal. One businessman and the (C) B and D (D) D
lawyer stay in the same locality S, while the other
23. How many students like painting and badminton
three stay in three different localities P, Q and R.
?
Two of these five persons are Hindus while the (A) 1 (B) 2
remaining three come from three different (C) 3 (D) 4
communities viz. Muslim, Christian and Shikh. The
24. Who among the following do not like music ?
lawyer is the oldest in age while one of the (A) A , C and D (B) A, B and C
businessmen who runs a factory is the youngest. (C) A, C and F (D) B, D and F
The other businessman is a cloth merchant and
25. Which of the following is the most popular choice?
agewise lies between the doctor and the lawyer.
(A) Tennis (B) Badminton
D is a cloth merchant and stays in locality S while (C) Reading (D) Painting
E is a Muslim and stays in locality R. The doctor is
Directions : (26 to 30) Next questions are based upon the
a Christian and stays in locality P, B is a Shikh
information given below. Study the information
while A is a Hindu and runs a factory. careful ly and then choose the correct alternative.
16. Who stays in locality Q ? A, B, C, D, E and F are members of a family. There
(A) A (B) B are two married couples in the family. B is a
(C) C (D) E businessman and father of E. F is a teacher and
grandfather of C. D is grandmother of E and she
17. What is E’s occupation ? is a domestic lady. C
is daughter of A. In the family there are two students,
(A) Business (B) Engineer
one businessman, one teacher, one domestic
(C) Lawyer (D) Doctor lady and one engineer. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
18. Agewise who among the following lies between A 26. Which of the following are married couples ?
(A) FD, AB (B) FC, AB
and C ?
(C) EC, BF (D) FD, AC
(A) Lawyer (B) Doctor
27. What is the profession of A ?
(C) Cloth merchant (D) Engineer
(A) Student (B) Teacher
(C) Engineer (D) Domestic lady
19. What is B’s occupation ?
(A) Business (B) Engineer 28. Who is the husband of A ?
(C) Lawyer (D) Doctor (A) D (B) C
(C) E (D) B
20. What is C’s occupation ? 29. Which one among the following is the group of
(A) Doctor (B) Lawyer male persons ?
(C) Engineer (D) Business (A) EF (B) BFE
(C) BF (D) ADE
PAGE # 68
30. Who is the sister of E ? 39. Who do not play basket ball ?
(A) C (B) F (A) Rajesh and Mohan
(C) B (D) A (B) Sudhir and Naresh
(C) Rakesh and Rajesh
Directions : (31 to 34) Read the following information (D) Mohan and Rakesh
carefully and answer the questions based on it
Directions : (40 to 44) A, B, C, D, E and F are members of
by selecting the correct option from the given
a family. Amongest them there are lawyer, doctor,
alternatives.
teacher, salesman, engineer and an accountant.
Five students K, L, M, N and O study in a class of There are two married couples in the family. ‘D’ who
these is a salesman is married to the lady teacher. Doctor
(i) K and L study Physics and Chemistry is married to the lawyer. ‘F’ who is an accountant is
(ii) M and L study Physics and Mathematics son of ‘B’ and also brother of ‘E’. ‘C’ who is lawyer is
(iii) N and K study Biology and Chemistry daughter in law of ‘A’. E is an unmarried engineer. ‘A’
(iv) O and L study Anthropology and Civics is grand mother of ‘F’. (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(v) O and N study Chemistry and Mathematics 40. What is the profession of B ?
(NTSE Stage-II, 2011) (A) Salesman (B) Doctor
31. W ho among the students studies maximum (C) Lawyer (D) Teacher
number of subjects ? 41. What is the profession of A ?
(A) O (B) N (A) Teacher (B) Doctor
(C) L (D) K (D) Lawyer (D) Engineer
32. W ho among the students studies minimum 42. What is the relation of B with D ?
number of subjects ? (A) Brother (B) Grandson
(C) Son (D) Father
(A) O (B) N
(C) K (D) M 43. What is the relation of D with F ?
(A) Husband (B) Brother
33. W ho among the students studies only four (C) Father (D) Grandfather
subjects ?
44. Which of the following is a married couple ?
(A) M (B) O
(A) C and D (B) A and B
(C) N (D) K (C) B and C (D) D and B
34. W hich of the following pairs studies Chemistry
Directions : (45 to 49) Read the following paragraph
and Civics ?
carefully and choose the correct alternative.
(A) K and N (B) L and M
The office staff of XYZ corporation presently
(C) L and O (D) M and N consists of three females A, B, C and five males
D, E, F, G and H. The management is planning to
Directions :(35 to 39) These questions are based on open a new office in another city using three males
following information. and two females of the present staff. To do so
Rajesh, Sudhir and Mohan play football, hockey they plan to separate certain individuals who do
and cricket. Rajesh, Rakesh and Mohan play not function well together. The following guidelines
hockey, cricket and Basket ball. Rajesh, Sudhir, were established
I. Females A and C are not to be together
Naresh and Mohan play football and cricket.
II. C and E should be separated
(NTSE Stage-II, 2011) III. D and G should be separated
35. Which two boys play all the games? IV. D and F should not be part of a team.
(A) Rajesh and sudhir
45. If A is chosen to be moved, which of the following
(B) Rajesh and Rakesh
cannot be a team ?
(C) Sudhir and Mohan (A) ABDEH (B) ABDGH
(D) Rajesh and Mohan (C) ABEFH (D) ABEGH
36. Which game is played by all the boys? 46. If C and F are to be moved to the new office, how
(A) Basket Ball (B) Cricket many combinations are possible ?
(C) Football (D) Hockey (A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
37. Who does not play football?
(A) Rakesh (B) Sudhir 47. If C is chosen to the new office, which number of
(C) Naresh (D) Mohan the staff cannot be chosen to go with C ?
(A) B (B) D
38. Which two games are not played by Naresh? (C) F (D) G
(A) Cricket and Football
(B)Cricket and Hockey 48. Under the guidelines, which of the following must
be chosen to go to the new office ?
(C) Hockey and Basketball
(A) B (B) D
(D) Football and Basketball
(C) E (D) G
PAGE # 69
49. If D goes to the new office, which of the following 56. You have 8 similar looking coins. 7 of them weigh
is/are true ? the same. One of them is less in weight. You have
I. C cannot be chosen a scale. You can put coins on both sides of the
II. A cannot be chosen scale and it’ll tell you which side is heavier or will
III. H must be chosen. stay in the middle if both sides weigh the same.
(A) I only (B) II only W hat is the minimum number of weighing
(C) I and II only (D) I and III only required to find out the odd coin.
(A) 2 (B) 3
Directions : (50 to 54) Study the following information (C) 4 (D) 6
carefully and answer the questions that follow :
57. Two players X and O play a game of “doughts and
A team of five is to be selected from amongst five
crosses” on a 3 × 3 grid. The purpose of the game
boys A, B, C, D and E and four girls P, Q, R and S.
is for a player to get 3 symbols belonging to the
Some criteria for selection are :
player in a straight line (vertically, horizontally or
A and S have to be together
diagonally). Each player marks one symbol on
P cannot be put with R.
his or her turn.
D and Q cannot go together. After two moves (1 turn each), the grid looks as
C and E have to be together. follows with X to play next.
R cannot be put with B. Where should X put his symbol next so that
Unless otherwise stated, these criteria are he will always win this game finally regard
applicable to all the questions below : less of how well O plays ?
50. If two of the members have to be boys, the team
o
will consist of :
(A) A B S P Q (B) A D S Q R
(C) B D S R Q (D) C E S P Q (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
x
51. If R be one of the members, the other members
of the team are : (A) Bottom row right corner
(A) P S A D (B) Q S A D (B) Bottom row middle cell
(C) Q S C E (D) S A C E (C) Middle row left most cell
(D) It is not possible to always ensure X wins if O
52. If two of the members are girls and D is one of the
plays carefully
members, the members of the team other than D
are : 58. An electrical circuit for a set of 4 lights depends
(A) P Q B C (B) P Q C E on a system of switches A, B, C and D. W hen
(C) P S A B (D) P S C E these switches work they have the following ef-
53. If A and C are members, the other members of the fect on the lights: They each change the state of
two lights (i.e. on becomes off and off becomes
team cannot be :
on). The lights that each switch controls are as
(A) B E S (B) D E S
follows.
(C) E S P (D) P Q E
54. If including P at least three members are girls, A B C D

1 and 2 2 and 4 1 and 3 3 and 4
the members of the team other than P are :
(A) Q S A B (B) Q S B D
(C) Q S C E (D) R S A D = ON = OFF
In configuration 1 shown below, switches CBDA
Direction : (55) The ages of Mandar, Shivku, Pawan and are activated in turn, resulting in configuration 2.
Chandra are 32, 21, 35 and 29 years, not in order, One switch did not work and had no effect at all.
Whenever asked they lie of their own age but tell Which was that switch?
the truth abut others.
(i) Pawan says, “My age is 32 and Mandar’s age
is not 35”
(ii) Shivku says, “My age is not 2 9 and Pawan’s
age in not 21”
(iii) Mandar says, “My age is 32.”
55. What is Chandra’s age ? configuration1 configuration 2

(A) 32 years (B) 35 years (A) A (B) B
(C) 29 years (D) 21 years (C) C (D) D
PAGE # 70
Direction (Question 59-63) : A, B, C, E, F, G and H
are seven employees in an organisation work-
ing in the departments of Administration, Ac-
counts and Operations. There are at least two
employees in each department. There are three
females, one in each department. Each of
seven employees earns different amount. The
only bearded employee F works in administra-
tion and his only other colleague G earns the
maximum. C, the least earner works in Ac-
counts. B and E are brothers and do not work
in the same department. A, husband of H.
works in Accounts and earns more than each
of F, B and E. The wife in the couple earns
more than the husband.
59. Which of the following is a group of females :

(A) GCE (B) GEH
(C) GCH (D) GHB
60. In which department(s) do three people work ?

(A) Operations (B) Accounts
(C) Operation or Account(D) Data inadequate
61. What will be position of A from the top when

they are arranged in descending order of their
income ?
(A) Second (B) Third
(C) Fourth (D) Fifth
62. In which of the following department does B

work ?
(A) Operations (B) Accounts
(C) Administration (D) Data inadequate
63. Which of the following statments is definitely

true ?
(A) B earns less than F and H
(B) F earns more than B and E
(C) B earns more than E and C
(D) B earns less than A and H
PAGE # 71
VENN D I AGRAM
1. An object is called a subset of another object, if Directions : (1 to 6) Each of these questions given below
former is a part of latter and such relation is shown contains three group of things. You are to choose
by two concentric circles. from the following four numbered diagrams, a
diagram that depicts the correct relationship
(i) Pencil, Stationary among the three groups of thing in each question.
(ii) Spinach, Vegetable
(iii) Chair, Furniture Ex 1. Moon, Earth, Universe
It is very clear from the above relationship that
one object is a part of other, and hence all such (A) (B)
relationships can be represented by figure below –
(C) (D)
Sol. (A) Moon and Earth are the parts of universe and
therefore are subsets of universe.
Ex 2. India, Pakistan, Asia
(A) (B)
2. An object is said to have an intersection with
another object, when two objects share some
thing in common. (C) (D)
(i) Surgeon, Males
(ii) Politicians, Indian Sol. (A) India and Pakistan are the subsets of Asia.
(iii) Educated, Unemployed Ex 3. Batsman, Cricket, Stick
Surgeon Males
Politician Indian (A) (B)
Educated Unemployed
All the three relationships given above have

something in common as some surgeons can (C) (D)
be male and some female, some politicians may
be Indian and some may belong to other Sol. (D) Batsman is a subset of Cricket and Stick is
countries, educated may be employed and something unrelated to Cricket.
unemployed as well. And all the three relationships Ex 4. Book, Pen, Pencil
can be represented by figure above.
3. Two objects are said to be disjoint when neither (A) (B)

one is subset of another nor they share anything
in common. In other words, totally unrelated object
fall under this type of relationship (C) (D)
(i) Furniture, Car
(ii) Copy, Cloth Sol. (C) Book, Pen, Pencil are neither subset of one
(iii) Tool, Shirt another nor have anything in common.
Ex 5. W hich of the following diagrams correctly
represents the relationship among Tennis fans,
Cricket players and Students.
It is clear from the above relationship that both the (A) (B)
objects are unrelated to each other, and hence
can be represented diagrammatically as shown
in figure above. From the above discussion we (C) (D)
observe that representation of relationship of two
objects is not typical if students follow the above Sol. (A) From the relationship given in the question,
points. But representation of three objects we observe that each of the objects carries
diagrammatically pose slight problem before the something in common to one another. A Tennis
students. A variety of such relationship is being fan can be a cricket player as well as student.
discussed in the following examples. Hence Diagram (A) represents this relationship.
PAGE # 72
Ex.6 W hich of the following diagrams correctly EX 8. (C) Persons living in joint families are represented
represents the relationship among smokers, bidi by the circle. According to the given conditions,
smokers, cancer patients. the persons should be unmarried and not working
as school teachers. So, the region should not be
a part of either the square of the triangle. Thus,
(A) (B) the given conditions are satisfied by the region E.
EX 9. (B) Married teachers are represented by the region
common to the square and the triangle i.e., B and
(C) (D) C. But, according to the given conditions, the
persons should be living in joint families. So, the
Sol. (B) Bidi smokers is a subset of smokers and required region should be a part of the circle. Since
cancer patient may be a smoker, bidi smoker and B lies inside the circle, so the given conditions
non-smoker. Hence third object shares a common are satisfied by the persons denoted by the region B.
relationship with first and second object as well. EX 10. (A) As in the above question, married teachers
are represented by B and C. But, here, the given
Directions : (7 to 11) In the following diagram, three classes
conditions lay down that the persons should not
of population are represented by three figures. be living in joint families. So, the required region
The triangle represents the school teachers, the should lie outside the circle. Since C lies outside
square represents the married persons and the the circle, so the given conditions are satisfied by
circle represents the persons living in joint the persons denoted by the region C.
families. EX 11. (A) School teachers are represented by the
triangle. But according to the given conditions,
F persons are neither married nor do they live in
E B C joint families. So, the region should not be a part
D A of either the square or the circle. Such a region is F.
Ex 7. Married persons living in joint families but not Dot Situation

working as school teachers are represented by
The problems on dot situation involve the search
(A) C (B) F of similar conditions in the alternative figures as
(C) D (D) A indicated in the problem figure. The problem figure
contains dots placed in the spaces enclosed
Ex 8. Persons who live in joint families, are unmarried between the combinations of square, triangle,
and who do not work as school teachers are rectangle and circle. Selecting one of these dots
represented by we observe the region in which this dot in enclosed
i.e. to which of the four figures (circle, square,
(A) C (B) B
rectangle and triangle) is this region common.
(C) E (D) D Then we look for such a region in the four
alternatives. Once we have found it. W e repeat
Ex 9. Married teachers living in j oint families are the procedure for other dots, if any. The alternative
represented by figure which contains all such regions is the
(A) C (B) B answer.
(C) D (D) A Directions : (1 to 3) In each of the following questions,
there is a diagram marked (X), with one or more
Ex 10. School teachers who are married but do not live dots placed in it. The diagram is followed by four
in joint families are represented by other figures, marked (A), (B), (C) and (D) only
(A) C (B) F one of which is such as to make possible the
placement of the alternative in each case.
(C) A (D) D
Ex 11. School teachers who are neither married nor do

live in joint families are represented by
(A) F (B) C Ex.1
(C) B (D) A
(X)
Sol. : (Ex. 7 to EX. 11)
EX 7. (C) Married persons living in joint families are

presented by the region common to the square (A) (B)
and the circle i.e., D and B. But, according to the
given conditions, the persons should not be
school teachers. So, B is to be excluded. Hence,
the required condition is denoted by region D. (C) (D)
PAGE # 73
Sol. (C) In figure (X), the dot lies in the region common
to the circle and the triangle only. Such a region is
EXERCISE
present in figure (C) only. Directions : (1 to 7) Each question below has three items
having certain relationship among them. The
same relationship is expressed by sets of circles,
each circle representing one item irrespective of
its size. Match the items with right set of circles.
Ex.2 1. Computer skilled, Graduates, Employed.
(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2. Vegetable, Apple, Spinach
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
3. Clever, Punctual, Poor

Sol. (A) In figure (X), one of the dots is placed in the
region common to the circle and the triangle and
(A) (B)
the other dot is placed in the region common to
the triangle and the square.
From amongst the figures (A), (B), (C) and (D),
(C) (D)
only figure (A) has both the regions, one common
to circle and triangle and the other common to 4. Copper, Cobalt, Silver
triangle and square.
(A) (B)
Ex.3
(C) (D)
(x)
5. Doctor, Lawyer, Male
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
6. Man, Husband, Son
Sol. (C) Figure (X), contains one dot in the square only,
(A) (B)
another dot in the region common to the square
and the triangle only and the third dot in the region
common to the circle and the triangle. Figure (A) (C) (D)
does contain a region which lies in the square
alone. Figures (B) and (D) do not contain any 7. Female, Medicine, Physician
region common to the circle and the triangle. Only
figure (C) contains all the three types of regions. (A) (B)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 74
Directions : (8 to 12) Study the figure below and answer 16. W hich number represents that section of poor
the following questions. boys who are neither educated nor are in any
No. of families employment or have any family business ?
50 having T.V. (A) 5 (B) 1
No. of 110 18 80 30
families having
20
(C) 11 (D) 12
V.C.R. 20 No. of families
10 15 15
having scootors Directions : (17 to 21) Following questions are based on
15
40 25 the Venn diagram given below in which the triangle
No. of families having maruti stands for lady, the rectangle stands for doctors,
the circle stands for teachers and the, square
8. Find out the number of families which have all the
stands for engineers. Find out the correct answer
four things mentioned in the diagram.
(A) 40 (B) 30 of each question from the alternatives given under
(C) 35 (D) 20 it. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
9. Find out the number of families which have
scooters. 4
(A) 145 (B) 100
(C) 188 (D) 240 5
10. Find out the number of families which have V.C.R. 8
and T.V. both
(A) 84 (B) 24 3 8
(C) 104 (D) 100 10
7 2
11. Find out the number of families which have only 11
one thing, that is, either V.C.R. or T.V. or Scooter or
Maruti. 9
(A) 160 (B) 184
(C) 225 (D) 254 17. How many persons are engineers as well as do
12. Find out the number of families which have T.V. teaching job ?
and scooter both but have neither V.C.R. nor (A) 5 (B) 8
Maruti. (C) 13 (D) 7
(A) 15 (B) 30
(C) 4 (D) 50 18. The numbers of lady doctors who are neither
engineer nor teachers are-
Directions : (13 to 16) Read the following information (A) 0 (B) 7
carefully and answer the questions based on (C) 10 (D) 11
them :
19. The number of engineers who are neither doctors
The circle represents poor boys, the square
nor lady teachers are-
educated boys, the triangle represents the boys
(A) 4 (B) 11
who are employed somewhere and the rectangle
represents those who help in the family business. (C) 9 (D) 2
Each section of the diagram is numbered. 20. The numbers of lady doctors who are engineers
but teach children of the village are –
12 9 (A) 7 (B) 8
3
5 2 1 11 (C) 10 (D) 15
4 8 6
7 21. The numbers of gents teachers who are neither
doctors nor engineers are –
13. Which number represents those poor boys who (A) 12 (B) 9
help in family business but are not educated or (C) 5 (D) 4
employed elsewhere ?
(A) 2 (B) 3 Directions : (22 to 26) The following questions are based
(C) 4 (D) 5 on the diagram given below. In the diagram, circle
represents tall children, the square, obese
14. Which number represents the group of educated
children, rectangle, the energetic children and the
poor boys who are employed somewhere but do
triangle, girl children. Study the diagram and
not help in family business ?
answer the questions that follow.
(A) 3 (B) 11
(C) 2 (D) None of these (NTSE Stage-II,2007)
Girls
15. Which section does number 12 represent ? 8
Energetic
(A) Uneducated poor boys who do not help in 15
family business 9
11 4 7 Tall
(B) Educated poor boys employed in service 5
10 3
(C) Uneducated boys who help in family business
2 1 6
(D) Educated poor boys who help in family
Obese 12
business. 14
13
PAGE # 75
22. Which area represents girls who are tall and obese 30. Animals, Cows, Grass-eating animals
but not energetic ?
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 5 (A) (B)
23. Which of the following areas represents the tall,

obese and energetic girls ?
(A) Only 3 (B) 3 and 4
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 2, 3 and 4 (C) (D)
24. W hich of the following area represents children

who are tall, obese and energetic but are not girls?
31. Mammals, Tigers, Cows
(A) 3 (B) 2
(C) 4 (D) 9
25. Which areas represent energetic children who are

(A) (B)
not obese ?
(A) 1, 13 and 15 (B) 13 and 15
(C) 1, 11 and 15 (D) 6, 13 and 15
26. Which of the following areas represent obese and

(C) (D)
energetic children, who are neither girls nor tall ?
(A) 2 and 12 (B) 3 and 10
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 11 and 12 Directions : (32 to 36) The following questions are based
on the figure given below. In this figure the
Directions : (27 to 31) Which of the Venn diagrams given in rectangle represents artists, the circle represents
the alternatives best represents the relation players and the triangle represents doctors. The
between the given items ? (NTSE Stage-II,2007) numbers in different sections refer to the number
of persons in that area. A few questions are then
27. Doctors, Engineers, Lawyers
asked based upon this information.
(NTSE Stage- II,2008)
15 Players
(A) (B)
20 5 25
18 4 8 Doctors
28
Artists
(C) (D)
32. How many players are neither artists nor doctors ?
(A) 35 (B) 28
28. Books, Newspaper, Words (C) 24 (D) 18
33. How many doctors are players but not artists ?
(A) 4 (B) 5
(A) (B) (C) 20 (D) 25
34. What percentage of doctors has at least one more
interest - either arts or sports in life ?
(A) 55% (B) 50%
(C) (D) (C) 45% (D) 40%
35. How many players are artists but not doctors ?
(A) 28 (B) 25
29. Boys, Students, Players (C) 18 (D) 5
36. In terms of number, arrange artists, players and
(A) (B) doctors in decreasing order (Those with maximum
number first, with minimum number last)
(A) Players, Artists, Doctors
(B) Players, Doctors, Artists
(C) (D) (C) Artists, Doctors, Players
(D) Artists, Players, Doctors
PAGE # 76
Directions : (37 to 38) Which of the Venn diagrams given in Directions : (43 to 45) In each of the following questions,
the alternatives best represents the relation patterns of circles are used to represent
relationship among different items. Each circle
between the given items ? (NTSE Stage-II,2008)
represent an item. W hich of the patterns
37. Mothers, Engineers, Females represents the relationship among the items given
in the question ? (NTSE Stage- II,2009)
43. House, Kitchen, Bedroom
(A) (B)
(C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)

44. Animal, Insect, Cockroach
38. Crows, Birds, Snakes
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B)
45. Players, Human Beings, Students
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions :(46 to 47) In the following diagram 'I' represents
Directions : (39 to 40) Questions are based on Venn Indians 'S' represent scientist and 'P' represents
Diagram. Circle stands for rural, Triangle stands politicians. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
for educated, square stands for hard-working and
Rectangle stands for intelligent persons.
Numbers given represent serial number of the
I
c s
area. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009) d e
a
1 8 9 b f
6 7 10
2 5 13
12 g
3 4 11
p
39. Which area represents “Intelligent, hard-working 46. Indians those are politicians but not scientist will
and educated but not rural” persons ? be –
(A) 12 (B) 10 (A) a (B) b
(C) 4 (D) 3 (C) d (D) f
47. Scientists which are politician but not Indians will
40. W hich area represents “Hard-working and be –
intelligent but neither rural nor educated” persons? (A) d (B) e
(A) 11 (B) 5 (C) f (D) g
(C) 3 (D) 4 Directions : (48 to 50) Following four diagrams marked A,
Directions : (41 to 42) The numbers in different section of B, C and D are given as alternatives. Choose the
the overlapping circles indicate the number of best suitable alternative diagram marked A, B, C
people who speak different language. Answer the and D, the one that represent the best relation-
questions that follow. (NTSE Stage- II,2009) ship amongest the three given groups.
English Hindi
10 5 11 (A) (B)
3
7 9
15 (C) (D)
Tamil
41. How many people speak only two languages ?
(A) 19 (B) 21 48. Birds, Crows, Cats
(C) 24 (D) 30
42. How many cannot speak all the three languages ? 49. Snakes, Land creatures, W ater eveatures
(A) 21 (B) 36
(C) 57 (D) 60 50. Males, Nephews, Nieces
PAGE # 77
51. In the figure, the circle represents youth, the tri- 56. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly rep-
angle represents footballers and the rectangle resents rectangle, quadrilateral and polygon ?
represents athletes. Which letter(s) represent(s) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
athletes among youths who are not footballers ?
(NTSE Stage- II,2013) (A) (B)
(C) (D)
57. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly

represents intelligence, ability and honesty ?
(A) (B)
(A) g (B) g and c
(C) f (D) f and d
52. Which of the following diagram/sets indicate the (C) (D)

relation between women, mothers and parents?
(NTSE Stage- II,2013) 58. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly
represents quadrilateral, rectangle and square ?
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Directions (53 to 54) : These questions are based on the

following diagram. In this diagram there are three (C) (D)
sets U, A and B. Which represent the married per-
sons, educated people and teachers respectively
live in a colony. The total population of the colony
is 300. 59. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014) represents female, mother and doctor ?
U
260 136 24
B
(A) (B)
A
53. Number os unmarried persons in the colony is

(A) 40 (B) 112
(C) 124 (D) 125 (C) (D)
54. Number of educated people who is not teacher is

(A) 120 (B) 112 Direction (60 - 61) Give answer according to the following
(C) 124 (D) 125 Venn diagram : (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2017)
55. W hich of the following Venn diagrams correctly
represents cows, horses and animals ? Artist
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014) 4 3
8 Writer
6 7
(A) (B) 10
12 Teacher
(C) (D)
60. Total number of teachers is
(A) 12 (B) 31
(C) 19 (D) 22.
PAGE # 78
61. How many artists are there who are writer but not
teacher?
(A) 8 (B) 14 65.
(C) 13 (D) 7.
(X)
Directions : (62 to 70) In the following question a dot is
placed in the figure marked as (X), this figure is followed
by four alternatives marked as (A) , (B), (C) and (D).
One out of these four options contains the common
region to circle, square, triangle and rectangle similar
to that of marked by dot in figure (X). Select that option. (A) (B)
62.
(X) (C) (D)
(A) (B)
(C) (D) 66.
(X)
63.
(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
67.
64.
(X)
(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 79
70. (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
(A) (B) (A) (B)
(C) (D) (C) (D)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)

PAGE # 80
SYLLOGISM
Syllogism literally means to stay together, giving

us the sense of putting two propositions or
premises together in order to draw a logical
conclusion from them.
Venn-Diagram Representation of Four
Propositions
1. Universal Affirmative (A) : All S are P.
There are three possible representations given

by Fig. (iv), Fig. (v) and Fig. (vi) depicting particular
affirmative proposition "Some S are P". This can
be supported with the help of following sets:
Case I. S = {a, b, c, d} P = {c, d, e, f}
Case II. S = {a, b} P = {a, b, c, d}
Case III. S = {a, b, c, d} P = {a, b}
There are two possibilities to represent the relation In all the three cases we find that some of the
between S and P given by universal affirmative elements of S are also the elements of set P.
proposition "All S are P". This can also be 4. Particular Negative (O) : Some S are not P
understood with the help of set theory.
Case I. S = {a, b, c} P = {a, b, c, d}
Case II. S = {a, b, c} P = {a, b, c}
Case I is represented by Fig. (i) and Case II is
represented by Fig. (ii). In both these cases, we
see that every element of set S is also the element
of set P. Hence, we can definitely say that the above
two figures show "All S are P".
2. Universal Negative (E) : No S are P
The particular negative proposition "Some S are

not P" can be represented with the help of three
There is only one possibility of drawing the possible figures given in (vii), (viii) and (ix).
relationship between S and P. Venn-diagram representations of the above
S = {a, b, c} P = {d, e, f} propositions can be supported by way of following
From the above two sets, it is clear that none of sets:
the elements of S is the element of set P. Case I. S = {a, b, c} P = {c, d, e}
3. Particular Affirmative (I) : Some S are P Case II. S = {a, b, c, d} P = {c, d}
Case Ill. S = {a, b, c} P = {d, e, f}
In all the three cases, we find that there are some

elements in set S which are not elements of set P.
Hence all the cases along with the respective
figures support the proposition "Some S are not
P".
PAGE # 81
Venn-Diagram Representation
Immediate inferences drawn from each type of
propositions (A, E, I, O). One of the important points
to be noted while drawing inference from Venn-
diagrams is that all possibilities of Venn-diagrams
should be taken in account. Let us now discuss
each type of proposition in relation to the pictorial (i) No P is S. (ii) Some S are not P.
representation. (iii) Some P are not S.
Any other immediate inference drawn from E-type
1. A-Type-All S are P
proposition is not valid.
It is clear from the A type of proposition that all S
are contained in P. Therefore, circle representing 3. -Type -Some S are P
S will be either inside or equal to circle This Proposition gives rise to many possible
representing P. However, in both the cases, representations of Venn-diagrams and hence
conclusions (Some P are S) and (Some S are P) most of the inferences drawn therefrom are invalid
are true This case can be understood clearly by and doubtful This relationship can be shown by
taking two sets in all possible ways. following sets and respective Venn-diagrams.
(i) S = { 1, 2, 3, 4 } P = { 3, 4, 5, 6 }
P
S S, P
1 4
2 1
3 5 2
3
(i) S = {1,2,3} P = {1,2,3,4,5}

(ii) S = {1,2,3} P = {1,2,3}
The above cases show the all the possibilities of
Set {3,4} is the part of set S as well as set P, hence
two sets S and P showing the relationship
some S are P
between each other as represented by the
(ii) S = { 1, 2, 3, 4} P = { 1, 2}
proposition. All S are P. Now in both the cases we
see that set {2,3} is the part of set S and also of set
P. Hence, it is clear that inference (Some S are P)
is true from this relationship. Likewise set { 2,3} is
the part of set P and also of set S. Therefore, it is
also clear that inference (Some P are S) is true.
Inference (Some P are not S) is not valid because
it is true not from case (i) but false from case (ii).
Inference (All P are S) is not valid because it is
true from case (ii) and false from case (i).
2. E- Type-No S is P
There is only one possibility of Venn-diagram Set {1,2 } is the part of set S as well as set P, hence
representation of E-type proposition. The some S are P.
relationship can also be shown by two sets (iii) S = { 1,2} P = { 1,2,3,4}
S = {1,2,3} and P = { 4, 5, 6 } . From these two sets,
we see that set { 2, 3} is the part of set S but not of
set P. It implies that inference (Some S are not P )
is true. Similarly, set {5,6} is the part of set P but
not of set S. This means that inference (Some P
are not S) is true.
Therefore, on the basis of E-type proposition, we
can draw following immediate inferences.
PAGE # 82
Set { 1,2} is the part of set S as well as set P, hence Set {1,2,3} is the part of set S but not of set P,
some S are P. hence denotes proposition 'Some S are not P'.
The above three combinations of sets and On the basis of all possible combinations showing
respective diagrams show the relationship relationship between S and P, no valid inference
between S and P as represented by I-type can be drawn.
proposition. From all the possible combinations,
Inference - Some S are P is true from case
it is clear that inference (Some P are S ) is true.
(i) and (iii) but not true from case (ii) and hence it
Inference (Some S are not P} is true from
is an invalid inference. Inference - Some P are not
combinations (i) and (ii) . But it is not true from
S is true from case (i) and (ii) but not true from
combinations (iii). Therefore, inference (Some S
case (iii) and hence it is an invalid inference.
are not P) is not a valid inference drawn from the
above proposition. Students should note that if an inference is true,
it has to comply with or follow all the possible
4. O-Type-Some S are not P pictorial representation of Venn-diagrams.
From this proposition no immediate inference can
be drawn. Let us discuss this proposition in the Directions : (1 to 5) In these types of questions, two
light of Venn-diagram representation. statements followed by two conclusions, I and II,
(i) S = {1,2,3,4} P = {3,4,5,6} are given. You have to take the given two
statements to be true even if they seem to be at
variance from commonly known facts. Read the
conclusions and then decide which of the given
conclusions logically follows from the two given
statements, disregarding commonly known facts.
Mark the answer
(A) if only I follows
(B) if only II follows
(C) if both I and II follow
Set {1,2} is the part of set S but not of set P, hence (D) if neither I nor II follows
this shows the relationship represented by the Ex. 1 Statements : Some players are dancers
proposition 'Some S are not P'. All dancers are tall.
(ii) S = {1,2,3} P = {4,5,6}
Conclusions : I. Some players are tall.
II. All players are tall.
Sol: (A)
P–I P – II
So some players (those who are dancers)

Set {2, 3} is the part of set S but not of set P, hence are tall.
this shows the relation represented by the
Ex. 2 Statements : Anil is a good sportsman.
proposition 'Some S are not P'.
Sportsmen are healthy.
(iii) S = {1,2,3,4,5} P = {4,5}
Conclusions: I. All healthy persons are
sportsmen.
II. Anil is healthy.
Sol. (B)
P–I P – II
So Anil has to be healthy.
PAGE # 83
Ex.3 Statements: Businessmen married only fair
EXERCISE
girls.
Anisha is fair. Directions : (1 to 10) In each question, two statements are
Conclusions: I. Anisha was married to a followed by two conclusions, I and II. You have to
businessman. take the given two statements to be true even if
they seem to be at variance from commonly known
II. Anisha was not married to a
facts. Read the conclusions and then decide
businessman. which of the given conclusions logically follows
Sol. (D) from the two given statements, disregarding
commonly known facts. Mark the answer
(A) if only conclusion I follows
(B) if only conclusion II follows
(C) if both I and II follow.
(D) if none follows
1. Statements : Some clouds are thunder.
All clouds are rain.
Conclusions: I. Those clouds which are not
thunder, are also rain.
So Anisha may or may not be married to a
II. Those clouds which are not thunder, are not
businessman. necessarily rain.
Ex. 4 Statements : All apples are oranges.
2. Statements : Some tins are pens.
Some oranges are grapes. Some pens are rods.
Conclusions: I. Some apples are grapes. Conclusions: I. No rod is tin.
II. Some grapes are apples. II. All tins are rods.
Sol. (D) 3. Statements : Some sabres are bombs.
Key is a sabre.
Conclusions : I. Some bombs are sabres.
II. Some keys are bombs.
4. Statements : All lenses are horns.

No horn is colourful.
Conclusions: I. Some lenses are colourful.
II. No lens is colourful.
5. Statements: All flirts are smart.
So grapes may or may not be apples. All smart are rotten.
Conclusions: I. All rotten are flirts.
II. All smarts are flirts.
Ex. 5 Statements : All men are bachelors.
Some men are educated. 6. Statements: All puppies are dogs.
Conclusions: I. Some bachelors are educated. All dogs are trained.
Conclusions: I. Some trained are puppies.
II. Some educated are II. All trained are puppies.
bachelors.
7. Statements: All advocates are obese.
Sol : (C)
Some obese are priests.
Conclusions: I. Some advocates are priests.
II. Some priests are advocates.
8. Statements: Some psychiatrists are singers.
All singers are tall.
Conclusions: I. Some psychiatrists are tall.
II. All psychiatrists are tall.
9. Statements: All coins are crows.

Some crows are pens.
Here some bachelors are definitely educated. So
Conclusions: I. No pen is coin.
both conclusions follow. II. All coins are pens.
10. Statements: All magicians are dumb.

Some magicians are educated.
Conclusions: I. Some dumb are magicians.
II. Some educated are dumb .
PAGE # 84
Directions: (11 to 18) In each question, two or more 15. Statements : 1. All benches are desks.
statements are followed by two or more than two 2.Some desks are roads.
conclusions. You have to take the given statements 3.All roads are pillars.
to be true even if they appear to be at variance with Conclusions : I. Some pillars are benches.
commonly known facts, and then decide which of II. Some pillars are desks.
the conclusions logically follow(s) from the given
III. Some roads are benches.
statements. For each question, mark out an
IV. No pillar is bench.
appropriate answer choice that you think is correct.
(A) None follows
11. Statements : 1. All bibs are red. (B) Only either I or IV, and III follow
2. All red are flowers. (C) Only either I or IV follows
3. No flowers are tablets (D) Only either I or IV, and II follow
Conclusions: I. Some flowers are bibs
II. No tablets are bibs 16. Statements : 1. All lamps are books.
III. Some red are bibs 2. No book is coloured.
IV. Some tablets are red.
Conclusions : I. Some lamps are coloured.
(A) I, II and III follow
II. No lamp is coloured.
(B) II, III and IV follow
(C) Only I and II follow (NTSE Stage-II, 2010)
(D) Only I and III follow (A) Only conclusion I follows.
(B) Only conclusion II follows
12. Statements : 1. All pencils are birds. (C) Both I and II follow.
2. All birds are skies. (D) Neither I nor II follows.
3. All skies are hills.
Conclusions : I. All pencils are hills. 17. Statements : 1. All envelopes are umbrellas.
II. All hills are birds 2. All umbrellas are chalks.
III. All skies are pencils.
Conclusions :
IV. All birds are hills.
I. Some chalks are envelopes.
(A) Only I and II follow
II. Some umbrellas are not envelopes.
(B) Only I and III follow
(C) Only III and IV follow
(A) Only conclusion I follows.
(D) None of these
(B) Only conclusion II follows.
13. Statements : 1. All big are novels. (C) Both I and II follow
2. Some novels are willows. (D) Neither I no II follows.
3. No willows is pencil.
Conclusions: I. Some willow are big. 18. Statements : 1. All dogs are reptiles.
II. Some novels are pencils.
2. Some cats are reptiles.
III. No willow is big.
Conclusions : I. Some dogs are cats.
IV. Some novels are not pencils.
(A) I and either II or IV follow II. Some cats are not reptiles.
(B) I, III and IV follow (NTSE Stage-II, 2010)
(C) I, II and III follow (A) Only conclusion I follows.
(D) Either I or III and IV follows (B) Only conclusion II follows
(C) Both I and II follow.
14. Statements : 1. Some spoons are bowls.
(D) Neither I nor II follows.
2. All bowls are knives.
3. All knives are forks.
19. Statements: (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
Conclusions : I. All spoons are forks.
All the students passed the examination.
II. All bowls are forks.
Some of the students are girls.
III. Some knives are bowls.
IV. Some forks are spoons. Select the correct alternative.
(A) Only II and III follow (A) Some of the boys passed the examination
(B) Only II and IV follow (B) All the girl students failed in the examination
(C) Only III and IV follow (C) None of the boys passed the examination
(D) None of these (D) No girl student failed in the examination.
PAGE # 85
Directions (20 to 21) : Take the given statement(s) as true 24. Statements :
and decide which of the conclusion logically fol- (i) Some hens are cows.
lows from the statements. (NTSE Stage-II, 2013) (II) All cows are horses.
20. Statement : All Actors are Musicians. Conclusion :
No Musician is a Singer. I. Some horses are hens
Some Singers are Dancerss. II. Some hens are horses
Some Dancers are Musicians. (A) Only conclusion I is true
Conclusions : (B) Only conclusion II is true
I. Some Actors are Singers (C) Conclusions I and II both are true
II. Some Dancers are Actors (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II are true.
III. No Actor is a Singer
(A) Only conclusion 1 follows. 25. Statements : All students are boys
(B) Only conclusion III follows. No boy is dull
(C) Exactly one of conclusion I, III follows. Conclusions
(D) Only conclusion II follows. I. There is no girl student in the class
II. No student is dull
21. Statement : All Clocks are Alarms. (A) Only conclusion I is true
No Clocks are Cuckoos. (B) Only conclusion
All Cuckoos are Alarms. (C) Both conclusions I and II are true
Some Cuckoos are Birds . (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true
Conclusion : (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2015)
I. Some Alarms are Birds.
Direction : (26 to 28) In each of the questions below two
II. No Clock is a Bird
statements and two conclusions numbered I and
III. All Birds are Alarms II are given. You have to take the given two state-
(A) Only conclusion I follows. ments to be true even it they seem to be at vari-
(B) Only conclusion II follows. ance from commonly known facts. Read the con-
(C) Only conclusion III follows. clusions and then decide which of the given con-
(D) Both conclusion II and III follows. clusions logically follows from the two given state-
ments. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2017)
Directions (22 to 24) : In each of the questions below are
given two statements and two conclusions num- 26. Statements : (i) All dancers are singers.
(ii) All singers are teachers.
bered I and II. You have to take the given two state-
Conclusions :
ments to be true even if they seem to be at vari-
I. All dancers are teachers.
ance from commonly known facts. Read the con-
II. Some singers are dancers.
clusions and then decide which of the given con- (A) Only conclusion I is true
clusions logically follows from the two given state- (B ) Only conclusion II is true
ments. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2014) (C) Both conclusions I and II are true
22. Statements : (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true.
(I) Some books are pencils.
27. Statements : (i) Some fruits are mangoes.
(II) Some pencils are pens.
(ii) Some fruits are not guavas.
Conclusions :
Conclusions :
I. All books are pens.
I. All fruits are mangoes.
II. Some pens are books. II. All mangoes are fruits.
(A) Only conclusion I is true. (A) Only conclusion I is true
(B) Only conclusion II is true (B) Only conclusion II is true
(C) Conclusions I and II both are true (C) Both conclusions I and II are true
(D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II are true. (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true
23. Statements : 28. Statements (i) No horse is dog.
(I) Some men are educated. (ii) All dogs are elephants.
(II) Educated persons prefer small families. Conclusions
Conclusions : I. No elephant is horse.
I. All small families are educated. II. Some elephants are dogs.
II. Some men prefer small families (A) Only conclusion I is true
(A) Only conclusion I is true (B) Only conclusion II is true
(B) Only conclusion II is true (C) Both conclusions I and II are true
(C) Conclusions I and II both are true (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true
(D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II are true.
PAGE # 86
A N A LO G Y
‘Analogy’ means ‘Similarity’. A particular (c) Tool & Action Relationship :

relationship is given and another similar
Ex.3 Needle : Saw
relationship has to be identified from the
(A needle is used for sewing)
alternatives provided. Analogy tests are, therefore,
meant to test a candidate’s overall knowledge, Knife : Cut Gun : Short
power of reasoning and ability to think concisely Pen : Write Microscope : Magnify
and accurately. Spanner : Grip Sword : Slaughter
Filter : Purity Spade : Dig
Kinds of Relationship Mattock : Dig Steering : Drive
Spoon : Feed Chisel : Carve
(a) Study & Topic Relationship : Axe : Grind Shield : Guard
Ex.1 Botany : Plants Auger : Bore Oar : Row
(Botany means study of Plants) Loudspeaker : Amplify Shovel : Scoop
Zoology : Animals (d) Worker and Working place :
Pathology : Diseases
Cardiology : Heart Ex.4 Chef : Kitchen
Astronomy : Planets (Chef works in a Kitchen)
Astrology : Future
Farmer : Field Warrior : Battle field
Cytology : Cells
Engineer : Site Sailor : Ship
Geology : Earth
Pilot : Cockpit Beautician : Parlor
Mycology : Fungi
Actor : Stage Mechanic : Garage
Craniology : Skill
Ornithology : Birds Painter : Gallery Grocer : Grocery
Nephrology : Kidney Waiter : Restaurant Gambler : Casino
Pedology : Soil Servant : House Worker : Factory
Phycology : Algae Umpire : Pitch Teacher : School
Histology : Tissues Artist : Theatre Doctor : Hospital
Nidology : Nests Clerk : Office Driver : Cabin
Seismology : Earthquakes Scientist : Laboratory Lawyer : Court
Penology : Punishment
Archaeology : Artifacts (e) Worker & Product :
Ecology : Environment Ex.5 Poet : Poem
Anthology : Collection of Poems
(Poet writes poem)
Trigonometry : Triangles
Paleography : W ritings Farmer : Crop Author : Book
Semantics : Language Cobbler : Shoes Mason : Wall
Hematology : Blood Editor : Newspaper Hunter : Prey
Malacology : Molluscs Carpenter : Furniture Butcher : Meat
Bryology : Bryophytes Gold Smith : Ornaments Producer : Film
Taxonomy : Classification Architect : Design Tailor : Clothes
Orography : Mountains Teacher : Educations Dramatist : Play
(b) Worker & Tool Relationship : Choreographer : Ballet Judge : Justice
Ex.2 Laborer : Spade (f) Product and Raw Material :

(Spade is a tool used by a Laborers)
Ex.6 Cloth : Fibre
Carpenter : Saw Wood cutter : Axe (Cloth is made of Fibre)
Blacksmith : Anvil Soldier : Gun
Tailor : Needle Chef : Knife Paper : Pulp Book : Paper
Farmer : Plough Author : Pen Jewellery : Gold Oil : Seed
Warrior : Sword Sculptor : Chisel Road : Asphalt Sack : Jute
Mason : Plumb line Jockey : Tack Metal : Ore Fabric : Yarn
Gardener : Harrow Surgeon : Scalpel Pullover : Wool Furniture : Wood
Astronomer : Telescope Lumberjack : Axe Butter : Milk Wine : Grapes
Painter : Brush Violinist : Bow Omelette : Egg Rubber : Latex
Barber : Scissors Butcher : Chopper Wall : Brick Shoes : Leather
Doctor : Stethoscope Cobbler : Awl Prism : Glass Linen : Flax
Jaggery : Sugarcane Chair : Cane
PAGE # 87
(g) Instrument & Measurement : (l) Word & Antonym :
Ex.7 Scale : Length Ex.12 Good : Bad
(Scale is an Instruments used to measure length)
Cruel : Kind Best : Worst
Ammeter : Current Sink : Float Strong : Weak
Balance : Mass
Thermometer : Temperature Initial : Final Start : End
Odometer : Speed Ignore : Notice Advance : Retreat
Hygrometer : Humidity Create : Destroy Gentle : Harsh
Screw gauge : Thickness
Seismograph : Earthquake Deep ; Shallow Affirm : Deny
Anemometer : Wind Kindle : Extinguish Mourn : Rejoice
Barometer : Pressure
Cordial : Hostile Kindle :Extinguish
Taseometer : Strains
Raingauge : Rain Chaos : Peace Fresh : Stale
Sphygmomanometer : Blood Pressure Condense : Expand Lend : Borrow
(h) Quantity & unit : Gradual : Abrupt (Sudden)
Ex.8 Time : second (m) Words & Intensity :

(Seconds is the unit of Time)
Ex.13 Quarrel : War
Force : Newton Length : Meter
Energy : Joule Work : Joule Anger : Rage Kindle : Burn
Current : Ampere Volume : Litre Error : Blunder Wish : Desire
Temperature : Degrees Potential : Volt Sink : Drown Unhappy : Sad
Mass : Kilogram Pressure : Pascal Famous : Renowned Moist : Drench
Area : Hectare Conductivity : Mho
Crime : Sin Refuse : Deny
Resistance : Ohm Angle : Radians
Magnetic field : Oersted Power : Watt
Luminosity : Candela Frequency : Hertz
Word Analogy
(i) Animal & Young ones :

Direction : (1 to 3) In the following questions, choose the
Ex.9 Dog : Puppy words that show the same relationship as given
(Puppy is the young one of Dog) in the each questions.
Lion : Cub Man : Child
Hen : Chicken Sheep : Lamb Ex 1. Match is related to Win in the same way as
Cow : Calf Cat : Kitten Examination is related to
Duck : Duckling Horse : Pony / Calf
(A) Write (B) Appear
Insect : Larva Stallion : Colt
Butterfly : Caterpillar Frog : Tadpole (C) Success (D) Attempt
Pig : Farrow Tortoise : Turtle Sol. (C) One of outcomes of ‘Match’ is ‘Victory’. Likewise
(j) Male & Female : ‘Success’ is one of the outcomes of ‘Examination’.
Ex. 10 Tiger : Tigress Ex 2. Boat is related to Oar in the same way as Bicycle
(Tigress is Female tiger )
is related to
Son : Daughter Gentleman : Lady (A) Road (B) Wheel
Nephew : Niece Drone : Bee
(C) Seat (D) Paddle
Dog : Bitch Stage : Doe
Sorcerer : Sorceress Horse : Mare Sol. (D) ‘Oar’ is a devise used to push a ‘Boat’.
Lion : Lioness Likewise ‘Paddle’ is used to push the ‘Bicycle’.
(k) Word & Synonym :

Ex 3. As Earthquake is related to Seismograph in the
Ex. 11 Vacant : Empty same way, Milk is related to which ?
(Empty means almost the same as Vacant)
(A) Hydrometer (B) Hygrometer
Substitute : Replace Blend : Mix (C) Spherometer (D) Lactometer
House : Home Solicit : Request
Sol. (D) ‘Seismograph’ is an instrument by which
Flaw : Defect Fierce : Violent
Dearth : Scarcity Ban : Prohibition intensity of ‘Earthquake’ is measured. In same
Mend : Repair Assign : Allot manner the purity of milk is measured by
Abduct : Kidnap Sedate : Calm lactometer.
Alight : Descend Presage : Predict
Pressure : Assume Fallacy : illusion
Dissipate : Squander Brim : Edge
Dissipate : Squander Haughty : Proud
PAGE # 88
Directions : (4 to 5) In each of the following questions, Directions : (10 to 11) Three words are given in each
there is a certain relationship between two given question, which have something in common
words on one side of :: and one word is give on among themselves. Out of the four given
another side of :: while another word is to be found alternatives, choose the most appropriate
from the given alternatives, having the same description about these three words.
relation with this word as the words of the given Ex 10. Spinach : Fenugreek : Celery
pair bear. Choose the correct alternatives. (A) These are cactus plant
(B) These are wild flowers
Ex 4. Ice : Water :: Solid : ? (C) These are wild plants
(A) Liquid (B) Solution (D) These are leafy vegetables
(C) Matter (D) Substance Sol. (D) These are leafy vegetables.
Sol. (A) First is made from second.
Ex 11. Petrol : Phosphorus : Cooking gas
(A) They are fuels
Ex 5. Tea : Leaves : : Coffee : ?
(B) They are highly inflammable
(A) Leaves (B) Beverage
(C) They can’t be sold without permit
(C) Seeds (D) Plant
(D) India has to import them
Sol. (C) Latter is the original form of the former.
Sol. (B) They are highly inflammable.
Directions : (6 to 7) In each of the following questions,

Number Analogy
there are two terms to the left of the sign :: which are
related in some way. Obtain the same relationship
This section deals with four types of questions.
between the term to the right of the sign :: from one
of the four alternatives given under it. 1. Choosing a number related to a given number in
the same manner as the two numbers of another
Ex 6. Factory : Production : : given pair are related to each other;
(A) School : Education 2. Choosing a similarly related pair as the given
(B) Teacher : Discipline number pair on the basis of the relation between
(C) Mother : Love the numbers in each pair.
(D) Plants : Fruit 3. Choosing a number similar to a group of numbers
on the basis of certain common properties that
Sol. (A)Production is carried out in a factory similarly
they possess;
education is given by in a school.
4. Choosing a number set similar to a given number
Ex 7. Mosquito : Malaria : : set.
(A) Tobacoo : Cancer (B) Road : Accident
there is a certain relation between two given
(C) Housefly : Food (D) Soil : Erosion
number on one side of : : and one number is
Sol. (A) Second is the causes of first.
given on another side of : : while another number
Directions : (8 to 9) In each of the following questions, a is to be found from the given alternatives, having
the same relation with this number as the
group of three interrelated words is given. Choose
numbers of the given pair bear. Choose the best
a word from the given alternatives, that belongs to
alternative.
the same group.
Ex 12. 3 : 24 :: 5 : ?
Ex 8. Potato : Carrot : Radish (A) 120 (B) 45
(A) Tomato (B) Spinach (C) 124 (D) 27
(C) Sesame (D) Groundnut Sol. (A ) 33 – 3 = 24 similarly 53 –5 = 120
Sol. (D) Groundnut [All of these grow under the ground]. Ex 13. 11 : 1331 : : 12 : ?
(A) 1782 (B) 1728
Ex 9. Basket : Pail : Pan
(C) 1792 (D) 1772
(A) Spoon (B) Bowl
Sol. (B) 11 = 1331 similarly 123 = 1728
3
(C) Fork (D) Knife

Sol. (B) Bowl [These are the things for keeping Ex 14. 6 : 18 : : 4 : ?
something]. (A) 2 (B) 6
(C) 8 (D) 16
2
Sol. (C) 6 = 36 , 36 ÷ 2 = 18 similarly
42 = 16 , 16 ÷ 2 = 8
PAGE # 89
Directions : (15 to 16) Question consists of a pair of Directions : (21 to 24) In each of the following questions,
numbers that have a certain relationship to each there are two terms to the left of the sign :: which
other, followed by four other pairs of numbers are related in some way. Obtain the same
given as alternatives. Select the pair in which the relationship between the term to the right of the
numbers are similarly related as in the given pair. sign :: from one of the four alternatives given under it.
Ex 15. 5 : 18
(A) 30 : 96 (B) 21 : 66 Ex 21. MANTEL : NAMLET :: VANITY : ?
(C) 19 : 61 (D) 11 : 35 (A) NAVYIT (B) NAVYTI
Sol. (B) The relationship is x : (3x + 3). (C) NAVIYI (D) AVNTIY
Sol. (B) Group of three letters is reversed.
Ex 16. 11 : 1210
(A) 8 : 448 (B) 6 : 2160 Ex 22. LXNU : NYPV :: QTBR : ?
(C) 7 : 1029 (D) 9 : 729
(A) RUSD (B) SDSU
Sol. (A) The relationship is x : x2 (x -1).
(C) SUDS (D) RSUD
Direction : (17 to 18) In each of the following questions, Sol. (C) Second term is obtained from the first by
choose that set of numbers from the alternative moving its first and third letters two steps forward
sets that is similar to the given set ? while the second and fourth letters one step
forward.
Ex 17. Give group : (5, 6, 22)
(A) 4, 8, 2 (B) 3, 8, 26
Ex 23. CG : EI :: FJ : ?
(C) 8, 9, 34 (D) 7, 9, 48
(A) JK (B) IJ
Sol. (C) The pattern is 5 + 6 = 11×2 = 22
(C) LM (D) GK
So, the same pattern is 8 + 9 = 17×2 = 34
Sol. (D) Letter groups consist of 2 letters in alphabetic
Ex 18. Given set : (8, 3, 2) order skipping 3 letters immediately following.
(A) (10, 6, 5) (B) (63, 8, 3)
(C) (95, 24, 5) (D) (168, 15, 4) Ex 24. DFHJ : LNPR :: ? : BDFH
Sol. (B) In each set, 1st number = (2nd number)2 – 1; (A) VXZT (B) UVXZ
2nd number = (3rd number)2 – 1. (C) TXVZ (D) TVXZ
Sol. (D) All the letters of the second term are moved
eight steps backward to obtain the first term.
choose one number which is similar to the
numbers in the given set ?
Ex 19. Given set : 192,282,372 EXERCISE

(A) 453 (B) 461
(C) 236 (D) 425 Direction : (1 to 4) In the following questions, choose the
Sol. In all the numbers, the sum of digits is 12. words that show the same relationship as given
in the each questions.
Ex 20. Given set : 363, 489, 579
(A) 562 (B) 471 1. Heart is related to Blood in the same way as Lung
(C) 382 (D) 281 is related to
Sol. (B) Number Sum of digits New sum of digits (A) Oxygen (B) Chest
363  3 + 6 + 3 = 12  1+2=3 (C) Purification (D) Circulation
489  4 + 8 + 9 = 21  2+1=3
579  5 + 7 + 9 = 21  2+1=3 2. Disease is related to pathology in the same way
471  4 + 7 + 1 = 12  1 + 2 = 3 as Planet is related to
(A) Sun (B) Satellite
Alphabet Analogy (C) Astrology (D) Astronomy
3. Hour is related to Second in the same way as

In alphabet Analogy questions, two groups of
Tertiary is related to
letters related to each other in some way, are
(A) Ordinary (B) Secondary
given. The candidate is required to find out this
(C) Primary (D) Intermediary
relationship and then choose either a letter-group
which is related in the same way to a third group 4. Flower is to a Bouquet as Minister is to a.
provided in the question or a pair consisting of (A) Voter (B) Cabinet
similarly related letter-groups. (C) Constituency (D) Department
PAGE # 90
Directions : (5 to 7) In each of the following questions, 13. Water : Glass : Mirror
there is a certain relationship between two given (A) They are without colour
words on one side of :: and one word is give on (B) Reflection can be seen in them
another side of :: while another word is to be found (C) They are used in day to day life
from the given alternatives, having the same (D) They are transparent
relation with this word as the words of the given Directions : (14 to 17) In each of the following questions,
pair bear. Choose the correct alternatives. there is a certain relation between two given
5. Mirror : Reflection : : Water : ? number on one side of : : and one number is
(A) Conduction (B) Reflection given on another side of : : while another number
(C) Refraction (D) Defraction is to be found from the given alternatives, having
the same relation with this number as the
6. Oil : Seed :: Butter : ? numbers of the given pair bear. Choose the best
(A) Goat (B) Cow alternative.
(C) Milk (D) Ghee
14. 425 : 2 :: 613: ?
7. Cobbler : Leather : : Carpenter: ? (A) 1 (B) 2
(A) Furniture (B) Wood (C) 3 (D) 4
(C) Hammer (D) Chair
15. 7584 : 4251 : : 4673 : ?
Directions : (8 to 10) In each of the following questions, (A) 1367 (B) 1340
there are two terms to the left of the sign :: which (C) 1530 (D) None of these
are related in some way. Obtain the same
16. 225 : 257 : : 289 : ?
relationship between the term to the right of the sign
(A) 301 (B) 316
:: from one of the four alternatives given under it.
(C) 320 (D) 325
8. Water : Oxygen
17. 9 : 79 : : 100 : ?
(A) Helium : Nitrogen (B) Salt : Sodium
(A) 901 (B) 1009
(C) Tree : Plant (D) Food : Hunger
(C) 9889 (D) 9998
9. Manager : Cabin
Directions : (18 to 20) Question consists of a pair of
(A) Driver : Train (B) Captain : Desk
numbers that have a certain relationship to each
(C) Pilot : Cockpit (D) Servant : Hospital
other, followed by four other pairs of numbers
10. Aeroplane : Hanger given as alternatives. Select the pair in which the
(A) Train : yard numbers are similarly related as in the given pair.
(B) Train : Plat form
18. 12 : 144
(C) Train : Rail
(A) 22 : 464 (B) 20 : 400
(D) Train : Railway station
(C) 15 : 135 (D) 10 : 140
Direction : (11 ) In the following question, a group of three
19. 5 : 35
interrelated words is given. Choose a word from
(A) 7 : 77 (B) 9 : 45
the given alternatives, that belongs to the same
(C) 11 : 55 (D) 3 : 24
group.
20. 7 : 24
11. Botany : Zoology : Cardiology
(A) 30 : 100 (B) 23 : 72
(A) Morphology (B) Seismology
(C) 19 : 58 (D) 11 : 43
(C) Pedology (D) Taxonomy
Direction : (21 to 23) In each of the following questions,
Directions : (12 to 13) Three words are given in each choose that set of numbers from the alternative
question, which have something in common sets that is similar to the given set ?
among themselves. Out of the four given
21. Given set : (8, 15, 24)
alternatives, choose the most appropriate (A) (6, 13, 21) (B) (10, 17, 28)
description about these three words. (C) (11, 18, 27) (D) (13, 20, 32)
12. Flood : Cyclone : Earthquakes 22. Given set : (2, 14, 16)
(A) (2, 7, 8) (B) (2, 9, 16)
(A) They take toll of many lives
(C) (3, 21, 24) (D) (4, 15, 18)
(B) They move from one place to another
23. Given set : (3, 18, 36)
(C) They are caused by low pressure
(A) (2, 10, 16) (B) (4, 24, 48)
(D) They are natural calamities
(C) (6, 42, 48) (D) (12, 72, 96)
PAGE # 91
Directions : (24 to 26) In each of the following questions, 35. BACE : DACE :: FACE : ?
(A) HACE (B) LACE
choose one number which is similar to the (C) CASE (D) NACE
numbers in the given set ?
36. ZA : YB :: XC : ?
(A) YZ (B) NM
24. Given set : 282, 354, 444
(C) BC (D) WD
(A) 453 (B) 317
37. ACEG : ? :: BDFH : KMOQ
(C) 337 (D) 265
(A) LMNO (B) JLNP
(C) JNLO (D) JLON
25. Given set : 992, 733, 845
(A) 114 (B) 326 38. XAYZ : PSRQ :: JMKL : ?
(C) 425 (D) 947
(A) UVXZ (B) YZVX
(C) WZYX (D) WXYZ
26. Given set : 134, 246, 358
(A) 372 (B) 459 39. PQRR : RQPR :: CDEE : ?
(A) EDCE (B) EECD
(C) ECDE (D) CDEF
there are two terms to the left of the sign :: which
are related in some way. Obtain the same 40. ADCB : ZWXY :: GJIH : ?
relationship between the term to the right of the (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
sign :: from one of the four alternatives given under (A) TQRS (B) PSRQ
it. (C) SVUT (D) TSRQ
27. ACF : EDG :: IEH : ?
(A) OFJ (B) OFI 41. GiL : J I O :: LnQ : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(C) GHI (D) LMN (A) O p S (B) P r U

(C) O r U (D) O q T
28. FG : LM :: ? : ?
(A) NO: TU (B) HI : RS 42. DFJL : OQUW :: EGKM : ?
(C) GH : KL (D) DE : BA (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) NPTU (B) JLPR
29. AEZ : EIY :: IOX : ?
(C) PRVX (D) RTWY
(A) UYZ (B) AEX
(C) EIX (D) OUW 43. BDG : YWT : : DFI : ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) XVS (B) WUR
30. ? : IJGH :: STQR : NOLM
(C) WTR (D) TQN
(A) OPMN (B) NOLM
(C) MNKL (D) LMNO 44. RVLP : CGWA : : ? : EIYC (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) BFZW (B) DHXB
31. KLQM : CFMK :: NRPT : ?
(C) DFXZ (D) FHMN
(A) FLLR (B) HIJH
(C) FLTM (D) RLTM 45. LOQ : GJL : : ? : ADF (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) BEG (B) FIK
32. CEHG : XVST :: ? : OMJK
(C) PSW (D) CEG
(A) LMNO (B) LNQP
(C) NLPQ (D) OPMN 46. BCE : FGM : : ABD : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
33. APOC : ? :: ITSK : MVUN (A) EDK (B) DEH

(A) DRQH (B) ERQF (C) EFL (D) CBA
(C) EQRG (D) DQRH
47. DEF : IKM : : NOP : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
34. NM : QP :: ZY : ?
(A) MQ (B) YW (A) UVX (B) SUW
(C) CB (D) YZ (C) GHI (D) USW
PAGE # 92
48. TPVOE : UOWNF : : POISE : ? 60. ABC : BCD : : PQR : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008) (A) RQS (B) SRQ
(A) QNTHF (B) QJNRF (C) QRS (D) RQP
(C) QPTJY (D) QNJRF
61. MKig : jhFD : : RPnl : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
49. EGIK : HJLN : : SUWY : ? (A) OMki (B) oMKi
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008) (C) OmkI (D) omKI
(A) VXZB (B) VXBZ
62. 64 : 16 : : 27 : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(C) VBXZ (D) VZXB
(A) 1 (B) 4
50. YOU : QWA : : SIO : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008) (C) 8 (D) 9
(A) VRS (B) PKU
63. 9 : 125 : : 16 : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(C) KQU (D) TZB
(A) 216 (B) 210
51. APOC : ? : : ITSK : MVUN (NTSE Stage -II,2008) (C) 204 (D) 198
(A) DRQH (B) EQRH
(C) DRQF (D) ERQF 64. 6 : ? : : 20 : 130 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 24 (B) 30
52. RVX : IDF : : YSP : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008)
(C) 36 (D) 40
(A) JJF (B) GJG
(C) FKF (D) FFK 65. ? : 6 : : 12 : 20 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 0 (B) 2
53. AAEI : PPTX : : GGKO : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008) (C) 3 (D) 4
(A) LLVQ (B) QQRS
66. 10 : 26 : : 50 : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(C) VVZD (D) JJPT
(A) 142 (B) 132
54. 7 : 42 : 9 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008) (C) 122 (D) 112
(A) 56 (B) 72
67. CEHJ : XVSQ : : EGJL : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2009)
(C) 82 (D) 86
(A) VTQO (B) VTRP
3 16 4 (C) WTRO (D) VSQN

55. : :: : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008)
2 81 3 68. CFKN : AIGS : : ? : DOLX (NTSE Stage -II,2009)
27 81 (A) BRHC (B) FMQT
(A) (B) (C) FLPS (D) FLHS
64 256
54 27 69. DFIM : WSPN : : ? : YWTP

(C) (D)
128 128 (NTSE Stage -II,2009)
(A) CGJL (B) BFIK
56. 6 : 35 : : 11 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008)
(C) BDHJ (D) BFJL
(A) 121 (B) 120
(C) 56 (D) 54 70. AZCX : DWGT : : BYEV : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2009)
(A) CXEV (B) AEZV
57. EGIK : HJLN : : SUWY : ?
(C) FUJQ (D) GTJQ
(A) VXZB (B) VXBZ 71. 18 : 81 : : 22 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2009)
(C) VBXZ (D) VZXB (A) 98 (B) 121
(C) 212 (D) 222
58. DFGE : IKLJ : : NPQO : ?
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009) 72. 531 : 81 : : 642 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2009)
(A) STVU (B) SUTV (A) 91 (B) 111
(C) SUVT (D) SVTU (C) 144 (D) 196
59. dIk : gLn : : oTv : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009) 73. 7 : 42 : : 9 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011)
(A) fKm (B) rWy (A) 75 (B) 65
(C) pUw (D) RwY (C) 46 (D) 72
PAGE # 93
74. 8 : 32 : : 12 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011) 80. 01 : 08 : : (?) : 125 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 52 (B) 68 (A) 10 (B) 12
(C) 72 (D) 75 (C) 15 (D) 16
75. DGOT : JKUX : : FINP : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011) 81. 08 : 28 :: (? ) : 65 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) KMTU (B) LNTS (A) 9 (B) 12
(C) LMTT (D) MNTU (C) 15 (D) 18
76. EIKR : HMPX : :GKMT : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011) 82. 35 : 91 :: 189 : ( ? ) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) KORY (B) JORZ (A) 343 (B) 341
(C) JNSZ (D) INQZ (C) 280 (D) 210
77. FILP : AEIN : : IKNT : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011)

(A) CGLR (B) EGJR 7 13 19
83. : :: : (?) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
11 17 23
(C) DGKR (D) DHLS
78. ILNT : FHIN : : KOSV : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011) 25 29

(A) (B)
(A) IKMN (B) HKOQ 27 31
(C) ILNR (D) HKNP 23 29
(C) (D)
29 33
79. 03 : 10 :: 08 : (?) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 17 (B) 16
(C) 14 (D) 13


PAGE # 94
C LA S S I F I C AT I O N
Classification as in the alphabet between third and fourth letter.

Ex 7. (A) DW (B) GT
‘Classification’ means ‘to assort the items of a (C) KP (D) FR
given group on the basis of certain common quality Sol. (D) In all other pairs of words first and second
they possess and then spot the stranger or odd letters are equidistant from the beginning and end
one out’. In this test, a group of certain items are respectively in the alphabetical series.
given, out of which all except one are similar to Ex 8. (A) A8C (B) D22G
one another in some manner. The candidate is (C) H42M (D) F34J
required to choose this one item which does not Sol. (D) In all other groups number between first and
fit into the given group. second letter is twice the sum of positions of first
and last letters in the alphabet.
Classification of Word
Ex 9. (A) KQ14 (B) AY13
In these type of questions, certain words/pairs of (C) MR11 (D) GW15
words are given out of which the words/pairs of Sol. (C) In all other groups number at the end is half of
words except one, bear a certain common the positions of sum of first and second letters in
relationship. The candidate is required to decipher the alphabet.
this relationship and choose the word/the pair in
which the words are differently related, as the Classification of Number
answer.
In these type of questions, certain numbers/
Directions : (1 to 5 ) In each of the following questions, four
groups of numbers are given, out of which all
words are given, out of which three are same in
one way and the fourth one is different from others. except one share some common property and
Select the odd one. hence are alike, while one is different and this
number / groups of numbers is to be chosen as
Ex 1. (A) Sun (B) Moon the answer.
(C) Venus (D) Mars
Sol. (B) All the terms except ‘Moon’ are related to the Directions : (10 to 15) In the following questions, four
Solar system. numbers/pairs are given out of which three are
alike in some manner while one is different.
Ex 2. (A) Green (B) Violet
Choose the one which is different from the rest
(C) Brown (D) Yellow
three.
Sol. (C) Except ‘Brown’ all the colours are present in
the rainbow. Ex 10. (A) 4 (B) 8
Ex 3. (A) Silk (B) Fur (C) 16 (D) 9
(C) Milk (D) Rubber Sol. (B) All other numbers are square of natural
Sol. (D) Only ‘Rubber’ is the tree product. numbers.
Ex 4. (A) Milk (B) Syrup Ex 11. (A) 43 (B) 53

(C) Squash (D) Cake (C) 63 (D) 73
Sol. (D) All others are the drinks. Sol. (C) All other numbers are prime numbers.
Ex 5. (A) Conscience (B) Morality Ex 12. (A) 3 : 8 (B) 6 : 35
(C) Conduct (D) Weight (C) 7 : 50 (D) 1 : 0
Sol. (D) All other terms are used to represent human Sol. (C) In other numbers second number is one less
behavioral personality factors. than the square of first number.
Ex 13. (A) 21 : 24 (B) 28 : 32
Classification of Letter
(C) 14 : 16 (D) 54 : 62
In these type of questions, usually four groups of Sol. (D) The ratio among the numbers is 7 : 8
letters are given. Three of them are similar to each Ex 14. (A) 22 : 0 (B) 24 : 12
other in some manner while one is different and (C) 23 : 5 (D) 24 : 18
this is to be chosen by the candidate as the answer. Sol. (D) Second number is the difference of the square
Directions : (6 to 9) In each of the following questions of digits of first number.
three out of four alternatives contain alphabet
placed in a particular form. Find the one that does Ex 15. (A) 4, 6, 10, 7 (B) 4, 12, 20, 28
not belong to the group. (C) 1, 3, 5, 7 (D) 2, 6, 10, 14
Ex 6. (A) NKMJ (B) FCEB Sol. (A) The difference of consecutive numbers are
(C) URTQ (D) TQRP equal.
Sol. (D) In all other groups there is a gap of one letter
PAGE # 95
EXERCISE 19. (A) VXKN (B) TWIL
(C) RUGJ (D) QTFI
Directions : (1 to 9) In each of the following questions, four
words are given, out of which three are same in
one way and the fourth one is different from others. 20. (A) GHFIC (B) OPNQM
Select the odd one. (C) UVTWQ (D) STRUO
1. (A) Gold (B) Silver
(C) Bronze (D) Iron 21. (A) YVSR (B) TQNM
(C) KHFE (D) NKHG
2. (A) Rickshaw (B) Taxi
(C) Tonga (D) Cart
22. (A) Ear (B) Nose
3. (A) Camel (B) Goat
(C) Throat (D) Tongue
(C) Cow (D) Dog
4. (A) Yen (B) Lira
23. (A) Mathematics (B) Arithmetic
(C) Dollar (D) Ounce
(C) Algebra (D) Geometry
5. (A) Huge (B) Tiny (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(C) Heavy (D) Small
24. (A) C X D W (B) G T H S
6. (A) Teeth (B) Tongue (C) E V F U (D) Q J R K
(C) Palate (D) Chin (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
7. (A) Silk (B) Cotton Directions : (25 to 70) In the following questions, four
(C) Nylon (D) Wool numbers/pairs/alphabets are given out of which
8. (A) Triangle (B) tangent three are alike in some manner while one is
(C) Square (D) Rhombus different. Choose the one which is different from
the rest three. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
9. (A) Drama (B) Story
(C) Poem (D) Novel 25. (A) 2442 (B) 3773
(C) 4545 (D) 6776
Directions : (10 to 24) In each of the following questions
26. (A) 27 (B) 125
three out of four alternatives contain alphabet /
word / number placed in a particular form. Find (C) 1321 (D) 729
the one that does not belong to the group. 27. (A) 9 – 27 (B) 15 – 45
10. (A) DBF (B) HFK (C) 10 – 30 (D) 20 – 60
(C) NLP (D) XVZ 28. (A) 1441 (B) 6996
(C) 5775 (D) 4848
11. (A) MrW (B) ChN
(C) KpU (D) BgL 29. (A) 51 – 28 (B) 37 – 62
12. (A) DFHB (B) KMOJ (C) 81 – 104 (D) 99 – 76
(C) PRTN (D) XZBV 30. (A) 22,4,5 (B) 34,4,8
13. (A) ROQP (B) KHJI (C) 37,4,9 (D) 54,4,13
(C) VSUT (D) JHIG 31. (A) 5 : 25 (B) 3 : 8
(C) 6 : 35 (D) 4 : 15
14. (A) MADE (B) SHED
(C) CEDE (D) DOLT 32. (A) PORQS (B) HGLIM
15. (A) ACE (B) MOQ (C) UTWVX (D) ZYBAC
(C) RTV (D) UWY
16. (A) BDI (B) KMR 33. (A) BYWD (B) GTRI
(C) PRW (D) FHN (C) KOPM (D) SHFU
17. (A) MLONP (B) HGJIK
(C) SRUTV (D) WUYXZ 34. (A) KHF (B) HEC
(C) PMK (D) EBA
18. (A) PRTVN (B) SUWYQ
(C) DFHJB (D) NPSUL 35. (A) TABLE (B) LATER
(C) RATES (D) GREAT
PAGE # 96
36. (A) TVS (B) OQN 53. (A) 4568 (B) 6789
(C) LNK (D) JGI (C) 2345 (D) 5678
37. (A) Y X V T (B) G E C A 54. (A) AFCJ (B) CHEL
(C) V T R P (D) H F D B (C) KPMT (D) HMJP
38. (A) CGKO (B) EIMQ
55. (A) TOJD (B) DFHJ
(C) GILO (D) BFJN
(C) NKHE (D) LPTX
39. (A) NMLB (B) NMKB
(C) RQPB (D) LKJB 56. (A) 0 (B) 7
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) (C) 28 (D) 63
40. (A) CPQR (B) ERST
(C) GTUV (D) XYZK 57. (A) 9, 101 (B) 8, 82
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) (C) 3, 17 (D) 5, 26
41. (A) MNKL (B) IHGJ
(C) FEDG (D) QPOR 58. (A) 8 5 6 9 (B) 7 8 5 6
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) (C) 6 7 8 5 (D) 5 6 7 8
42. (A) 64, 8, 27 (B) 349, 625, 524 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(C) 512, 1000, 216 (D) 125, 216, 729 59. (A) EHKN (B) KNRU
(C) GJMP (D) MPSV
43. (A) 30 (B) 68 (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(C) 128 (D) 222
60. (A) EY (B) DP
(C) BD (D) GT
44. (A) 37 : 7 (B) 82 : 10 (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(C) 168 : 13 (D) 197 : 15
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) 61. (A) 130 (B) 60
(C) 24 (D) 6
45. (A) 67, 54 (B) 93, 80
(C) 49, 37 (D) 56, 43
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) 62. (A) 11,132 (B) 9, 90
46. (A) MPV (B) PSY (C) 8, 56 (D) 6, 42
(C) WZF (D) ZCH (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009) 63. (A) GEDC (B) AZYX
47. (A) EGK (B) LNS (C) PNML (D) USRQ
(C) SUY (D) ZBF (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
64. (A) SUXB (B) LNQU
48. (A) BFL (B) EIO (C) BDGK (D) JLNQ
(C) HLP (D) KOU (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
65. (A) 23 (B) 43
49. (A) LPCG (B) GKHL (C) 63 (D) 73
(C) BFMQ (D) AEOI
66. (A) Hut (B) Home
50. (A) ENHO (B) GLHM
(C) Palace (D) Restaurant
(C) IJJK (D) KHLI
51. (A) 1022 (B) 2102 67. (A) PROQN (B) DFCEG
(C) 2002 (D) 3002 (C) GIFHE (D) KMJLI
52. (A) 16 - 96 (B) 21 - 126 68. (A) ACEGF (B) FHJLK

(C) 13 - 78 (D) 14 - 70 (C) KMOQP (D) UWYZA
PAGE # 97
69. (A) CADGE (B) JHKNL Direction : (77 to 79) In each question three alternatives
(C) ECFGI (D) XVYBZ are alike in a certain way but the rest one is differ-
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013) ent. Find out the odd one and write correct an-
70. (A) 6253 (B) 1881 swer. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2017)
(C) 7043 (D) 8210
77. (A) (10)3 (B) (100)2 ÷ 10
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013) 3 3
(C) 2 × 5 (D) 2000 - 2
71. Which group of letters is different from others ?
(NTSE Stage-II, 2013) 78. (A) Pacific Ocean (B) Asia
(A) CBAED (B) IJHGK (C) Europe (D) Africa
(C) SRQPT (D) TVWYX
Direction (72 to 75) : In questions 16 to 19 three alterna- 79. (A) Nepal (B) Pakistan
tives are alike in a certain way but the rest one is (C) Sri Lanka (D) AustralIa
different. Find out the odd one and write correct
answer. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
72. (A) AEIF (B) CGKH

(C) EILJ (D) GKOL
73. (A) XCJP (B) YEKQ

(C) ZGLT (D) AHMV
74. (A) 150 (B) 165

(C) 200 (D) 250
75. (A) Coal (B) Graphite

(C) Diamond (D) Gold
76. Which one is different from others ?

(A) Haryana (B) Gujarat
(C) Rajasthan (D) Shimla


PAGE # 98
PY RA MI D TE ST
same pattern. The answer to the above question

Number Pyramid
should be 121314 to satisfy the same relation.
Brief review of concepts : The questions are
based on the pyramid of numbers from 1 to 100,
as given below.
Ex 3. Fill the blank from the choices given below.

234 : 4614 : : 2812 : ?
(A) 3713 (B) 34614
(C) 121314 (D) 131415
Sol. (C) The numbers on the left-hand side form two
sides of a square. The numbers have been
chosen in continuity. 2812 and 121314 are in
continuity and form the other two sides of the same
Many types of questions are possible based on
square.
the above pattern. For instance, geometrical
figures like formation of parallel lines,
perpendicular lines, triangles, squares, etc. by
taking numbers in order.
Ex 1. Fill the blanks from the choices given below.

129 : 145 : : 3811 : ?
(A) 3713 (B) 328 Ex 4. Fill the blank from the choice given below.
(C) 3615 (D) 3614 507986 : 772112 : : 537689 : ?
Sol. (C) There are two groups of numbers. The (A) 745742 (B) 735841
numbers on the right hand side must have the (C) 716039 (D) 755643
same relation as the numbers on the left hand Sol. (A) Hence two numbers on the left-hand side form
side. 129 and 145, in the above pyramid, form a perpendicular lines. Therefore, the numbers on
pattern. the right-hand side must form the same point,
taking numbers in order. Hence the answer is
745742.
90º
Hence the number in the blank on the right hand

side must form same pattern with 3811. Therefore,
the answer is 3615 which forms the pattern.
322120 : 321920 : : 324342 : ?
(A) 324142 (B) 324132
(C) 323143 (D) 323319
Sol. (A) The numbers on the left-hand side form a
triangle. Therefore, the numbers on the right-hand
side must form a triangle with common point 32.
Hence, the answer is 324142.
2812 : 765 : : 91123 : ?
(A) 121110 (B) 121314
(C) 122132 (D) 303132
Alphabet Pyramid
Sol. (B) The two numbers on the left hand side form Brief review of concepts : The questions are
perpendicular lines in the pyramid. Therefore, the based on the pyramid of Alphabet from a to z, as
numbers on the right hand side must be of the given below.
PAGE # 99
a EXERCISE
b c d
e f g h i Directions : (1 to 10) Following questions are based on a
j k l m n o p pyramid of numbers from 1 to 100 arranged as
shown below. In each question there are two
q r s t u v w x y groups of numbers on the left of the sign : : which
z are related in some way. The same relationship
exists between the third group and the one missing
Many types of questions are possible based on term indicated by a blank space with a question
the above pattern. For instance, geometrical marks (?). With the help of the given pyramid, find
figures like formation of parallel lines, the missing group in each question amongst the
perpendicular lines, triangles, squares, etc. by four alternatives given under it.
taking Alphabet in order.
1
Ex 6. cgm : mno : : ? : tuv 2 3 4
9 8 7 6 5
(A) bfl (B) dhn
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
(C) rst (D) flt
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
Sol. (D) The alphabet on the left hand side form 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
perpendicular lines in the pyramid. Therefore, the 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
alphabet on the right hand side must be of the 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
same pattern. The answer to the above question 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
should be flt to satisfy the same relation.
1. 192021 : 213241 : : 414243 : ?
(A) 433023 (B) 435871
(C) 414039 (D) 435773
2. 494852 : 818084 : : 101123 : ?
(A) 121321 (B) 494852
(C) 252428 (D) 262747
Ex 7. gmu : lmn : : iow : ?
3. 432946 : 443241 : : ? : 706267
(A) hnv (B) mno
(A) 725675 (B) 695972
(C) nop (D) gmu
(C) 705873 (D) 696366
Sol. (C) The alphabet on the left hand side form
4. 173125 : 364326 : : 5139 : ?
perpendicular lines in the pyramid. Therefore, the
(A) 162110 (B) 626368
alphabet on the right hand side must be of the
(C) 161310 (D) 363126
same pattern. The answer to the above question
5. 151933 : 425774 : : 132131 : ?
should be nop to satisfy the same relation.
(A) 435675 (B) 445576
(C) 455477 (D) 304554
6. 232945 : 303132 : : 324258 : (?)
(NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)
(A) 414039 (B) 434445
(C) 333435 (D) 575655
Ex 8. xw v:vn h::rst:? 7. 102232 : 233141 : : 252943 : (?)
(A) h m n (B) t l f (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)
(C) e k j (D) i k r (A) 284752 (B) 284556
(C) nop (D) gmu (C) 386366 (D) 284458
Sol. (B) The alphabet on the left hand side form 8. 295557 : 234547 : : 335961 : (?)
perpendicular lines in the pyramid. Therefore, the (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)
alphabet on the right hand side must be of the (A) 417173 (B) 194143
same pattern. The answer to the above question (C) 194139 (D) 334142
should be tlf to satisfy the same relation. 9. 294653 : 537689 : : 294457 : (?)
(A) 594035 (B) 584134
(C) 577489 (D) 574233
10. 514846 : 454358 : : 857876 : (?)
(A) 757491 (B) 757358
(C) 757392 (D) 755447
PAGE # 100
Directions : (11 to 15) Study the arrangement of letters in Directions (19 to 22) : Observe the pyramid of numbers
the form of a pyramid and answer the questions given below and answer the following questions.
that follow.
a 28
b c d 27 26
e f g h i
23 24 25
j k l m n o p 22 21 20 19
q r s t u v w x y 14 15 16 17 18
z 13 12 11 10 9 8
11. cfk : ktz : : ? : ovz 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(A) dip (B) cho
(NTSE Stage-I/Maharashtra/2010)
(C) gmu (D) hnv
19. 14, 18; 21, 20; 13, 8, ?
12. efg : gmu : : eks : ?
(A) 2, 5 (B) 15, 17
(A) hmn (B) stu
(C) ekj (D) ikr (C) 23, 24 (D) 13, 10
20. 13, 1; 19, 18; 27, 23; ?
13. elu : adi : : ? : abe (NTSE Stage-II,2007)
(A) fmv (B) dgl (A) 15, 2 (B) 24, 19
(C) hmt (D) inu (C) 28, 26 (D) 11, 5
14. flt : klm : : iow : ? (NTSE Stage-II,2007) 21. 3, 11, 16; 4, 10, 17; 15, 21, 24; ?
(A) hnv (B) mno (A) 23, 26, 28 (B) 12, 11, 20
(C) nop (D) gmu (C) 4, 11, 21 (D) 16, 20, 25
15. yxp :q rj ::ek l:? (NTSE Stage-II,2007) 22. 1, 2, 12, 13; 16, 17, 19, 20; 5, 6, 8, 9; ?
(A) h m n (B) i o n (A) 22, 21, 24, 27 (B) 11, 10, 17, 16
(C) e k j (D) i k r
(C) 10, 4, 5, 8 (D) 2, 3, 11, 15
Directions : (16 to 18) Given questions are based on the Directions (23 to 26) :Observe the pyramid of letters given
arrangement of numbers 1 to 49 in the form of a below and answer the following questions.
pyramid. In each question two sets of numbers
given on the left of sing (: :) which are related in a
some way or other. Same relationship is between b c d
two sets on the right with one blank term. Select e f g h i
the correct option for the blank term. j k l m n o p
(NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2009) q r s t u v w x y
z a b c d e f
1 g h i j k
2 3 4 l m n
5 6 7 8 9 o
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 (NTSE Stage-I/Maharashtra/2010)
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 23. gz, yp, je, ?
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 (A) we (B) fx
(C) eb (D) mn
16. 2 6 5 11 : 3 7 8 14 : : 5 12 20 29 : ?
24. pyf : jqz : : dab : ?
(A) 7 14 22 31 (B) 9 15 22 33
(C) 7 12 20 31 (D) 3 6 12 19 (A) omn (B) oml
(C) lon (D) lom
17. 5 6 12 19 : 22 23 33 44 : : ? : 16 24 23 33
25. pwf : jsz : : ktbg : ?
(A) 12 20 21 31 (B) 12 20 31 43
(A) ovdk (B) nucj
(C) 14 13 21 20 (D) 15 23 22 31
(C) luck (D) cmun
18. 3 7 12 : 11 19 28 : : ? : 16 24 35
26. aghb : flmg : : hlmi : ?
(A) 6 12 20 (B) 8 14 23
(A) rzbt (B) ucew
(C) 25 35 46 (D) 13 21 31
(C) lmnh (D) cghd
PAGE # 101
Directions :(27 to 31) A pyramid of letters is given below. 35. (?) : KRSL : : PYXO : OXWN
Study the pyramid and select the correct (A) RSLK (B) JQRK
alternative to fill in the missing term. (C) JKRQ (D) QRKJ
36. JQS : PWY : : KRT : ( ?)

(A) OVX (B) PWN
(C) OWY (D) VOX
Directions : (37 to 41) The following question are based

on the arrangement of numbers in the form of a
pyramid. In each question there is some
relationship between the two numbers on the
left of the (::). The same relationship exists
between the two terms in the right of which one
27. HNPRQ, GIMQL, ZFJLK, ?, PVBDC is missing. Find the missing are from the
(A) QLKDC (B) WAEKD given alternatives. (NTSE Stage-I/Raj/2013)
(C) WPVBD (D) IFAVQ
28. FHSIE, ISTRJ, RTCUQ, UCDBV, ? 1

(A) JLKDC (B) LPVBD 2 3 4
(C) BDKEA (D) BDCTS 9 8 7 6 5
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
29. YGIM, LOXY, ZFJL, ? 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
(A) GUQK (B) JQVA 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
(C) PWZG (D) KPWZ 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
30. GYXOW, ZXOLP, FZWPV, ?
(A) AWPKQ (B) PVQJE 37. 132220 : 211412 : : 222931 : (?)
(C) KQUCT (D) EBURI (A) 304345 (B) 302123
(C) 442931 (D) 312022
31. AMONB, YGIHZ, ?
(A) LPVBD (B) FAVQJ
(C) OSUTP (D) LPVQJ 38. 2873 : 13212014 : : 10242311 : (?)
(A) 29282423 (B) 28274746
Directions :(32 to 36) The following questions are based (C) 25272824 (D) 29454430
on the arrangement of alphabets in the form of a
pyramid. In each question there is some relation- 39. 241214 : 752119 : : 14163234 : (?)
ship between the two sets of letters on the left of (A) 19174139 (B) 20184240
the (:: ) The same relationship exists between the (C) 21194341 (D) 20224244
two terms on the right of which one is missing.
Find the missing one from the given alternatives. 40. 25224447 : 23204245 :: 11143229 : ( ? )
(A) 13163431 ' (B) 24214341
(C) 24214346 (D) 13102421
41. 82224: 133133 :: 62022 : (?)

(A) 91221 (B) 81312
(C) 153335 (D) 51921
(NTSE Stage-I/Raj/2012)
32. BCG : DCG : : EGU : ?

(A) IGU (B) GUJ
(C) UIG (D) IUG
33. EJQ : FKR : : HOX : ?
(A) lOW (B) IPY
(C) GNU (D) HMT
34. LTSK : MUTL : : (?) : OWXP
(A) LTUM (B) NMUV
(C) NVWO (D) NOWV
PAGE # 102
C AL E N DA R TE S T
To find the day of the week on a mentioned date.  Similarly, 200 years = 10 odd days = 03 odd days
Certain concepts are defined as under. 15
300 years = = 1 odd day..
 An ordinary year has 365 days. 7
20  1
 In an ordinary year, first and last day of the year 400 years = = 0 odd day (1 is added as
7
are same. 400 is a leap year)
Similarly, 800, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400 years
 A leap year has 366 days. Every year which is
contain 0 odd days.
divisible by 4 is called a leap year. For example
1200, 1600, 1992, 2004, etc. are all leap years.  After counting the odd days, we find the day
 For a leap year, if first day is Monday than last day according to the number of odd days.
will be Tuesday for the same year.
 Sunday for 0 odd day, Monday for 1 odd day and
 In a leap year, February is of 29 days but in an so on as shown in the following table.
ordinary year, it has only 28 days.
Table : 1 (Odd days for week days)
 Year ending in 00's but not divisiable by 400 is not
considered a leap year. e.g., 900, 1000, 1100, Days Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1300, 1400, 1500, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2100 are

Odd Days 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
not leap years.
 The day on which calendar started (or the very first

Table : 2 (Odd days for months in a year)
day ) i.e., 1 Jan, 0001 was Monday.
Ordinary Odd Odd
 Calendar year is from 1 Jan to 31 Dec. Financial Days Leap year Days
Year Days Days
year is from 1 April to 31 March. January 31 3 January 31 3
February 28 0 February 29 1
Odd Days March 31 3 March 31 3
April 30 2 April 30 2
The number of days exceeding the complete May 31 3 May 31 3
number of weeks in a duration is the number of June 30 2 June 30 2
odd days during that duration. Total 181 days 6 Total 182 days 0
July 31 3 July 31 3
August 31 3 August 31 3
September 30 2 September 30 2
 Every ordinary year has 365 days = 52 weeks +1 day.
October 31 3 October 31 3
 Ordinary year has 1 odd day.
November 30 2 November 30 2
 Every leap year 366 days = 52 weeks + 2 days. December 31 3 December 31 3
 Leap year has 2 odd days. Total 184 days 1 Total 184 days 2
 Odd days of 100 years = 5,

Table : 3 (Odd days for every quarter)
Odd days of 200 years = 3,
Odd days of 300 years = 1, st
I three
nd rd
II three III three
th
Iv three
M onths Total year
m onths months m onths m onths
Odd days of 400 years = 0. of 1 Jan to
1 Jan to 1 Apr to 1 July to 1 Oct. to
years 31 Dec.
31 M arch 30 June 30 Sep. 31 Dec.
Explanation :
90 / 91 365 / 366
 100 years = 76 ordinary years + 24 leap years Total days
Ord. / Leap
91 92 92
Ord. / Leap
( The year 100 is not a leap year) 6/0 0 1 1 1/2
Odd days
Ord. / Leap Odd day Odd day Odd day Ord. / Leap
= 76 odd days + 2 × 24 odd days = 124 odd days.
124
Odd days = = 5 odd days.
7
PAGE # 103
Ex 1. If it was Saturday on 17th December 1982 what
will be the day on 22nd December 1984 ? EXERCISE
Sol. Total number of odd days between 17 Dec.1982
to 17 Dec.1984 the number of odd days = 1+2 = 3.
1. Which of the following year was leap year ?
From 17 to 22 Dec. number of odd days = 5
 3 + 5 = 8 odd days = 1 odd day. (A) 1000 (B) 1800
 Saturday + 1 odd day = Sunday. (C) 1200 (D) 1400
Ex 2. Find the day of the week on 18 July, 1776. 2. If the day before yesterday was Saturday what day
Sol. Here 1600 years have 0 odd day ...(A) will fall on the day after tomorrow :
100 years have 5 odd days ...(B) (A) Friday (B) Thursday
75 years = (18 leap years + 57 ordinary years) (C) W ednesday (D) Tuesday
= (18 × 2 + 57 × 1) = 93 odd days = (7 × 13 + 2)

3. My brother is 562 days older to me while my sister
= 2 odd days. ...(C)
is 75 weeks older to him.If my sister was born on
Now, the number of days from 1st January to 18th Tuesday, on which day was I born :
July, 1776 = 182 + 18 = (28 × 7 + 4) days (A) Sunday (B) Monday
= 4 odd days ...(D) (C) Thursday (D) Tuesday
Adding, A, B, C & D = 0 + 5 + 2 + 4 = 4 odd days.
Hence, the required day is Thursday. 4. Find the day of the week on 26 January, 1950.
(A) Tuesday (B) Friday
Ex 3. On what dates of October, 1975 did Tuesday fall ? (C) W ednesday (D) Thursday
Sol. For determining the dates, we find the day on
1st Oct, 1975. 5. Find the day of the week on 15 August, 1947.
1600 years have 0 odd days ...(A) (A) Tuesday (B) Friday
300 years have 1 odd days ...(B)
(C) W ednesday (D) Thursday
74 years have (18 leap years + 56 ordinary years)
2 × 18 + 1 × 56 = 92 odd days = 1 odd days ...(C)
Days from 1st January to 1st Oct. 6. In U.P. on 17th Oct. 1996, the president rule was
= 1st Jan to 30 June + 1st July to 1st Oct. declared. Find the day of week on that date.
= 181 + 31 + 31 + 30 + 1 = 274 days. (A) Tuesday (B) Friday
Odd days 274/7= 1 odd days. ...(D)
(C) W ednesday (D) Thrusday
Adding A, B, C & D = 0 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 odd days.
So, Wednesday falls on 1st Oct.
Hence, 7, 14, 21, 28 October will Tuesday fall. 7. Karan was born on Saturday 22nd March 1982.
On what day of the week was he 14 years 7 months
Ex 4. Which year will have the same calendar next to 1995.
Sol. The calendar for 1995 and the required year will and 8 days of age ?
be the same if day on 1st January of both the years (A) Sunday (B) Tuesday
is same. (C) W ednesday (D) Monday
This is possible only if the total odd days from
1st January 1995 to 31st December of the previous
8. On what dates of August 2020 will Monday fall :
year of required year is 0.
Let the required year is 2006 then, we have 3 leap (A) 3, 10, 17, 24, 31 (B) 5, 12, 19, 26
years (1996, 2000, 2004) and 8 ordinary years (C) 1, 8, 15, 22, 29 (D) None of these
(1995, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005)
Total odd days = (2 × 3 + 1 × 8) = 14 = 0 odd days. 9. On what date of October, 1975 did 3rd Tuesday fall :
Hence, the required year is 2006. (A) 17/10/75 (B) 18/10/75
Ex 5. Prove that last day of a century cannot be Tuesday, (C) 21/10/75 (D) 23/10/75
Thursday or Saturday.
Sol. 100 years have = 5 odd days. 10. The year next to 1990 will have the same calendar
 Last day of 1st century is Friday.
as that of the year 1990 :
200 years have = 10 odd days = 3 odd days.
 Last day of 2nd century is Wednesday. (A) 2002 (B) 2000
300 years have = 15 odd days = 1 odd day (C) 2001 (D) 1996
 Last day of 3rd century is Monday.
400 years have = 5 × 4 + 1 = 21 = 0 odd days. 11. Which two months in a year have always the same
So, the last day of 4th century is Sunday.
calendar ?
Since the order keeps on cycling, we see that the
last day of the century cannot be Tuesday, (A) June, Oct. (B) April, Nov.
Thursday or Saturday. (C) April, July (D) Oct., Dec.
PAGE # 104
12. There are 30 days in a month and 1st day of this 17. On what day of the week India will celebrate its
month is Monday. If alternate Monday starting from Republic Day on 26th January, 2015 ?
second and each Sunday is a holiday then how (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
many working days are there in the month : (A) Sunday (B) Monday
(A) 23 (B) 22 (C) Tuesday (D) W ednesday
(C) 24 (D) 21
18. If 1st October is Sunday, then 1st November will
13. If the sixth day of a month is fourth day after Sunday be (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
(A) Monday (B) Tuesday
then which day of the weak will be on 19th day of
that month - (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) Friday (B) Wednesday 19. Which two months in a year have the same calen-
dar ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
(C) Saturday (D) Tuesday
(A) June, October
(B) April, November
14. If Sripal’s birthday falls on Thursday 20th March, (C) April, July
2000, then on which day of the week his birthday (D) October, December
falls in the year 2001 ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
20. If the first day of a leap year is Monday, then what
(A) Wednesday (B) Friday day will be on the last day of that year ?
(C) Saturday (D) Sunday (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
15. Monday , Tuesday etc. are numbered as 1, 2 and (A) Wednesday (B) Tuesday
(C) Thursday (D) Sunday
so on. If 8th December 1994 was Monday, what
day was 8th January 1995 ? Write the number of 21. If 14th September, 2013 is Saturday, then what
the day. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009) day will be 22nd December, 2014
(A) Sunday (B) Monday
16. If your birth day 30th June, 2003 falls on Monday, (C) Tuesday (D) W ednesday
on what day of the week does your birth day fall
in the year 2005 ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013) 22. If 14 th july of 1995 was Friday, then what was
(A) Sunday (B) Tuesday
the day on 30th March of 1994 ?
(A) Sunday (B) Monday
(C) Tuesday (D) Wednesday

PAGE # 105
DICE-TEST
Step V. Write remaining number in the remaining block.

Type-I
Therefore, number 1 will come in the remaining
General Dice : In a general dice the sum of block. Now, from the unfolded figures we find that
numbers on the any two adjacent faces is ‘7’. number opposite to 6 is 3, number opposite to 2
Standard Dice : In a standard dice the sum of is 5 and number opposite to 4 is 1. Therefore,
numbers on the opposite faces is '7'. option (C) is our answer.
( Short Trick : From the given dice, we will take
Ex 1. W hich number is opposite 4 in a standard dice
given below ? the common number as the base and then in its
respect move clockwise direction and write as
1 follows : 4 – 2 – 3
5 4 – 5 – 6.
4
Here,we find that number opposite to 6 is 3,
(A) 1 (B) 3 number opposite to 2 is 5 and number opposite
(C) 5 (D) Can’t be determined to 4 is remaining number 1.
Sol. Clearly , from the standard dice the sum of Therefore, option (C) is our answer. )
numbers on the opposite faces is '7', so number Ex 3. On the basis of two figures of dice, you have to tell
opposite to 4 is 3. what number will be on the opposite face of
number 5 ?
Type-II
Ex 2. The figures given below show the two different

positions of a dice. W hich number will appear
opposite to number 2 ?.
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 4 (D) 6
Sol. (D) The above question where only two positions
of a dice are given, can easily be solved with the
following method :
(A) 3 (B) 4 If in the given dice, there are two numbers
(C) 5 (D) 6 common, then uncommon numbers will always
Sol. (C) The above question, be opposite of each other.
where only two positions Therefore, option (D) is our answer.
of a dice are given, can Type-III
easily be solved with the
following method. Ex 4. From the following figures of dice, find which
number will come in place of ‘?’
Step I. The dice, when unfolded, will appear as shown in
the figure given on the right side.
Step II. Write the common number to both the dice in the
middle block. Since common number is 4, hence
number 4 will appear in the central block.
(A) 4 (B) 5
Step III. Consider the figure (i) and write the first number
(C) 2 (D) 3
in the anti-clockwise direction of number 4,
Sol. (D) If the above dice is unfolded, it will look like as
(common number) in block I and second number
the figure (i) given below.
in block II. Therefore, numbers 3 and 2 being the
first and second number to 4 in anticlockwise
directions respectively, will appear in block I & II
respectively.
Step IV. Consider figure (ii) and wire first and second Figure (i)
number in the anticlock-wise direction to number
4, (common number) in block (III) & (IV). Hence
numbers 6 and 5 will appear in the blocks III and Now the number in place of ‘?’ can be obtained by
IV respectively. making a slight change in the figure as given here.
Now comparing figure (ii) with third dice as above,
we get that number in place of ? is 3.
PAGE # 106
EXERCISE
1. Which alphabet is opposite D ?
Figure (ii)
(A) E (B) C
Type-IV (C) F (D) A
Ex 5. A dice has been thrown four times and produces 2. What should be the number opposite 4 ?
following results.
(i) (ii) (iii)

(A) 5 (B) 1
(C) 3 (D) 2
3.
Which number will appear opposite to the number

3? Which letter will be opposite to letter D?
(A) 4 (B) 5 (A) A (B) B
(C) 6 (D) 1 (C) E (D) F
Sol. (A) From the figures (i), (ii) and (iv) we find that Directions : (4 to 5) The figure (X) given below is the unfolded
numbers 6, 1, 5 and 2 appear on the adjacent position of a cubical dice. In each of the following
surfaces to the number 3. Therefore, number 4 questions this unfolded figure is followed by four
will be opposite to number 3. different figures of dice. You have to select the
figure which is identical to the figure (X).
Type-V
Ex 6. W hich of the following dices is identical to the

4. (X)
unfolded figure as shown here ?
(A) (B)
3
(X)
(B) (D) 1 4
(A) (B)
(C) (D) 5. (X)
Sol. (A) From the unfolded figure of dice, we find that

number opposite to 2 is 4, for 5 it is 3 and for 1 it is
6. From this result we can definitely say that figure
(B), (C) and (D) can not be the answer figure as
(A) (B)
numbers lying on the opposite pair of surfaces
are present on the adjacent surfaces.
(C) (D)
PAGE # 107
Directions : (6 to 8) In each of the following questions, Direction : (13 to 15) Choose from the alternatives, the
select the correct option for the question asked. boxes that will be formed when figure (X) is folded:
(i) (ii) 13. (X) (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2013)
6. Which number will come opposite to number 2?

(A) 5 (B) 1
(C) 6 (D) 3 (A) (B)
(A) 1 (B) 5
(C) 4 (D) 3 (C) (D)

(A) 3 (B) 5
(C) 1 (D) 2 +
9. On the basis of two figures of dice, you have to tell 14. (X)
what number will be on the opposite face of
number 5 ?
(A) (B) +
(i) (ii)
(C) + (D)
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 4 (D) 6
10. Which symbol will appear on the opposite surface
to the symbol x ? 15. (X)
= O
(A) (B)
(i) (ii)
(A)  (B) =
(C) (D)
(C)  (D) O
11. Three positions of the same dice are given below. Direction : (16) The six faces of a cube have been marked
Observe the figures carefully and tell which with numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 respectively. This
number will come in place of ‘?’ cube is rolled down three times. The three
positions are given. Choose the figure that will be
formed when the cube is unfolded.
1 3 4
6 3 5 4 2 ?
16.
(i) (ii) (iii)
(A) 1 (B) 6
(C) 3 (D) 5
12. On the basis of the following figures you have to (A) (B)
tell which number will come in place of ‘?’
3 4 ?
6 1 2 6 1 5
(i) (ii) (iii)
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) (D)

(C) 6 (D) 4
PAGE # 108
17. W hich number is opposite 3 in a standard dice 23. The number opposite to 2 is :
given below ?
2 4 2 2
1 3 5 3 3 5 5 6
(A) 1 (B) 3
(A) 1 (B) 4 (C) 4 (D) 5
(C) 5 (D) Can’t be determined
24. The number opposite to 3 is
18. Which number is opposite 4 ?
6 1 1
3 2 2 3 4 2
(A) 2 (B) 4
(C) 5 (D) 6
(A) 5 (B) 3 25. The number opposite to 1 is -
(C) 2 (D) 1 (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)
Direction : (19) In the following question four positions of
1 4 2
the same dice have been shown. You have to see
these figures and select the number opposite to 4 5 2 6 1 3
the number as asked in each question.
(A) 4 (B) 6
(C) 5 (D) 3
26. If the sum of the numbers on the opposite faces
19. of a dice is '7', then which figure of dice is not
correctly presented. (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)
Which number is opposite to number 5? 2 5

(A) 6 (B) 5
(A) 1 4 (B) 2 4
(C) 1 (D) 3
Directions : (20 to 21) Following questions are based on
dice test. Numbers from 1 to 6 are marked on
1 3
different faces of the "Dice".
(C) 3 5 (D) 2 6
20. The number opposite to 4 is :
27. W hich of the following dices is identical to the
2 5 6 unfolded figure as shown here ?
1 5 4 6 2 5 P
(A) 1 (B) 2 R T
(C 5 (D) 6 S
21. The number opposite to 6 is : U Q
2 5 1
P Q
5 6 4 6 5 2
(A) S T (B) T R
(A) 1 (B) 3
P P
22. If the sum of the numbers on the opposite faces
of dice is 7, then which figure of dice is correctly (C) S U (D) T Q
marked ?
28. A dice is thrown four times and its four different
1 2 positions are given below. (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
(A) 5 4 (B) 4 5
5 3
(C) 2 6 (D) 4 5 Which number is opposite to 3 ?
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 4 (D) 5
PAGE # 109
29. A dice is thrown twice and its different positions
are shown below. (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
•• • •
••• • •• •
• • 33. (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
•
• •
•
• ••
Which is the number of dots on the face opposite

4 dots ?
(A) 6 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 1 I. II.
30. Two positions of a standard dice are shown

below. (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
3 1 III. IV
2 5
6 4
When 6 is at the bottom, what number will be at (A) II, III and IV (B) III and IV Only ( C )
the top ? II and III Only (D) I and IV Only
(A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 1
Direction :(31 to 34) In the following questions, the figure
is folded to form a box. Choose from among the
alternatives the box or boxes that can be formed
by folding the figure. 34. (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
31.
I. II.
III. IV
I. II.
(A) Only I (B) Both II and III
(C) Only IV (D) All I, II, III and IV
III. IV Directions : (35 to 36) A dice is thrown 3 times and its 3

position are given. Select the alternative which
(A) Only IV (B) Both II and III
provides correct answer to the question asked.
(C) Only III (D) Both I and IV
I. II. (A) 1 (B) 3
(C) 5 (D) 6

III. IV
(A) 2 (B) 3
(A) Both II and IV (B) Both I and II (C) 4 (D) 6
(C) IV Only (D) II Only
PAGE # 110
Directions : (37 to 39) Four positions of the same dice 43. The following figures is converted in to a cube. Its
have been shown. Select the alternative which incorrect shape will be -
provides correct answer to the question asked.
37. Which number would be opposite to 3 ?
(A) 1 (B) 4 (A) (B)
(C) 5 (D) 6
38. Which number would be opposite to 5 ?

(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) (D)
(C) 4 (D) 6
39. Which number would be opposite to 4 ? Directions : (44 to 48) Choose the cube from the options
(A) 2 (B) 3 that will unfold to give the figure on the left
(C) 4 (D) 6
X
44.
40.
M
The number opposite side the face having the no.

5 will be - (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2012)
(A) 1 (B) 2 M X M
(C) 3 (D) 4 M X
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

41. The number opposite the face having the no. 2
will be - 4 1 8
45. 3
7
9
9 7 8
(A) 1 (B) 4 1 8 4 7 8 7 4
1 7
(C) 3 (D) 5
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
42. The number opposite the face having the no. 3
will be -
46.
8
D
(A) 1 (B) 3
8 8 D
(C) 4 (D) 6
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
PAGE # 111
51. Which number/letter is opposite O?
L
47. N M 2
I O
B
(A) L (B) M
(C) N (D) 2
B 52. Which letter is opposite R?

Q R
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) S P
U T
(A) P (B) S
J (C) T (D) U
48.
53.
The number opposite side the face having the

no. 4 will be – (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2013)
J J (A) 1 (B) 2
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(C) 5 (D) 6
54. The following figure is converted into a cube. Its

Directions : (49 to 52) In each of the following questions, a four positions (a), (b), (c) and (d) are shown. On
diagram has been given which can be folded into the basis of these select correct alternative.
a cube. The entries given in the squares indicate
the entries on the face of the cube. In each
question a number or a letter has been given . Of
the four alternatives given below it, you have to
find the one that would appear on the face opposite (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2013)
to it in the cube.
49. Which letter is opposite Q ?
Q
O P L
N
M
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(A) a only (B) b only
(A) L (B) M
(C) a and c only (D) a, b, c and d
(C) N (D) P
55. On the basis of the four positions of a dice given
50. Which number/letter is opposite 2 ? below find the colour of the face opposite ‘Yellow’.
3 I C
A
B
2
(A) Indigo (B) Red

(A) A (B) C
(C) Pink (D) Blue
(C) 1 (D) 3
PAGE # 112
56. If the given figure is folded to form a box, which 59. The number on opposite side of the face having
among the boxes below will be formed the number 3 will be (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2014)
1 3 5 3
(A) 5 (B) 4
(C) 2 (D) 1
c d
4 6 6 5 1 4 1 5
b c
e 60.
a d d
f c f a
(A) (B) (C) (D)

The number on opposite side of the face having
the number 3 will be (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2014)
(A) 1 (B) 2
57. Two positions of a dice are shown. W hich num- (C) 4 (D) 5
ber will appear on the face opposite the one hav-
ing 5 ? (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
61.
(A) 1 (B) 2 The number on opposite side of the face having

(C) 4 (D) 6 the number 4 will be (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2014)
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
58. 62.
When the above is folded into a cube, which is the The word on opposite side of the face having the
only cube that can be produced amongst the fol- word F will be (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2014)
lowing? (NTSE Stage-II,2013) (A) B (B) C
(C) D (D) E
(A) (B)
63. (NTSEStage-I/Karnataka /2014)
(C) (D)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 113
64. In the given two positions of a dice, when 2 is 67. In the given figure squares are folded and a dice
below the dice which number is on the dice ? is formed. Then how will it be seen from the
(NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2016) following ? (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2017)
(A) 3 (B) 5
(C) 1 (D) 6
65. In the given figure squares are folded and a cube is

formed. Then the number opposite to 2 is :
(NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2016)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(A) 1 (B) 3
(C) 5 (D) 6
66. The two positions of a dice are shown below. If 1

is at the bottom then what will be on the top ?
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 5.


PAGE # 114
CUBE-TEST
Cube Type-I
A cube is three dimensional figure, having

If a cube is painted on all of its surfaces with single
8 corners, 6 surfaces and 12 edges. If a cube is
colour and then divided into various smaller cubes
painted on all of its surfaces with any colour and of equal size.
further divided into various smaller cubes, we get
following results. Smaller cubes with three Directions : ( 1 to 4) A cube of side 4 cm is painted black
on all of its surfaces and then divided into various
surfaces painted will be present on the corners of
smaller cubes of side 1 cm each. The smaller
the big cube.
cubes so obtained are separated.
3 2 2 3
2 1 1 2 3 444
Total cubes of obtained = 1  1  1  64
2 1 1 2
3 2 2 3
2
2 2
3
3 2 2 3 1
1
2 2
2 1 1 2 1
1 3
2
2 1 1 2 2
2
3
3 2 2 3
Smaller cubes with two surface painted will be

present on the edges of the big cube. Smaller
cubes with one surface painted will be present side of big cube 4
on the surfaces of the big cube. Smaller cubes Here n = side of small cube  1  4
with no surface painted will be present inside the

Ex 1. How many smaller cubes have three surfaces
big cube.
painted ?
If a cube is painted on all of its surfaces with a (A) 4 (B) 8
colour and then divided into smaller cubes of (C) 16 (D) 24
equal size then after separation, number of Sol. (B) Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces
smaller cubes so obtained will be calculated as painted = 8
under : Ex 2. How many smaller cubes have two surfaces
Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces painted ?
painted = 8 (A) 4 (B) 8
Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces (C) 16 (D) 24
painted = (n – 2) × 12 Sol. (D) Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces
Number of smaller cubes with one surface painted = (n – 2) × 12 = (4 – 2) × 12 = 24
painted = (n – 2)2 × 6
Ex 3. How many smaller cubes have only one surface
Number of smaller cubes with no surface
painted ?
painted = (n – 2)3
(A) 8 (B) 16
Where n = No of divisions on the surfaces of the (C) 24 (D) 32
bigger cube Sol. (C) Number of smaller cubes with one surface
painted = (n – 2)2 × 6 = (4 – 2)2 × 6 = 4 × 6 = 24
length of edge of big cube
n = length of edge of one smaller cube Ex 4. How many smaller cubes will have no side
painted ?
(A) 18 (B) 16
(C) 22 (D) 8
Sol. (D) Number of smaller cubes with no surface
painted = (n – 2)3 = (4 – 2)3 = (2)3 = 8
PAGE # 115
Type-II Type-III
If a cube is painted on all of its surfaces with If a cube is painted on its surfaces in such a way
different colours and then divided into various that one pair of opposite surfaces is left unpainted.
smaller cubes of equal size. Directions : ( 8 to 11 ) A cube of side 4 cm is painted red on
Directions : ( 5 to 7 ) A cube of side 4 cm is painted black on the pair of one opposite surfaces, green on the
pair of another opposite surfaces and one pair of
the pair of one opposite surfaces, blue on the pair
opposite surfaces is left unpainted. Now the cube
of another opposite surfaces and red on
is divided into 64 smaller cubes of side 1 cm each.
remaining pair of opposite surfaces. The cube is
now divided into smaller cubes of equal side of 1 Ex 8. How many smaller cubes have three surfaces
cm each. painted ?
(A) 0 (B) 8
(C) 16 (D) 20
Sol. (A) Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces
painted = 0 (Because each smaller cube at the
corner is attached to a surface which is
unpainted.)
Ex 9. How many smaller cubes have two surfaces

painted ?
(A) 4 (B) 8
(C) 16 (D) 24
Sol. (C) Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces
Ex 5. How many smaller cubes have three surfaces
painted = Number of cubes present at the corners
painted ?
+ Numbers of cubes present at 4 edges
(A) 4 (B) 8 = 8 + (n – 2) × 4 = 8 + 8 = 16
(C) 16 (D) 24
Sol. (B) Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces
painted = 8
(These smaller cubes will have all three surfaces
painted with different colour blue, black and red.)
Ex 6. How many smaller cubes have two surfaces

painted ?
(A) 4 (B) 8
(C) 16 (D) 24
Sol. (D) Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces
painted = 24. And out of this -
(a) Number of cubes with two surfaces painted
with black and blue colour = 8.
(b) Number of cubes with two surfaces painted Ex 10. How many smaller cubes have only one surface
painted ?
with blue and red colour = 8.
(A) 8 (B) 16
(c) Number of cubes with two surfaces painted
(C) 24 (D) 32
with black and red color = 8.
Sol. (D) Number of smaller cubes with one surface
Ex 7. How many smaller cubes have only one surface painted = Number of cubes present at the 8
painted ? edges + number of cubes present at the four
(A) 8 (B) 16 surfaces= (n – 2) × 8 + (n – 2)2 × 4
(C) 24 (D) 32 = 2 × 8 + 4 × 4 = 16 + 16 = 32
Sol. (C) Number of smaller cubes with one surface
Ex 11. How many smaller cubes will have no side
painted = 24. And out of this -
painted ?
(a) Number of cubes with one surface painted
(A) 18 (B) 16
with black colour =8.
(C) 22 (D) 8
(b) Number of cubes with one surface painted
Sol. (B) Number of smaller cubes with no side painted
with blue colour = 8.
= Number of cubes on the two unpainted surfaces +
(c) Number of cubes with one surface painted
number of cubes present inside the cube.
with red colour = 8.
= (n – 2)2 × 2 + (n – 2)3 = 4 × 2 + (2)3 = 8 + 8 = 16
PAGE # 116
TYPE IV EXERCISE
If a cube is painted on its surfaces in such a way
Directions : ( 1 to 4) A cube of side 5 cm is painted black
that one pair of adjacent surfaces is left unpainted.
on all of its surfaces and then divided into various
Directions : (12 to 15 )A cube of side 4 cm is painted red on
smaller cubes of side 1 cm each. The smaller
the pair of one adjacent surfaces, green on the
pair of other adjacent surfaces and two adjacent cubes so obtained are separated.
surfaces are left unpainted. Now the cube is
divided into 64 smaller cubes of side 1 cm each. 1. How many smaller cubes have three surfaces
painted ?
(A) 4 (B) 8
(C) 16 (D) 24
2. How many smaller cubes have two surfaces

painted ?
(A) 8 (B) 16
(C) 24 (D) 36
Ex 12. How many smaller cubes have three surfaces 3. How many smaller cubes have only one surface
painted ?
painted ?
(A) 2 (B) 4
(C) 8 (D) 6 (A) 27 (B) 36
Sol. (A) Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces (C) 54 (D) 62
painted = Number of smaller cubes at two corners
4. How many smaller cubes will have no side
=2
painted ?
Ex 13. How many smaller cubes have two surfaces (A) 18 (B) 22
painted ?
(C) 24 (D) 27
(A) 4 (B) 8
(C) 16 (D) 14 Directions : ( 5 to 7 ) A cube of side 3 cm is painted black on
Sol. (D) Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces the pair of one opposite surfaces, blue on the pair
painted = Number of smaller cubes at four of another opposite surfaces and red on
corners + Number of smaller cubes at 5 edges.
remaining pair of opposite surfaces. The cube is
= 4 + (n – 2) × 5 = 4 + 2 × 5
now divided into smaller cubes of equal side of 1
= 4 + 10 = 14
cm each.
Ex 14. How many smaller cubes have only one surface
5. How many smaller cubes have three surfaces
painted ?
(A) 8 (B) 16 painted ?
(C) 24 (D) 30 (A) 4 (B) 8
Sol. (D) Number of smaller cubes with one surface (C) 16 (D) 24
painted = Number of smaller cubes at four
6. How many smaller cubes have two surfaces
surfaces + Number of smaller cubes at 6 edges
+ Number of smaller cubes at two corners. painted ?
= (n – 2)2 × 4 + (n – 2) × 6 + 2 (A) 4 (B) 8
= 4 × 4 + 2 × 6 + 2 = 16 + 12 = 28 + 2 = 30 (C) 16 (D) 12
Ex 15. How many smaller cubes will have no side 7. How many smaller cubes have only one surface
painted ? painted ?
(A) 18 (B) 16 (A) 4 (B) 12
(C) 22 (D) 8 (C) 6 (D) 16
Sol. (A) Number of smaller cubes with no surfaces
painted = Number of smaller cubes from inside Directions : ( 8 to 11 ) A cube of side 15 cm is painted red
the big cube + Number of cubes at two surfaces + on the pair of one opposite surfaces, green on
Number of cubes at one edge. the pair of another opposite surfaces and one
= (n – 2)3 + (n – 2)2 × 2 + (n – 2) pair of opposite surfaces is left unpainted. Now
= (2)3 + (2)2 × + 2
the cube is divided into 125 smaller cubes of side
= 8 + 8 + 2 = 18
3 cm each.
PAGE # 117
8. How many smaller cubes have three surfaces Directions : (17 to 21) The following questions are based
painted ? on a solid cube with each side measuring 4 cm.
(A) 0 (B) 8 The cube has been shaded as shown on pairs of
(C) 16 (D) 20 opposite faces. It is then cut into smaller cubes
with each side measuring 1 cm. Answer the
9. How many smaller cubes have two surfaces question that follow. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
painted ?
Black
(A) 36 (B) 60
(C) 20 (D) 24 •• •• •• ••
•• •• •• ••• Dots
•• •• •• •
10. How many smaller cubes have only one surface
painted ? Lines
(A) 54 (B) 36
(C) 24 (D) 60
17. How many cubes will have no faces shaded ?
11. How many smaller cubes will have no side (A) 8 (B) 12
painted ? (C) 16 (D) 24
(A) 64 (B) 45
18. How many cubes will have three faces shaded ?
(C) 22 (D) 27
(A) 4 (B) 8
Directions : (12 to 16) The following questions are based (C) 12 (D) 16
on a solid cube which has been shaded as shown
19. How many cubes will have only two faces shaded ?
on pairs of opposite faces.
(A) 12 (B) 16
(NTSE Stage-II,2008) (C) 24 (D) 32
20. How many cubes will have only one face shaded ?
Black (A) 24 (B) 16
(C) 32 (D) 20
Lines
21. How many cubes will have one face shaded with
Dots lines and another shaded with dots (all other faces
are unshaded) ?
(A) 16 (B) 12
(C) 8 (D) 4
12. How many small cubes are there in the middle
layer ? Directions : (22 to 23) Seema likes to build blocks from
(A) 6 (B) 8 small cubes like the one shown below.
(C) 9 (D) 12 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
13. How many small cubes have no face with any

shading ?
(A) 6 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 1
Seema has lots of small cubes like this one. She
14. How many small cubes are there which have uses glue to join cubes together to make other
shading only on two faces ? block.
(A) 8 (B) 9
(C) 12 (D) 16 22. How many small cubes will Seema need to make
the solid block shown in the given diagram ?
15. How many small cubes are there in which three
faces are shaded ?
(A) 2 (B) 4
(C) 6 (D) 8
16. How many small cubes are there in which only

one face is shaded ?
(A) 6 (B) 8
(C) 10 (D) 12
PAGE # 118
23. Seema realizes that she used more small cubes 32. How many cubes have one face coloured pink
than she really needed to make a block like the and an adjacent face yellow ?
one shown in the above diagram. She realizes
(A) 0 (B) 1
that she could have glued small cubes together
(C) 2 (D) 4
to look like the above diagram, but the block could
have been hollow on the inside.
33. How many cubes have at least one face coloured ?
What is the minimum number of cubes she needs (A) 27 (B) 98
to make a block that looks like the one shown in (C) 48 (D) 121
the above diagram ?
Directions : (34 to 43) A solid cube has been painted
Directions : (24 to 28) A cube of 4 cm has been painted on yellow, blue and black on pairs of opposite faces.
its surfaces in such a way that two opposite The cube is then cut into 36 smaller cubes such
surfaces have been painted blue and two adjacent that 32 cubes are of the same size while 4 others
surfaces have been painted red. Two remaining are of bigger sizes. Also no faces of any of the
surfaces have been left unpainted. Now the cube bigger cubes is painted blue.
is cut into smaller cubes of side 1 cm each.
34. How many cubes have at least one face painted
24. How many cubes will have no side painted ? blue ?
(A) 18 (B) 16 (A) 0 (B) 8
(C) 22 (D) 8 (C) 16 (D) 32
25. How many cubes will have at least red colour on
35. How many cubes have only one faces painted ?
its surfaces ?
(A) 24 (B) 20
(A) 20 (B) 22
(C) 8 (D) 12
(C) 28 (D) 32
26. How many cubes will have at least blue colour on 36. How many cubes have only two faces painted ?
its surfaces ? (A) 24 (B) 20
(A) 20 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 8
(C) 24 (D) 32
37. How many cubes have atleast two faces painted ?
27. How many cubes will have only two surfaces (A) 36 (B) 34
painted with red and blue colour respectively ? (C) 28 (D) 24
(A) 8 (B) 12
(C) 24 (D) 30 38. How many cubes have only three faces painted ?
(A) 8 (B) 4
28. How many cubes will have three surfaces coloured ? (C) 2 (D) 0
(A) 3 (B) 4
(C) 2 (D) 16 39. How many cubes do not have any of their faces
painted yellow ?
Directions : (29 to 33) The outer border of width 1 cm of a (A) 0 (B) 4
cube with side 5 cm is painted yellow on each (C) 8 (D) 16
side and the remaining space enclosed by this 1
cm path is painted pink. This cube is now cut into 40. How many cubes have at least one of their faces
125 smaller cubes of each side 1 cm. The smaller painted black ?
cubes so obtained are now seperated. (A) 0 (B) 8
(C) 16 (D) 20
29. How many smaller cubes have all the surfaces
uncoloured ? 41. How many cubes have at least one of their faces
(A) 0 (B) 9 painted yellow or blue ?
(C) 18 (D) 27 (A) 36 (B) 32
30. How many smaller cubes have three surfaces (C) 16 (D) 0
coloured ?
42. How many cubes have no face painted ?
(A) 2 (B) 4
(A) 8 (B) 4
(C) 8 (D) 10
(C) 1 (D) 0
31. How many cubes have at least two surfaces
43. How many cubes have two faces painted yellow
coloured yellow ? and black respectively ?
(A) 24 (B) 44 (A) 0 (B) 8
(C) 48 (D) 96 (C) 12 (D) 16
PAGE # 119
Directions : (44 to 47) Some equal cubes are arranged in Directions : (53 to 56) The six faces of a cube are painted
the form of a solid block as shown in the adjacent in a manner that no two adjacent faces have the
figure. All the visible sufaces of the block (except same colour. The three colours used in painting
the bottom) are then painted. are red, blue and green. The cube is then cut into
36 smaller cubes in such a manner that 32 cubes
are of one size and the rest of a bigger size and
each of the bigger cubes has no red side. An-
swer the following questions.
53. How many cubes in all have a red side ?
(A) 16 (B) 32
(C) 8 (D) 20
44. How many cubes do not have any of the faces
painted ? 54. How many cubes in all have only one side
(A) 27 (B) 8
coloured ?
(C) 10 (D) 12
(A) 20 (B) 16
45. How many cubes have one face painted ? (C) 0 (D) 8
(A) 9 (B) 24
(C) 30 (D) 20 55. How many cubes are colured on three sides ?
(A) 20 (B) 16
46. How many cubes have only two faces painted ? (C) 8 (D) 0
(A) 0 (B) 16
(C) 20 (D) 24 56. How many cubes are there which have two or
more sides painted?
47. How many cubes have only three faces painted ?
(A) 36 (B) 28
(A) 4 (B) 12
(C) 6 (D) 20 (C) 20 (D) 32
Directions : (48 to 52) A cuboid of dimensions
Direction : (57 to 58) A cube is painted blue on all faces
(6 cm  4 cm  1 cm) is painted black on both the and it is cut into 64 small cubes of equal size.
surfaces of dimensions (4 cm  1 cm), green on Now answer the following questions.
the surfaces of dimensions (6 cm 4 cm). and red (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2017)
on the surfaces of dimensions (6 cm 1 cm). Now 57. How many cubes are not painted on any face?
the block is divided into various smaller cubes of buesa fdrus ?
side 1 cm. each. The smaller cubes so obtained (A) 8 (B) 16
(C) 27 (D) 54.
are separated.
48. How many cubes will have all three colours black, 58. How many cubes are there which are painted on
green and red each at least on one side? one face only?
(A) 8 (B) 16
(A) 2 (B) 12
(C) 24 (D) 32
49. How many cubes will be formed?

(A) 6 (B) 12
(C) 16 (D) 24
50. If cubes having only black as well as green colour
are removed then how many cubes will be left?
(A) 4 (B) 8
(C) 16 (D) 30
51. How many cubes will have 4 coloured sides and

2 sides without colour?
(A) 8 (B) 4
(C) 16 (D) 10
52. How many cubes will have two sides with green
colour and remaining sides without any colour?
(A) 12 (B) 10
(C) 8 (D) 4
PAGE # 120
CLO CK T EST
Important Facts Ex.3 At what time between 4 O’clock and 5 O’clock will
the hands are perpendicular ?
 Minute hand and hour hand coincides once in Sol. At 4 O’clock the distance between the two hands
every hour. They coincide 11 times in 12 hours is 20 min. When they are at 15 minutes distance,
and 22 times in 24 hours. they are perpendicular to each other.
 They coincide only one time between 11 to 1 O’ Case-I When the time taken (20 – 15) = 5 min.
clock. at 12 O’ clock.  Minute hand is 55 min. ahead of hour hand in
 Minute hand and hour hand are opposite once in 60 min.
every hour. They do it 11 times in 12 hours and 22 Minute hand is 5 min. ahead of hour hand in
times in 24 hours. 60  5 60 5
= = 5 min.
 They opposite only one time between 5 to 7 O’ 55 11 11
clock. at 6 O’ clock. 5
Hence, the right time is 5 min. past 4.
 Both hands (minute and hour) are perpendicular 11
twice in every hour. 22 times in 12 hours and 44
Case-II When the time taken (20 + 15) = 35 min.
times in 24 hours.
 Minute hand is 55 min. ahead of hour hand in
 In one minute, hour hand moves 1/2º and minute 60 min.
hand moves 6º. In one hour, hour hand moves Minute hand is 35 min. ahead of hour hand in
30º and minute hand moves 360º. 60  35 420 2
 In an hour, minute hand moves 55 minutes ahead = = 38 min.
55 11 11
of hour hand.
2
Ex.1 At what time between 3 O’Clock and 4 O’Clock 11
will the two hands coincide ? Mirror Image of Clock
Sol. At 3 O’clock the distance between the two hands
is 15 minutes when they coincide with each other  If the time is between 1 O’clock to 11 O’clock, then
the distance between the two hands will be 0 min. to find the mirror image, time is subtracted from
So, the time taken (15 + 0 ) = 15 minutes. 11 : 60.
 Minute hand is 55 min. ahead of hour hand in  If the time is between 11 O’clock to 1 O’clock, then
60 min. to find the mirror image, time is subtracted from
 Minute hand is 1 min. ahead of hour hand in 23 : 60.
60 min. Ex.4 The time in the clock is 4 : 46, what is the mirror
55 image ?
 Minute hand is 15 min. ahead of hour hand in Sol. (11 : 60) – (4 : 46) = 7 : 14.
60  15 180 4 Ex.5 The time in the clock is 12 : 35, then find its mirror
= = 16 min. image.
55 11 11
Sol. (23 : 60) – (12 : 35) = 11 : 25.
4
Hence the right time is 16 minute past 3.
11
Angle between Two Hands
Ex.2 At what time between 2 O’clock and 3 O’clock will
the two hands be opposite ?  Angle are of two types :
Sol. At 2 O’clock the distance between the two hands Positive angle : It is obtained by moving from hour
is 10 minutes. W hen they are at 30 minutes hand to minute hand moving in clockwise
distance, they are opposite to each other. The time direction.
taken (30 + 10 ) = 40 min. Negative angle : It is obtained by moving from
 Minute hand is 55 min. ahead of hour hand in minute hand to hour hand.
60 min.  Both types of angles are 360º in total. If one angle
 Minute hand is 1 min. ahead of hour hand in is known, other can be obtained by subtracting
60 from 360º.
min.
55 Ex.6 At 4 : 30, what is the angle formed between hour
 Minute hand is 40 minutes ahead of hour hand and minute hand ?
60  40 480 7 Sol. At 4 O’ clock angle between hour and min. hand
hand in = = 43 min. is of 120º.
55 11 11
In 30 min. minute hand make an angle of 180º.
7 So, the resultant angle is 180º – 120º = 60º.
11 But in 30 min. hour hand will also cover an angle
of 15º.
Hence, the final angle between both hands is
60º – 15º = 45º.
PAGE # 121
6. At what time between 5 and 6 O’clock the hands
of a clock will make an angle of 18°:
(A) 12 minutes past 5 (B) 24 minutes past 5
Ex.7 A bus for Delhi leaves every thirty minutes from a
(C) 36 minutes past 5 (D) 40 minutes past 5
bus stand. An enquiry clerk told a passenger that
the bus had already left ten minutes ago and the 7. Ashish leaves his house at 20 minutes to seven
next bus will leave at 9.35 A.M. At what time did the in the morning,reaches Kunal’s house in 25
enquiry clerk give this information to the minutes, they finish their breakfast in another 15
passenger ? minutes and leave for their office which takes
Sol. Bus leaves after every 30 minutes. another 35 minutes. At what time do they leave
The next bus will leave at 9 : 35 A.M. Kunal’s house to reach their office?
The last bus left at 9 : 35 – 0 : 30 = 9 : 05 A.M. (A) 7.40 A.M. (B) 7.20 A.M.
but clerk said that bus had left 10 minutes earlier. (C) 7.45 A.M. (D) 8.15 A.M.
9 : 05 + 0 : 10 = 9 : 15 A.M.
8. The train for Lucknow leaves every two and a half
hours from New Delhi Railway Station. An
EXERCISE announcement was made at the station that the
train for Lucknow had left 40 minutes ago and the
1. At what time are the hands of a clock together next train will leave at 18. 00 hrs. At what time was
between 5 O’clock and 6 O’clock ? the announcement made ?
(A) 15.30 hrs (B) 17.10 hrs
3
(A) 33 minutes past 5. (C) 16.00 hrs (D) None of these
11
9. If the two incorrect watches are set at 12 : 00 noon
3
(B) 28 minutes past 5. at correct time, when will both the watches show
11 the correct time for the first time given that the first
3 watch gains 1 min in 1 hour and second watch
(C) 27 minutes past 5. loses 4 min in 2 hours :
11
(A) 6 pm, 25 days later
3 (B) 12 : 00 noon, 30 days later
(D) 26 minutes past 5.
11 (C) 12 noon, 15 days later
(D) 6 am 45 days later
2. At what time between 9 O’clock and 10 O’clock
will the hands of a clock be in the straight line, but
10. The priest told the devotee, "The temple bell is
not together ?
rung at regular intervals of 45 minutes. The last
(A) 16 minutes past 9.
bell was rung five minutes ago. The next bell is
4
(B) 16 minutes past 9. due to be rung at 7.45 a.m." At what time did the
11
priest give this information to the devotee ?
6
(C) 16 minutes past 9. (A) 7.40 a.m. (B) 7.05 a.m.
11
(C) 6.55 a.m. (D) None of these
9
(D) 16 minutes past 9.
11 11. How many times are the hands of a clocks
3. At what time between 5 O’clock & 5 : 30 will the perpendicular in a day ?
hands of a clock be at right angle ? (A) 42 (B) 48
(C) 44 (D) 46
10
(A) 10 minutes past 5.
11 12. A watch, which gains uniformly, is 3 minutes slow
at noon on Monday and is 3 minutes 48 seconds
5
(B) 11 minutes past 5. fast at 2 p.m. on the following Monday. What time
11 it was correct ?
10 (A) 2 p.m. On Tuesday
(C) 9 minutes past 5.
11 (B) 2 p.m. On Wednesday
(C) 3 p.m. On Thursday
9 (D) 1 p.m. On Friday.
(D) 1 0 minutes past 5.
11
13. A monkey climbs 30 feet at the beginning of each
4. If a clock shows 12 : 37 then its mirror image will
hour and rests for a while when he slips back 20
be ?
(A) 11 : 37 (B) 11 : 23 feet before he again starts climbing in the
(C) 01 : 23 (D) 21 : 23 beginning of the next hour. If he begins his ascent
at 8.00 a.m., at what time will he first touch a flag
5. Find the angle between the two hands of a clock
at 120 feet from the ground ?
of 15 minutes past 4 O’clock
(A) 4 p.m. (B) 5 p.m.
(A) 38.50 (B) 36.50
(C) 6 p.m. (D) None of these
0
(C) 37.5 (D) None of these
PAGE # 122
14. Rajeev and Sanjeev are too close friends Rajeev's Direction : (21 to 22) A 12 dial clock has its minute hand
watch gains 1 minute in an hour and Sanjeev's defective. W henever it touches dial 12, it
watch loses 2 minutes in an hour. Once they set immediately falls down to 6 instead of running
smoothly (the hour hand remains unaffected during
both the watches at 12 : 00 noon, with my correct
that fall). It was set right at 12 ‘O’ clock in the noon.
watch. W hen will the two incorrect watches of
Rajeev and Sanjeev show the same time 21. What was the actual time when the minute hand
of the clock touched dial 9 for the 5th time?
together?
(A) 2 : 15 (B) 3 : 00
(A) 8 days later (B) 10 days later (C) 5 : 15 (D) 6 : 45
(C) 6 days later (D) can't be determined
22. If the actual time is 10 : 10, what is the position of
15. At a railway station a 24 hour watch loses 3 the hour hand in that defective clock ?
minutes in 4 hours. If it is set correctly on Sunday (A) Between 2 and 3 (B) Between 4 and 5
noon when will the watch show the correct time ? (C) Between 10 and 11 (D) Between 3 and 4
(A) 6 pm after 40 days 23. How many times the two hands of a watch form
(B) 12 noon after 75 days right angle from 12 O’clock noon to 6 O’clock
(C) 12 pm after 100 days evening. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2007)
(A) 6 (B) 10
(D) 12 noon after 80 days
(C) 11 (D) 12
16. A swiss watch is being shown in a museum which 24. In a period of 12 hours how many times hours
has a very peculiar property. It gains as much in hand and minutes hand of a clock are in a straight
the day as it loses during night between 8 pm to 8 line facing the opposite direction ?
am. In a week how many times will the clock show (NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2008)
(A) 22 times (B) 11 times
the correct time ?
(C) 12 times (D) 24 times
(A) 6 times (B) 14 times
(C) 7 times (D) 8 times 25. At the time half past three, the angle between hour
and minute hands of the watch will be -
17. A wrist watch which is running 12 minutes late on (NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2008)
(A) 75º (B) 60º
a Sunday noon is 16 minutes ahead of the correct
(C) 90º (D) 105º
time at 12 noon on the next Sunday. When is the
clock 8 minutes ahead of time ? 26. At what angle are the hands of a clock inclined
at 30 minutes past 6 ?
(A) Thursday 10 am (B) Friday noon
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2013)
(C) Friday 8 pm (D) Tuesday noon
1 1
(A) 7 º (B) 11 º
18. A clock loses 2 minutes in a hour and another 2 2
clock gains 2 minutes in every 2 hours. Both these (C) 15º (D) 23º
clocks are set correctly at a certain time on Sunday
27. A clock is set to show the correct time at 11 a.m.
and both the clocks stop simultaneously on the The clock gains 12 minutes in 12 hours what
next day with the time shown being 9 am and 10 : will be the true time when the watch indicates 1
06 AM. W hat is the correct time at which they p.m. on the 6th day?
stopped? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2013)
(A) 9 : 54 am (B) 9 : 44 pm (A) 10 a.m. (B) 11 a.m.
(C) 12 noon (D) None of these
(C) 9 : 46 am (D) 9 : 44 am
28. I left home for bringing milk between 7am and
19. David sets his watch at 6 : 10 am on Sunday, 8am. The angle between the hour-hand and the
which gains 12 minutes in a day. On Wednesday minute-hand was 90° I returned home between 7
if this watch is showing 2 : 50 pm. What is the am and 8 am. Then also the angle between the
correct time ? minute-hand and hour-hand was 90°. At what time
(nearest to second) did I leave and return home?
(A) 1 : 50 pm (B) 2 : 10 pm
(NTSE Stage-II / 2013)
(C) 2 : 30 pm (D) 3 : 30 pm (A) 7h 18m 35s & 7h 51 m 24s
(B) 7h 19m 24s & 7h 52m 14s
20. Ramu purchased a second hand Swiss watch
(C) 7h 20m 42s & 7h 53m 11s
which is very costly. In this watch the minute-hand (D) 7h 21 m 49s & 7h 54m 33s
3
and hour hand coincide after every 65 minutes. 29. A clock only with dots marking 3, 6, 9 and 12
11
How much time does the watch lose or gain per O’ clock position has been kept upside down
day ? in front of a mirror. A person reads the time in
(A) 4 min (B) 5 min the reflection of the clock as 10 : 20. What is
(C) 4 min, 20 sec (D) none of these the actual time ? (NTSE Stage-I / Haryana / 2015)
(A) 8 : 10 (B) 2 : 40
(C) 4 : 50 (D) 10 : 20
PAGE # 123
30. Renu went to the market betwen 7 am and 8 31. One watch is 1 minute slow at 1 pm on Tues-
am .The angle between the hour-hand and the day and 2 minutes fast at 1 am on Friday When
minure-hand was 90º. She returned home be- did it show the correct time ?
tween 7 am and 8 am.Then also the angle be- (NTSE Stage-II / 2015)
tween the minute-hand and hour-hand was 90º. (A) 5.00 am on Wednesday
At what time (nearest to second) did Renu
(B) 9.00am on Wednesday
leave and return home ? (NTSE Stage-II / 2015)
(A) 7h 18 m 35 s and 7h 51 m 24 s (C) 5.00 pm on Wednesday
(B) 7 h 19 m 24 s and 7 h 52 m 14s (D) 9.00 pm on Wednesday
(C) 7h 20 m 42 s and 7 h 53 m 11 s
(D) 7 h 21 m 49 s and 7 h 54 m 33 s

PAGE # 124
FIGURE PARTITION & COUNTING
Figure partition Ex 3. How many parallelograms are there in the figure

below ?
The problems on figure partition are based on (A) 14
counting number of figures generated due to (B) 15
partition lines. (C) 16
 If a square is subdivided into n parts on each
(D) 18
side, then the total number of squares formed is
Sol. (D) We can label the figure as shown.
n(n  1)( 2n  1) The simplest parallelograms are ABFE, BCGF,
given by
6 CDHG, EFJI, FGKJ and GHKL. These are 6 in
 Total number of rectangles (including squares) number. The parallelograms composed of two
n(n  1) m(m  1) components each, are ACGE, BDHF, EGKI, FHLJ,
in a rectangular of size n × m =
2 2 BCKJ,ABJI, and CDLK. Thus, there are 7 such
Ex 1. What is the number of straight lines in the following parallelograms. The parallelograms composed
figure ? of three components are ADHE and EHLI i.e. 2 in
(A) 11 number .The parallelograms composed of four
(B) 14
components are ACKI and BDLJ i.e. 2 in number.
(C) 16
(D) 17 There is only one parallelograms composed of
Sol. (B) The figure is labelled as shown. six components, namely, ADLI. Thus, there are
Clearly, there are 3 horizontal lines namely AE, LF 6 + 7 + 2 + 2+ 1 = 18 parallelograms in the figure.
and KG. Hence,
There are 5 vertical lines : AK, BJ, CI, DH and EG.
There are 6 slanting lines : LC, KE, IF, LI, AG and A B C D
CF. Thus, there are 3 + 5 + 6 = 14 straight lines in F G H
E
the figure.
I J K L
A B C D E
Ex 4. What is the number of rectangles in the following
M N
P Q
figure ?
L F
O (A) 6
R S (B) 7
(C) 8
K J I H G
(D) 9
Ex 2. How many squares does the figure have ? Sol. (D) The figure is labelled as shown :
(A) 6 Simplest rectangles are AEHG, EFIH, FBKJ, JKCL
(B) 7 and GILD. i.e. there are 5 such rectangles. The
(C) 9 rectangles composed of two components each
(D) 10
are AFIG and FBCL. Thus, there are 2 such
Sol. (C) The figure may be labelled as shown :
The squares composed to two components each, rectangles. Only one rectangles, namely AFLD is
are ABKJ, BCLK, CDEL, LEFG, KLGH, and JKHI. composed of 3 components and only one
Thus, there are 6 such squares. Only one square, rectangle, namely ABCD is composed of 5
KCEG is composed of four components. Two components. Thus, there are 5 + 2 + 1 + 1 = 9
squares namely, ACGI and BDFH are composed
rectangles in the figure.
of eight components each. Thus, there are 2 such
squares.  There are 6 + 1 + 2 = 9 squares in the
given figure. A E F B
G I
H
J K
D L C
PAGE # 125
Ex 5. Determine the number of pentagons in the 5. Count the number of triangles in the following
following figure : figure.
(A) 5 (A) 8
(B) 6 (B) 10
(C) 8 (C) 12
(D) 10 (D) 14
Sol. The figure may be labelled as follows :
6. How many triangles and squares are there in the
In this case, six pentagons have been formed by
following figure ?
the combination of three triangles and two
rhombuses - ADFHJ, CFHJL, EHJLB, GJLBD,
ILBDF and KBDFH. Four other pentagons are
formed by the combination of three triangles and
one rhombus - LCFHM, LBEHM, BKFHM and (A) 28 triangles, 5 squares
BLIFM. Thus, there are 10 pentagons in the figure. (B) 24 triangles, 4 squares
(C) 28 triangles, 4 squares
(D) 24 triangles, 5 squares
7. Count the number of squares in the following

figure :
(A) 15
(B) 21
(C) 24
(D) 26
EXERCISE 8. How many squares does the following figure have ?
(A) 17
1. How many squares are there in the following (B) 18
figure ? (C) 13
(A) 13 (D) 16
(B) 14
(C) 16 9. How many triangles are there in the figure below ?
(D) 15 (A) 5
(B) 6
2. Count the number of triangles and squares in the (C) 8
following figure ? (D) 10
(A) 28 triangles, 10 squares
10. How many triangles are there in the following
(B) 28 triangles, 8 squares
figure ?
(C) 32 triangles, 10 squares
(A) 19
(D) 32 triangles, 8 squares
(B) 21
3. Count the number of squares in the following (C) 27
figure ? (D) 48
(A) 16 11. How many triangles does the following figure
(B) 17 contain ?
(C) 30 (A) 11
(D) 55 (B) 10
(C) 6
4. Count the number of straight lines and triangles (D) 12
in the following figure ?
12. How many squares does the figure have ?
(A) 17
(B) 12
(C) 13
(D) 15
(A) 10 straight lines and 34 triangles

13. How many rectangles are there in the given figure ?
(B) 9 straight lines and 34 triangles
(A) 6
(C) 9 straight lines and 36 triangles
(B) 7
(D) 10 straight lines and 36 triangles (C) 8
(D) 9
PAGE # 126
14. How many squares does the figure have ?
(A) 10
(B) 11 22.
(C) 12
(D) 14
(A) 19 (B) 21
15. How many triangles are there in the following
(C) 25 (D) 23
figure ?
(A) 6
(B) 7
(C) 8
23.
(D) 9
16. Find the number of convex pentagons : (A) 11 or more (B) 10

(A) 2 (C) 9 (D) 8 or less
(B) 3 24. In the following figure, the number of triangles
(C) 4 are- (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(D) 6 (A) 8
(B) 12
17. How many triangles are there in the following (C) 15
figure ? (D) 16
25. In the following figure, how many squares are
there ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 8
(B) 11
(C) 10
(A) 11 (D) 9
(B) 14 26. How many triangles are there in the following
(C) 16 figure ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(D) 7
18. How many quadrilateral there in the following

figure ?
(A) 11
(B) 8
(C) 2 (A) 10 (B) 11
(D) 4 (C) 12 (D) 13
27. How many squares are there in the following
Directions : (19 to 23) How many triangles are there in the
figure ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
following figures ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
19.
(A) 10 (B) 16
(C) 14 (D) 12
(A) 18 (B) 15
(C) 13 (D) 12
20.
28. What will be the number of triangles in the given
figure ? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2012)
(A) 21 or more (B) 13 to 20

(C) 6 to 9 (D) 10 to 12
21.
(A) 14 or more (B) 12 to 13 (A) 9 (B) 11

(C) 10 to 11 (D) 7 to 9 (C) 10 (D) 12
PAGE # 127
29. What will be the number of Hexagonals in the 33. Determine the number of pentagons in the fol-
given figure? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2013) lowing figure. (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2017)
(A) 5 (B) 6
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D) 10.
(C) 5 (D) 6
34. Determine the number of triangles in the follow-
30. What will be the number of Parallelograms in ing figure. (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2017)
the given figure? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2013)
(A) 5 (B) 6
(C) 8 (D) 10.
(A) 15 (B) 17
(C) 13 (D) 16
31. How many triangles are in the given figure ?
(NTSEStage-I/Karnataka /2014)
(A) 21 (B) 22
(C) 23 (D) 24
32. How many triangles are there in the figure below ?

(A) 5 (B) 6
(C) 8 (D) 10


PAGE # 128
MI RROR & W ATER I MAGES
Mirror Images
Here questions are based on criteria that few

figures are given and you have to find out of which
one is exact image of the given figure by the mirror
placed aside. This image formation is based on
the principle of ‘LATERAL INVERSION’ which
implies that size of the image is equal to the size
of the object but both sides are changed. The left
portion of the object is seen on the right portion
and right portion of the object is seen on the left
portion. For example mirror image of ABC = .
NOTE : There are ‘11’ letters in English Alphabet which

have identical mirror images as
A, H, I, M, O, T, U, V, W, X, Y
I. Mirror Images of capital letters & small letters.
II. Mirror Images of Numbers.
Mirror images of certain words and numbers :

Words Mirror Images
Reflection of an object into the mirror is called
PREDICTION
mirror-image. It is obtained by inverting an object
HOSPITAL
laterally i.e. towards the sides. Example of lateral
DARPAN
inversions of few figures and words are given
STRIGENT
below :
Objects having Different Mirror Images : OPULENT
SARCASM
OBJECTS MIRROR IMAGES
LIBERAL
OFFENCE
ADVANCE
IMAGES
PAGE # 129
Numbers Mirror Images
32596
EXERCISE - 1
8932
868 choose the correct mirror image from alternatives
786 A, B, C, and D of the Word / figure (X).
10190 1. VINAYAKA
5693 (A) INVAYAKA (B)
8964 (C) (D)
7362 2. VERBAL
5893 (A) LABREV (B) LRVEBA
(C) REVBAL (D)
7839
3. CONSOLIDATE
Water Image (A) ETADILOSNOC (B)
(C) TAECONSOLID (D) OCNSOLIDATE
Water-image : The reflection of an object as seen
4. JUDGEMENT
in water is called its water image. It is the inverted
(A) TNEMEGDUJ (B) TJUDGEMEN
image obtained by turning the object upside
(C) (D) DJUGEMNET
down.
5. TARAIN1014A
NOTE : There are ‘7’ letters in English Alphabet which (A) (B) A4101NIARAT
have identical water-images as (C) A410ARTAIN1 (D)
C, D, E ,H , I , O , X.
Water-Images of capital letters
6.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Water-Images of small letters
7.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Water-Images of numbers
8.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 130
14.
9.
(X) (X)
+ + - + - +
- -
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
15.
10.
(X)
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
16.
11.
(X)
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

17. +
× (X)
12.
(X) + +
+ +
×
×
(A) (B) (C) (D)

×
(A) (B) (C) (D) Directions : (18 to 22) In the following questions you have
to visualize the image of the item (Letter/word/
number/figures) in the mirror. The mirror is below
13. the item. Choose the mirror image from the
alternatives. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(X) 18.
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
19.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 131
Directions : (26 to 27) Find the correct alternative which
20.
is the mirror image of the figure given in each
(A) (B) question. (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(C) (D)
26.
21.
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
12
22. 9 3
27.
6
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Directions : (23 to 25) In the following questions, you have

to identify the image of the item (Letter/word/ (C) (D)
Number) in the mirror. The mirror is placed below
the item. Choose the true image from the given
alternatives. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009) Directions : (28 to 32) In the following questions visualize
the image of the correct item.
23. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2012)
(A) (B)
(C) (D) 28.
24. 45 (A) (B)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
(C) (D)
29.
25. G OA L
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D) (C) (D)
PAGE # 132
EXERCISE - 2
30. choose the correct water-image from alternatives
A, B, C, and D of the Word / figure (X).
1.
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(A) (B) 2.
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
3.
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
4.
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
5.
(A) (B)
31. (C) (D)
6.
(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
7.
(X)
32.
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
33. What is the mirror image of b3k4s I ?
8.
b3k4s ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(X)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 133
13.
9.
(X) (X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
10.
14.
(X) (X)
(A) (B) (A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
11. 15.
(X)
(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (B)
12.
(X)
16.
(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 134
Directions : (17 to 21) In the following questions, you have 23.
to visualize the image of the item (Letter/word/
(A) (B)
number/figure) in the water. The water source is
(C) (D)
below the item. Choose the water image from the
alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007) 24.
(A) (B)
17. (C) (D)
(A) (B)
25. What will be water image of CHICK?
(C) (D)
18. (A) CHIC (B) C

(C) K (D)
(A) (B)
(C) (D) Direction : (26) Find the correct mirror image of the given
figure, when mirror is placed on right side of the
19. figure.
(A) (B) (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2017)
(C) (D)
26.
20.
(A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(C) (D)
21.
(A) (B)
(C) D (D)
Directions : (22 to 24) In the following questions you have

to visualize the image of the item (figure, word,
letter, number) in water. The water source is below
the item. Choose the water image from the
alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
22.
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 135
PAPER CUTTING & FOLDING
Paper Folding
The problems on paper folding involve the

process of selecting a figure which would most X Y Z
nearly match the pattern that would be formed
when a transparent sheet carrying designs on
either side of a dotted line is folded along this
line. The figure has to be selected from a set of
four alternatives (answer or response figures). (A) (B) (C) (D)
Ex 1. In the following questions problems, a square Sol. (C) In figure X, the upper triangular half of the paper
transparent sheet with a pattern is given. Figure has been folded over the lower half. In figure Y, the
out from amongst four alternatives as to how the paper is refolded to a quarter triangle. In figure Z,
a square has been punched in the folded paper.
pattern would appear when the transparent sheet
Clearly, the square will appear in each of the
is folded at the dotted line.
triangular quarters of the paper. Thus, when the
paper is unfolded, four squares will appear
symmetrically over it and it will resemble figure (C).
(X)
EXERCISE
Directions : (1 to 6) A square transparent sheet with a

pattern is given in figure X. Find out from amongst
the alternatives as to how the pattern would appear
(A) (B) (C) (D) when the transparent sheet is folded at the dotted
line.
Sol. (B) Clearly, the lower half of the square sheet has
been folded over the upper half. Hence, the bent
line in the lower half will be inverted over the other
half so that a ‘V’ shaped figure is formed. 1.
Paper Cutting
(X)
The problems on paper cutting contain a set of
three figures showing the manner in which a piece
of paper has been folded. In each of the first two
figures, a dotted line together with an arrow on it
has been given indicating the line along which (A) (B) (C) (D)
the paper is to be folded and the direction of the
fold respectively. In the third figure, there are marks
showing the position and nature of the cut made
in the folded sheet. The candidate has to select 2.
one of the figures from the set of four answer
figures A, B, C and D, that would most nearly match
the pattern when the paper is unfolded. It will be (X)
interested to see that the designs of the cut will
appear on each fold made in the paper.
Ex 2. Consider the following three figures, marked X, Y,
Z showing one fold in X, another in Y and cut in Z.
From amongst the answer figures A, B, C and D, (A) (B) (C) (D)
select the one, showing the unfolded position of Z.
PAGE # 136
3. 8.
X Y Z
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
4.
9.
(X)
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
5.
10.
(X)
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

6.
(X) 11.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (7 to 18) A sheet has been folded in the manner

as shown in X, Y and Z respectively and punched. (A) (B) (C) (D)
You have to choose from the alternatives how it
will look when unfolded.
7. 12.
X Y Z X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 137
13. 18.
X Y Z X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (19 to 22) The following questions are related

to paper cutting. The questions that follow con-
14.
tain a set of three figures X, Y and Z, showing a
sequence of folding of a piece of paper. Fig. (Z)
X Y Z
shows the manner in which the folded paper has
been cut. These three figures are followed by four
answer figures A, B, C and D (IInd Set) from which
you have to choose a figure which would most
closely resemble the unfolded from of fig. (Z).
(A) (B) (C) (D) (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2013)
19. Sequence of folding the paper
15.
X Y Z
X Y Z
Answer - Figures.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
16.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
X Y Z
20. Sequence of folding the paper
(A) (B) (C) (D)
17. X Y Z
Answer - Figures
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 138
21. Sequence of folding the paper 22. Sequence of folding the paper
X Y Z
Answer-Figure X Y Z
Answer-Figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)



PAGE # 139
C O M P L E T I O N & F O R M AT I O N O F F I G U R E S
Figure Completion
Ex 4.
In such problems, a figure following a particular
sequence or pattern is given, in which a part
usually one-fourth is left blank. This problem figure (X)
is followed by four alternative figures. One is
required to choose the one which best fit into the
blank space of problem figure so as to complete
the original pattern.
Directions : (1 to 2 ) Select a figure from the four alternatives,
(A) (B) (C) (D)
which when placed in the blank space of figure
(X) would complete the pattern.
Sol. (B) On close observation, we find that only figure
(B) is combined figure of (X).
Ex 1.
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Sol. (D) Clearly, figure (D) will complete the pattern

when placed in the blank space of figure (X) as
shown below.
EXERCISE
Directions : (1 to 7) Select a figure from the alternatives

Ex 2. which when placed in the blank space of (x) would
complete the pattern ?
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Sol. (C) Clearly, figure (C) will complete the pattern

?
1.
when placed in the blank space of figure (X) as
shown below. (X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Figure Formation
Direction : (3 to 4) In the following question, find out which

?
2.
of the figure (A),(B),(C) and (D) can be formed
from the pieces given in figure (X).
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Ex 3.
3.
?
(X)
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D) 4.

Sol. (A) On close observation, we find that only figure ?
(A) is combined figure of (X).
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
5. ?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 140
6.
11.
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
7.
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (8 to 12) In the following questions a pattern is
given with a part missing which is indicated by a
question mark. Find out from the alternative figures
the part which would go in place of the question
mark to complete the pattern. (A) (B)
(C) (D)
Direction : (13 to 14) In the following question, find out

8.
? which of the figure (A),(B),(C) and (D) can be
formed from the pieces given in figure (X).
(A) (B) 13.

(X)
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
9.
? 14.
(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Directions : (15 to 16) Which of the following figures (given
(C) (D) as alternatives) would be formed by joining the
four pieces / blocks of figures given below ?

10.
?
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 141
20.
(NTSE Stage-I / RaJ. 2009)
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
17. There are four figures, three of which would form

a complete square. Choose the three from among 21.
the alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) (B)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(A) bcd (B) abc

(C) (D)
(C) acd (D) abd
Directions : (18 to 22) In the following questions two figures

are given as problem figures. W hich of the
following alternative figures would be formed if
the first figure is superimposed on the second 22.
figure ?

18.
(NTSE Stage-II, 2007) (A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D) Directions : (23 to 24) In the following questions, a pattern

is given with a part missing which is indicated by
a question mark. Find out from the alternative
figures the part which would go in place of the
question mark to complete the pattern.
19. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007) (NTSE Stage-I / RaJ. 2009)
23.
(A) (B) ?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 142
Directions : (27 to 30) (In each of the following questions a
design/pattern is given. One small segment is
missing from the design. Select the alternative
which will complete the design when placed on
the missing area .(NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
24.
?
(A) (B)
27.
(C) (D) ?
Directions : (25 to 26) Which of the following figures (given
as alternatives) would be formed by joining the two/
four pieces/blocks of figures given below ?
25.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B)
28.
?
(C) (D)
26.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
29.
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 143
34. Identify which among the pieces given below will
not be required to complete the triangular pattern
shown below. (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
30.
?
(A) q (B) r
(C) s (D) t
(A) (B) (C) (D)
35. A pattern is given below. You have to identify which
among the following pieces will not be required
to complete the pattern. (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
(A) (B)
(A) q (B) r
(C) (D) (C) s (D) t
36. In this question, among the four answer figures

which one canbe formed from the cut out pieces
given in question figure ?
Question Figure :
Answer Figures :
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 144
F I G U RE E M BE D DE D
Embedded Figure
A figure (X) is said to be embedded in a figure Y, if Ex 3.

figure Y contains figure (X) as its part. Thus
problem on embedded figures contain a figure
(X)
(X) followed by four complex figures in such a way
that figure (X) is embedded in one of these. The
figure containing the figure (X) is your answer.
Directions : (1 to 5) In each of the following questions, (A) (B) (C) (D)

choose the alternative figure in which the
question figure (X) is embedded.
Sol. (D) On close observation, we find that figure (X) is
embedded in figure (D) as shown below.
Ex 1.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D) Ex 4.
Sol. (B) On close observation, we find that figure (X) is

embedded in figure (B) as shown below :
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Sol. (D) On close observation, we find that figure (X) is
embedded in figure (D) as shown below.
Ex 2.
(X)
Ex 5.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Sol. (B) On close observation, we find that figure (X) is
embedded in figure (B) as shown below :
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Sol. (C) On close observation, we find that figure (X) is
embedded in figure (C) as shown below.
PAGE # 145
EXERCISE
Directions : (1 to 9) In each of the following questions, 4. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)

choose the alternative figure in which the (X)
question figure (X) is embedded.
(A) (B)
1.
(X)
(C) (D)

(A) (B)
(X)
(A) (B)
(B) (C)(B) (C) (D)
(C) (D)
2.
(X)
(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(B) 7. (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)

(C) (C) (D)
(X)
3.
(X) (A) (B)
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 146
8. (NTSE Stage-II, 2008) 11.
(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
12.
(X)
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
Directions : (10 to 12) In the following questions, a problem

figure is given. The problem figure is hidden in
one of the figures given as alternatives. Find the
figure in which the problem figure is hidden.
10.
(A) (B)
(C) (D)

PAGE # 147
N O N - V E R BA L S E R I E S
Type-I
In this type of non-verbal test, two sets of figures Ex 3. Problem Figures

pose the problem. The sets are called problem
Figures and Answer Figures. Each problem figure
changes in design from the preceding one. The
answer figure set contains four figures marked
A, B, C, D. You are required to choose the correct Answer Figures
answer figure, which would best continue the
series.
Directions : (1 to 10) Study the problem figures carefully

and try to establish the relationship between them
from the answer figures. Pick out the figure which
most appropriately completes the series. Sol. (C) The same figures rotates up-side-down in
Ex 1. Problem Figures alternative figures.
Ex 4. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
Sol. (D) Note the direction of arrow which changes Sol. (D) The figures is rotated at 90º (in four directions)
alternately. The dots are also changing alternately. and the fifth figure in the series shall be same as
Hence, we are looking for a figure in which the
the first figure.
arrow points down and the dots and positioned
as problem figure second. Ex 5. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
Sol. (A) The bigger balls diameter is moving at 90º

Sol. (B) The four boxes are changing position in the and smaller balls diameter is moving at 45º,
following way : At first, middle boxes change simultaneously the face of the bigger figure is
position (diagonally) and extreme boxes remain changing position.
stationary, then extreme boxes change position
and middle boxes remain stationary and so on.
PAGE # 148
Type-II Type-III
In these questions the items in the diagrams either
increase or decrease in number. The qualitative characteristics of various elements
in the diagrams change to complete the series.
Rotation Type : The various elements in the
diagrams move in a specific manner. They may
rotate in clockwise or anti-clockwise direction.
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
Sol. (C) The small circles are decreasing

consecutively and the black dots are increasing.
Ex 7. Problem Figures (A) (B) (C) (D)
Sol. (D) The sign of plus is rotating clockwise. The pin

+ ++ + ++ changes direction alternately.
Type-IV
Answer Figures
Multi-Relational Series : These are mixed series
in which various elements in diagrams increase
or decrease in number, change/positions in a set
pattern.

Sol. (D) Signs of Plus are adding up one by one.
Problem figure one has one plus sign, problem
figure second has two signs, problem figure third
has three signs, the next figure should have four
signs to keep the same pattern.
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Sol. (C) Note movement of dot which is clockwise and
Answer Figures the arrow moves in and out in opposite direction
alternately, the circle and square interchange
Sol. (D) Here a decreasing trend is followed. In the

first figure there are 8 lines cutting through the
sides of the sphere. Second figure has 7 lines.
The third figure has 6 lines. To continue the
series, fourth figure should have 5 lines.
PAGE # 149
Problem Figures
EXERCISE
5.
Directions : (1 to 11) Each of the following questions
consists of five problem figure. These problem
Answer Figures
figures form a series. Find out the one figure from
the answer figures that will continue the series.
Problem Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

1.
Problem Figures
Answer Figures
6.
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Problem Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2. Problem Figures
7.
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Problem Figures (A) (B) (C) (D)
Problem Figures
3. E
T P S
8.
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
E S
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Problem Figures
Problem Figures
4. T
S = N 9.
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
T
Y Y
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 150
Problem Figures Problem Figures
10. 14.
Answer Figures Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Problem Figures
Problem Figures
15.
11.
X X XX
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
XX XX XXX XX
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
there is a set of four figures called problem figures
Directions : (12 to 15) Each of the following questions
followed by a set of four other figures called answer
consists of four problem figure. These problem
figures. Problem figures contains a question mark.
figures form a series. Find out the one figure from
Select a suitable figure from the answer figures
the answer figures that will continue the series.
which will substitute this question mark so that a
Problem Figures series is formed.
Problem Figures
12.
Answer Figures
16.
?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Problem Figures
Problem Figures
13. 17.
?
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 151
Problem Figures 22. Problem Figures
18.
?
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
23. Problem Figures
Problem Figures
19.
? Answer Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D) 24. Problem Figures
Problem Figures
20.
? Answer Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
25. Problem Figures

(A) (B) (C) (D)

there are two sets of figures, one set contents
problem figures, another set contents answer Answer Figures
figures. There is a sequence according to which
the problem figures are arranged, select one
figure from the set of answer figures which can
be placed in sequence after the set of problem
figures. (NTSE Stage- I/ Raj./2007) (A) (B) (C) (D)
21. Problem Figures
26. Problem Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 152
Directions : (27 to 31) In the following questions, some Directions : (32 to 36) In the following questions there are
figures are given in a sequence. Find out the figure two sets of the figures. One set is of problem
from the alternatives, which will come in place of figures and another set is of answer-figures.
the question mark to continue the sequence. Problem figures are arranged in a sequence. One
(NTSE Stage- II, 2007) figure from the answer-figures is to be selected
such that it can be placed after the series of
problem figures. (NTSE Stage- I/ Raj./2008)
27.
? 32. Problem figures
× × ×
+ ++ +++
(A) (B)
Answer figures
× × × ×
(C) (D) ++ ++ + ++
++ ++ ++
(A) (B) (C) (D)

28.
? 33. Problem figures
(A) (B)
Answer figures
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

29. 34. Problem figures
(A) (B)
Answer figures
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
30. 35. Problem figures
x x x
x
(A) (B)
Answer figures
x
x x
(C) (D) x
(A) (B) (C) (D)
36. Problem figures
31.
?
(A) (B) Answer figures
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 153
Directions : (37 to 38) Study the pattern of figures given in Directions : (41 to 45) There are two sets of figures. One is
each question to find out the relationship among of Problem Figures while another is set of Answer
them. One figure is missing. Choose the missing Figures. There is a sequence according to which
the Problem Figures are arranged. One figure of
figure from the alternatives.
Answer Figures is to be selected which can be
(NTSE Stage- II, 2008)
placed in sequence of Problem Figures. Find the
correct option of the selected Answer Figure.
(NTSE Stage- I/ Raj./2009)
37.
? 41. Problem Figures
(A) (B) P T
Answer Figures
N T T P T S S T
(C) (D) P
(A) (B) (C) (D)
42. Problem Figures
38.
?
Answer Figures
(A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

43. Problem Figures
(C) (D)
Directions : (39 to 40) In the following questions, series of

figures are given. Find the correct alternative to Answer Figures
continue the series. (NTSE Stage- II, 2008)
39.
? (A) (B) (C) (D)
44. Problem Figures
(A) (B)
Answer Figures
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

40.
? 45. Problem Figures
(A) (B)
Answer Figures
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 154
Directions : (46 to 49) The figures in each of the questions Directions : (51 to 55) The figures in each of the questions
follow a series. Select the figure form the given follow a series. Select the figure form the given
alternatives which would continue the series. alternatives which would continue the series.
(NTSE Stage- II, 2009) 51. Question-Figures
46.
(NTSE Stage- I/Raj./ 2012)
Answer-Figures
(A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
47.
(C) (D)
52. Question-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
48.
Answer-Figures
(A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
49.
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
50. Write the correct choice which would be required

to continue with the series.
(NTSE Stage- II, 2009) (NTSE Stage- I/Raj./ 2012)
Answer-Figures
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 155
54. Question-Figures 57. Question - Figures
Answer - Figures
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B)
58. Question - Figures
(C) (D) Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Answer-Figures
Answer - Figures
(A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Direction (60 to 64) : There are two sets of figures. One set
(C) (D)
contains problem-figures while the other has an-
swer-figures. There is a sequence according to
which the problem-figures are arranged. You have
Directions : (56 to 59) Two Sets of the figures are given. to select one figure from the set of answer-fig-
One set of Question-figures and another set is of ures which can be placed in sequence after the
Answer-figures. Question-figures are arranged in set fo problem-figures. Find out the correct figure.
a sequence. One figure from the Answer figures (NTSE Stage- I/Raj./ 2014)
is to be selected such that it can be placed after
the series of Question-figures. Find the correct 60. Problem-Figures
Serial number of the selected Answer-figure.
(1) (2) (3) (4)

Answer-Figures
Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 156
61. Problem-Figures Direction : In questions 65 to 66 there are two sets of
figures. One set contains problem - figures while
the other has answer-figures. There is a se-
quence according to which the problem -figures
are arranged . You have to select an answer-fig-
ure which can be added in sequence with the
problem - figures. Choose the correct figure.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Answer-Figures 65. Problem-figures
Answer - figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
62. Problem-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
66. Problem-figures
(1) (2) (3) (4)

Answer-Figures
Answer-figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
63. Problem-Figures (A) (B) (C) (D)
+ O P + T P O T
P T T O O + + P
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Answer-Figures
P + P T + O O T
O T O + P T + P
(A) (B) (C) (D)
64. Problem-Figures
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 157
N O N - V E R BA L A N A LO G Y
Analogy Ex 3. Problem Figures
In this type of non-verbal test the problem figures

are presented in two units. The first unit contains : :: : ?
two figures, one in each square. The second unit
contains one figure in the first square and a
Answer Figures
question mark (?) in the second. You have to find
out from among the figures A, B, C and D as to
which one should replace the questions mark
after finding the relationship between the two
figures in the first unit of the problem figures. Some
examples are discussed below. (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (1 to 3) In the following questions there are Sol. (A) problem figure first is rotated 180º ACW or CW
two sets of figures. One set is problem figures
to obtain problem figure second. Then the shaded
and the second set is a answer figures. There is
and the unshaded leaves are interchanged.
some relationship between the first and the
second figure of the problem figures set. If there Hence, (A) should replace the question mark.
is similar relationship between the third and fourth
Directions : (4 to 5) In each of the following problems, a
figures of the same set, select the correct figure
from the set of answer figures for question mark related pair of figures is followed by five numbered
(?). pairs of figures. Select the pair that has a
relationship similar to that in the original pair.
: :: : ?
Ex 4.
Answer Figures (x)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Sol. (C) Problem figure second contains the lower half
of problem figure first. Hence, answer figure (C) Sol. (A) The first figure of (X) rotate 180º.
replaces the question mark.
Ex 5.
: :: : ?
(x)
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Sol. (B) From figure first to figure second : An
Sol. (D) The lower LHS figure of portion in problem
figure first becomes the upper portion in problem element identical to the element in figure first
figure second, shifted to the other side. Similarly forms the inner element in figure second. The
RHS figure of the upper portion in problem figure vertically inverted and enlarged form of the
first becomes the lower portion problem figure
second shifted to the other side with one vertical element in figure first forms the outer element
line therein. The other two halves are deleted. in figure second.
PAGE # 158
5. Problem Figures
EXERCISE
Directions : (1 to 11) In the following questions there are

: :: : ?
two sets of figures. One set is problem figures
and the second set is a answer figures. There is Answer Figures
some relationship between the first and the
second figure of the problem figures set. If there
is similar relationship between the third and fourth
figures of the same set, select the correct figure
from the set of answer figures for question (A) (B) (C) (D)
mark (?).
6. Problem Figures
1. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
7. Problem Figures
2. Problem Figures
JP :
JP
:: E T : ? : :: : ?
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
3. Problem Figures 8. Problem Figures
: :: T C : ? : :: : ?
CT TC CT TC
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
: :: : ? : :: : ?
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 159
: :: : ? • × : ×
:: • : ?
Answer Figures
Answer Figures
• •
(A) (B) (C) (D)
11. Problem Figures (A) (B) (C) (D)
: :: : ? 16. Problem Figures
Answer Figures • ••
•
××
: :: :
•
• ?
××××
××
××
•
•
•
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (12 to 14) In each of the following problems, a
related pair of figures is followed by five numbered
pairs of figures. Select the pair that has a
relationship similar to that in the original pair. (A) (B) (C) (D)
12. 17. Problem Figures
(x)
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
13.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(x) 18. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Answer Figures
14.
(x)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
19. Problem Figures

(A) (B) (C) (D)
......
........
Directions : (15 to 20) In the following questions there are ............ ......... ............
two sets of figures. One set is problem figure and
......
: ...............
... .. :: ..................
... ...
...
..
..
.
.......... : ?
the second set is a answer figures. There is some
relationship between the first and the second Answer Figures
figures of the problem figures set. If there is similar
relationship between the third and fourth figures
... ...... ..... .................
of the same set, select the correct figure from the .....
...
.................... ..... .. ...
set of answer figures for question mark (?). ................. ...... .... .. ...
(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 160
20. Problem Figures
•
× : • :: •
× : ? 24. : :: :?
Answer Figures
(A) (B)
•
• • •
(A) (B) (C) (D) (C) (D)
Directions : (21 to 25) In the following questions, there is a

relationship between the two figures on the left of
the sign (: :). The same relationship exists between
the figures to the right of the sign (: :), of which one
25. : :: :?
is missing. Find the missing one from the
(A) (B)
21. : :: :?
(C) (D)
(A) (B)
Directions : (26 to 30) In the following questions there are

two sets of figures. One set is problem figure and
(C) (D)
the second set is a answer figures. There is some
relationship between the first and the second
figures of the problem figures set. If there is similar
relationship between the third and fourth figures
22. : :: :? of the same set, select the correct figure from the
set of answer figures for question mark (?).
26. Problem figures

(A) (B)
: :: : ?
(C) (D)
Answer figures
23.
: :: :? (A) (B) (C) (D)
27. Problem figures
: :: : ?
(A) (B)
Answer figures
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 161
28. Problem figures
: :: : ?
32. : :: :?
Answer figures (A) (B)
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
29. Problem figures

33.
: :: ? :
: :: : ?
Answer figures
(A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (C) (D)
30. Problem figures

Directions : (34 to 35) A pair of figures which are related in
x some way is given below. Find out the alternative
x
: :: : ? whose figures are related in the same way as the

original pair of figures. (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
Answer figures
34.
x
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B)
Directions : (31 to 33) There is some relationship between
the two figures/pair of letters/numbers on the left
of the sign (::). The same relationship exists
between the two terms on the right of which one
is missing. Find the missing one from the given (C) (D)
31. : :: :? 35.
(A) (B) (A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 162
Directions : (36 to 42) There is some relationship between 41. Question-Figures
the two figures on the left of the sign
(: :). The same relationship exists between the
two terms on the right of which one is missing.
Find the missing one from the given alternatives.
: :: : ?
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009) Answer-Figures
36. : :: : ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) 42. Question-Figures
: :: : ?
(C) (D)
Answer-Figures
37. : :: :?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) there is a relationship between the two figure on
the left of the sign (: :). The same relationship
exists between the two term on the right of the
(C) (D) sign (: :) of which one is missing. Find the missing
one from the given alternatives.
?
: :: : ?
43.
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
39.
(A)
Question-Figures
(B) (C) (D)
44. ?
: :: : ?
Answer-Figures (A) (B) (C) (D)
45. ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

: :: : ?
Answer-Figures 46. ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 163
there is a relationship between the two figure on
the left of the sign (: :). The same relationship
exists between the two term on the right of the 51. : :: : ?
sign (: :) of which one is missing. Find the missing
one from the given alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
47. Problem Figures

(A) (B)
Answer Figures
(C) (D)
48. Problem Figures
52.
Answer Figures
(A) (B)
49. : :: : ?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
53.
50. : :: : ?

(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
PAGE # 164
54. Answer-Figures
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D) 58. Question-Figures
Directions :(55 to 59) In the following questions there is

some relationship between the two figure on the FT KM ?
left of (: :) the same relationship exists between
the two terms on the right, of which one is missing.
Find the missing one from the given alternative. Answer-Figures
(NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2012)
(A) MK (B)
?
Answer-Figures
(C) (D)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
56. Question-Figures ?
? Answer-Figures
Answer-Figures
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D) (C) (D)
PAGE # 165
Directions : (60 to 63) In the following questions there is
some relationship between the two figures on
the left of (: :) the same relationship exists
between the two terms on the right, of which
one is missing. Find the missing one from the
given alternative. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2013) 64.
(A) (B)
Answer - Figures
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

65.
Answer - Figures

(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B)
?
(C) (D)
Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

66. ?

(NTSEStage-I, Karnataka 2014)
(A) (B)
Answer - Figures
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 166
N O N - V E R BA L C LA S S I F I C AT I O N
Classification EXERCISE
In these type of questions, four figures numbered Directions : (1 to 10) Out of the four figures (A), (B), (C) and
(A), (B), (C) and (D) are given. These are treated (D), given in each problem, three are similar in a
certain way. However, one figure is not like the
both problem figures as well as the answer
other three. Choose the figure which is different
figures. Three out of these four figures are related from the rest.
to each other by way of having some common
characteristics and so form a group. Out of these
four, you have to identify one figure which does 1.
not belong to group .
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Ex 1.
(A) (B) (C) (D) 2.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Sol. (C) Both the arrow heads are in the same direction
in figure (C). In all other figures, they are in the
opposite direction, Hence, (C) is the answer 3. S S S
S
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Ex 2.
(A) (B) (C) (D) 4.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Sol. (D) Between the shaded portion and the arrow,
there are two triangles in figure (A), (B), (C) and
(D). 5.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Ex 3.
(A) (B) (C) (D) 6.
Sol. (C) Figures (A) and (D) form a group .The bars
(A) (B) (C) (D)
are interchanged here. Similarly , figure (B) and
(D) .Hence (C) is the odd one out .
7.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8. S = = = S
= S S
(A) (B) (C) (D)
PAGE # 167
17.
9.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
18.
10.
I O K E
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D) Directions : (19 to 23) In the following questions, four
figures are given. Three of them are alike in a
certain way and one is different. Find the odd one
from the alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
four figures are given. One of these figures does
not correlate with the rest of the figures. Find the
different figure.
19. (A) (B)
11.
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
20. (A) (B)

12.
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
13. 21. (A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(C) (D)
14.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

22. (A) (B)
×× ×
15.
××
(C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
16.
CC AA 23. (A) (B)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(C) (D)
PAGE # 168
Directions : (24 to 28) In each question four figures are
given. One of them does not correlate with the
rest. Find the different figure.
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008) 31. (A) (B)
24.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (C) (D)
25.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

32. (A) (B)
26.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(C) (D)
27.
Directions : (33 to 37) In each question four figures are
(A) (B) (C) (D) given. One of them does not correlate with the
rest. Find out the different figure.
28.
33.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
there are figures of which three are similar in a
certain way, and one is different. Find the one that
is different from the rest. 34.
(NTSE Stage-II, 2008) (A) (B) (C) (D)
29. (A) (B) 35.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(C) (D)
36.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
30. (A) (B)

37.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(C) (D)
PAGE # 169
four figure are given. Three of them are alike in a
certain way. Find the one which is different from
other .(NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
43. (A) (B)
38.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(C) (D)
39.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions :(40 to 44) In each of the following question four

figures are given. One of these figures does not fit
44. (A) (B)
with the rest of the figures. Find out that correct
serial number.
(C) (D)
40. (A) (B)

four figures are given. One of these figures does
not fit with the rest of the figures. Find out that
(C) (D) correct serial number.
45.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

41. (A) (B)
46.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(C) (D)
47.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

42. (A) (B)
48.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(C) (D)
PAGE # 170
49. Find the odd one out (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
53.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) A (B) B
(C) C (D) D
54.
Direction : (50 to 54) There are four figures given. One of
these does not correlate with the rest of the fig-
ures. Find out that figure. (A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (55) Find out the odd figure.
50.
55.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (65) In the below question there are four

figures given. One of these does not correlate with
51. the rest of the figures. Find out that odd figure.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
65.
x
52. o
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

PAGE # 171
LOGICAL SEQUENCE OF WORDS
Ex 4. Arrange the following in a logical order :

1. Shoulder 2. Wrist 3. Elbow
In this type of questions, certain inter-related words 4. Palm 5. Finger
are given and numbered, followed by various se- (A) 2, 4, 5, 3, 1 (B) 3, 1, 4, 2, 5
quences of the numbers denoting them; as alter- (C) 3, 4, 5, 2, 1 (D) 5, 4, 2, 3, 1
natives. The candidate is required to arrange these Sol. (D) Clearly, we are given the names of parts of a
words in a logical sequence based on a common hand, which may be arranged
property and then choose the correctly graded se- (i) from top to bottom, i.e., Shoulder, Elbow, Wrist,
quence from the given alternatives. Palm, Finger, which is 1, 3, 2, 4, 5; or
Some common sequences have been discussed (ii) from bottom to top, i.e., Finger, Palm, Wrist,
below : Elbow, Shoulder, which is 5, 4, 2, 3, 1.
Out of these, the sequence 5, 4, 2, 3, 1 is given in
Type-I the alternatives provided.
Sequence of occurrence of events or various

stages in a process :
Ex 1. Arrange the following in a meaningful sequence : Sequence of increasing/decreasing size, value,

1. Consultation 2. Illness 3. Doctor intensity etc. :
4. Treatment 5. Recovery
(A) 2, 3, 1, 4, 5 (B) 2, 3, 4, 1, 5 Ex 5. Arrange the following in a logical sequence
(C) 4, 3, 1, 2, 5 (D) 5, 1, 4, 3, 2 from small to big :
Sol. (A) Clearly, illness occurs fIrst. One then goes to 1. Bungalow 2. Flat 3. Cottage
a doctor and after consultation with him, under- 4. House 5. Palace 6. Mansion
goes treatment to fInally attain recovery. (A) 3, 2, 1, 4, 6, 5 (B) 3, 2, 4, 1, 5, 6
Thus, the correct order is 2, 3, 1, 4, 5. (C) 3, 2, 4, 1, 6, 5 (D) 5, 6, 4, 1,2, 3
Sol. (C) Clearly, the names of various dwelling units,
when arranged in increasing order of their sizes,
1. Birth 2. Death
form the sequence : Cottage, Flat, House, Bunga-
3. Funeral 4. Marriage 5. Education
(A) 1, 3, 4, 5, 2 (B) 1, 5, 4, 2, 3 low, Mansion, Palace.
(C) 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 (D) 4, 5, 3, 1, 2 Thus, the correct order is 3, 2, 4, 1, 6, 5.
Sol. (B) Clearly, the given words when arranged in the
order of various events as they occur in u man's
1. Gold 2. Iron 3. Sand
life, form the sequence : Birth, Education, Marriage,
Death, Funeral. 4. Platinum 5. Diamond
So the correct order becomes 1, 5, 4, 2, 3. (A) 2, 4, 3, 5, 1 (B) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4
(C) 4, 5, 1, 3, 2 (D) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
Sol. (B) Clearly, the given names when arranged in or-
der of increasing values, i.e., from cheapest to the
Sequence of objects in a class or group, from most expensive, form the sequence: Sand, Iron,
part to the whole : Gold, Diamond, Platinum.
Ex 3. Arrange the following in a meaningful order, Thus, the correct answer is 3, 2, 1, 5, 4.
from particular to general:
1. Family 2. Community 3. Member
1. Euphoria 2. Happiness
4. Locality 5. Country
(A) 3, 1, 2, 4, 5 (B) 3, 1, 2, 5, 4 3. Ambivalence 4. Ecstasy 5. Pleasure
(C) 3, 1, 4, 2, 5 (D) 3, 1, 4, 5, 2 (A) 1, 4, 2, 5, 3 (B) 2, 1, 3, 4, 5
Sol. (A) Clearly, a member is a part of a family, which (C) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4 (D) 4, 1, 3, 2, 5
in turn is a part of community. Sol. (C) All the given words stand for 'joy', but the in-
The community lives in a locality which lies within tensity increases in the order - Ambivalence, Hap-
a country. piness, Pleasure, Euphoria, Ecstasy.
Thus, the correct order is 3, 1, 2, 4, 5. Thus, the correct order is 3, 2, 5, 1, 4.
PAGE # 172
6. 1. Police 2. Punishment
3. Crime 4. Justice
Sequence in which a chain of given objects is 5. Judgemnet
formed : (A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (B) 3, 1, 2, 4, 5
(C) 3, 1,4, 5, 2 (D) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
Ex 8. Arrange the following in a meaningful sequence :
1. Phrase 2. Letter
7. 1. Country 2. Furniture
3. Word 4. Sentence
3. Forest 4. Wood
(A) 1, 2, 3, 4 (B) 1, 3, 2, 4
(C) 2, 3, 1, 4 (D) 2, 3, 4, 1 5. Trees
Sol. (C) A group of letters makes a word. A group of (A) 1,3, 5, 4, 2 (B) 1,4,3,2,5
words makes a phrase. A group of phrases makes (C) 2,4,3,1,5 (D) 5,2,3,1,4
a sentence.
Thus, the correct order is 2, 3, 1, 4. 8. 1. Elephant 2. Cat
3. Mosquito 4. Tiger
Ex.9. Arrange the following in a logical order : 5. Whale
1. Frog 2. Eagle 3. Grasshopper (A) 1,3,5,4,2 (B) 2,5,1,4,3
4. Snake5. Grass (C) 3,2,4,1,5 (D) 5,3,1,2,4
(A) 1, 3, 5, 2, 4 (B) 3, 4, 2, 5, 1
(C) 5, 3, 1, 4, 2 (D) 5, 3, 4, 2, 1 9. 1, Key 2. Door
Sol. (C) Clearly, a grasshopper feeds on grass, a frog 3. Lock 4. Room
feeds on a grasshopper, a snake feeds on a frog
5. Switch on
and an eagle feeds on a snake. Thus, a food-chain
(A) 1,2,3,5,4 (B) 1,3,2,4,5
is formed.
(C) 4,2,1,5,3 (D) 5,1,2,4,3
So, the correct order is 5, 3, 1, 4, 2.
10. 1. Book 2. Pulp

EXERCISE 3. Timber 4. Jungle
5. Paper
(A) 2, 5, 1, 4, 3, (B) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4
Directions : (1 to 40) : In each of the following questions, (C) 4, 3, 2, 5, 1 (D) 5, 4, 3, 1, 2
arrange the given words in a meaningful sequence
and then choose the most appropriate sequence
11. 1. College 2. Child
from amongst the alternatives provided below each
3. Salary 4. School
question :
5. Employment
(A) 1,2,4, 3, 5 (B) 2, 4, 1, 5, 3
1. 1. Honey 2. Flower
(C) 4, 1, 3, 5, 2 (D) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4
3. Bee 4. Wax
(A) 1, 3, 4, 2 (B) 2, 1, 4, 3
(C) 2, 3, 1, 4 (D) 4, 3, 2, 1 12. 1. Mother 2. Child
3. Milk 4. Cry
2. 1. Site 2. Plan 5. Smile
3. Rent 4. Money (A) 3,4, 5, 1, 2 (B) 2, 4, 1, 3, 5
5. Building 6. Construction (C) 2, 4, 3, 1, 5 (D) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4
(A) l, 2, 3, 6, 5, 4 (B) 2, 3, 6, 5, 1, 4
(C) 3, 4, 2, 6, 5, 1 (D) 4, 1, 2, 6, 5, 3 13. 1. Leaf 2. Fruit
3. Stem 4. Root
3. 1. Reading 2. Composing 5. Flower
3. Writing 4. Printing (A) 3, 4, 5, 1, 2 (B) 4, 1, 3, 5, 2
(A) 1, 3, 2, 4 (B) 2, 3, 4, 1 (C) 4, 3, 1, 2, 5 (D) 4, 3, 1, 5, 2
(C) 3, 1, 2, 4 (D) 3, 2, 4, 1
14. 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Universe
4. 1. Sentence 2. Chapter 3. Tirupati 4. World
3. Letter 4. Book 5. India
5. Word 6. Paragraph (A),1, 5, 3, 2, 4 (B) 2, 1, 3, 5, 4
(A) 4, 2, 1, 6, 5, 3 (B) 4, 2, 6, 1, 5, 3 (C) 3, 1, 5, 4, 2 (D) 5, 4, 2, 1, 3
(C) 4, 6, 1, 2, 3, 5 (D) 4, 6, 2, 5, 1, 3
15. 1. Travel 2. Destination
5. 1. Cut 2. Put on 3. Payment 4. Berth/Seat number
3. Mark 4. Measure 5. Reservation
5. Tailor 6. Availability of berth/seat for reservation
(A) 1, 3, 2, 4, 5 (B) 2, 4, 3, 1, 5
(A) 1, 2, 5, 4, 3, 6 (B) 2, 6, 3, 5, 4, 1
(C) 3, 1, 5, 4, 2 (D) 4, 3, 1, 5, 2
(C) 5, 3, 4, 1, 6, 2 (D) 6, 2, 5, 4, 3, 1
PAGE # 173
16. 1. Atomic Age 2. Metallic Age 26. 1. Windows 2. Walls
3. Stone Age 4. Alloy Age 3. Floor 4. Foundation
(A) 1, 3, 4, 2 (B) 2, 3, 1, 4 5. Roof 6. Room
(C) 3, 2, 4, 1 (D) 4, 3, 2, 1 (A) 4, 1, 5, 6, 2, 3 (B) 4, 2, 1, 5, 3, 6
(C) 4, 3, 5, 6, 2, 1 (D) 4, 5, 3, 2, 1, 6
17. 1. Post-box 2. Letter
3. Envelope 4. Delivery 27. 1. Puberty 2. Adulthood
5. Clearance 3. Childhood 4. Infancy
5. Sencescence 6. Adolescence
(A) 2, 3, 1, 4, 5 (B) 3, 2, 1, 4, 5
(A) 2, 4, 6, 3, 1, 5 (B) 4, 3, 1, 6, 2, 5
(C) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4 (D) 3, 2, 4, 5, 1
(C) 4, 3, 6, 2, 1, 5 (D) 5, 6, 2, 3, 4, 1
18. 1. Foetus 2. Child
28. 1. District 2. Village
3. Baby 4. Adult
3. State 4. Town 5. City
5. Youth (A) 2, 4, 5, 1, 3 (B) 2, 1, 4, 5,3
(A) 1, 2, 4, 3, 5 (B) 1, 3, 2, 5, 4 (C) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4 (D) 2, 5, 3, 4,1
(C) 2, 3, 5, 4, 1 (D) 5, 4, 2, 3, 1
29. 1. Presentation 2. Recommendation
19. 1. Curd 2. Grass 3. Arrival 4. Discussion
3. Butter 4. Milk 5. Introduction
5. Cow (A) 3, 5, 1, 4, 2 (B) 3, 5, 4, 2, 1
(A) 2, 5, 4, 3,1 (B) 1, 3, 2, 5, 4 (C) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4 (D) 5, 3, 4, 1, 2
(C) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1 (D) 5, 2, 4, 1, 3
30. 1. Cutting 2. Dish
20. 1. Heel 2. Shoulder 3. Vegetable 4. Market
3. Skull 4. Neck 5. Cooking
5. Knee 6. Chest (A) 1, 2, 4, 5,3 (B) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4
7. THigh 8. Stomach (C) 4, 3, 1, 5, 2 (D) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4
9. Face 10. Hand
(A) 2, 4, 7, 10, 1, 5, 8, 9, 6, 3 31. 1. Never 2. Sometines
(B) 3, 4, 7, 9, 2, 5, 8, 10, 6, 1 3. Generally 4. Seldom
(B) 4, 7, 10, 1, 9, 6, 3, 2, 5, 8 5. Always
(A) 5, 2, 1, 3, 4 (B) 5, 2, 4, 3, 1
(D) 3, 9, 4, 2, 10, 6, 8, 7, 5, 1
(C) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4 (D) 5, 3, 2, 4, 1
21. 1. Butterfly 2. Cocoon
3. Egg 4. Worm 32. 1. Table 2. Tree
(A) 1, 3, 4, 2 (B) 1, 4, 3, 2 3. Wood 4. Seed
(C) 2, 4, 1, 3 (D) 3, 4, 2, 1 5. Plant
(A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (B) 1, 3, 2, 4, 5
22. 1. Rainbow 2. Rain (C) 4, 5, 2, 3, 1 (D) 4, 5, 3, 2, 1
3. Sun 4. Happy
5. Child 33. 1. Doctor 2. Fever
3. Prescribe 4. Diagnose
(A) 2, 1, 4, 3, 5 (B) 2, 3, 1, 5, 4
5. Medicine
(C) 4, 2, 3, 5, 1 (D) 4, 5, 1, 2, 3
(A) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5 (B) 2, 1, 3, 4, 5
(C) 2, 1, 4, 3, 5 (D) 2, 4, 3, 5, 1
23. 1. Yarn 2. Plant
3. Saree 4. Cotton
34. 1. Income 2. Status
5. Cloth 3. Education 4. Well -being
(A) 2, 4, 1, 5, 3 (B) 2, 4, 3, 5, 1 5. Job
(C) 2, 4, 5, 1, 3 (D) 2, 4, 5, 3,1 (A) 1, 2, 5, 3, 4 (B) 1, 3, 2, 5, 4
(C) 3, 1, 5, 2, 4 (D) 3, 5, 1, 2, 4
24. 1. Study 2. Job
3. Examination 4. Earn 35. 1. Hecto 2. Centi
5. Apply 3. Deca 4. Kilo
(A) 1, 3, 2, 5, 4 (B) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 5. Deci
(C) 1, 3, 5, 2, 4 (D) 1, 3, 5, 4, 2 (A) 1, 3, 4, 5, 2 (B) 1, 5, 3, 4, 2
(C) 2, 5, 3, 1, 4 (D) 5,2, 1,4,3
25. 1. Rain 2. Monsoon
3. Rescue 4. Flood 36. 1. Index 2. Contents
5. Shelter 6. Relief 3. Title 4. Chapters
(A)1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (B) 1, 2, 4, 5, 3, 6 5.Introduction
(C) 2, 1, 4, 3, 5, 6 (D) 4, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 (A) 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 (B) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4
(C) 3, 2, 5, 4, 1 (D) 5, 1, 4, 2, 3
PAGE # 174
37. 1. Patient 2. Diagnosis 41. Which would be the proper order of the following
3. Bill 4. Doctor (in ascending order) ?
5. Treatment 1. Trillion 2. Thousand
(A) 1, 4, 2, 3, 5 (B) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5 3. Billion 4. Hundred
(C) 1, 4, 2, 5, 3 (D) 4, 1, 2, 3, 5 5. Million
(A) 1,2,4,3,5 (B) 1, 5,3,2,4
38. 1. Milky way 2. Sun (C) 4,2,3,5,1 (D) 4,2,5,3,1
3. Moon 4. Earth
42. Arrange the following items from general to par-
5. Stars
ticular :
(A) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5 (B) 2, 3, 4, 5, 1
1. Animal 2. Feline
(C) 3, 4, 2, 5, 1 (D) 4, 3,2,5,1
3. Leopard 4. Mammal
39. 1. Sea 2. Rivulet 5. Vertebrate 6. Cat
3. Ocean 4. River (A) 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (B) 1, 3, 5, 4, 2, 6
5. Glacier (C) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5, 6 (D) 1, 5, 4, 2, 6, 3
(A) 5, 2, 1, 3, 4 (B) 5, 2, 4, 1, 3
(C) 5, 4, 2, 3, 1 (D) 5,4,3,2,1
40. 1. Probation 2. Interview

3. Selection 4. Appointment
5. Advertisement 6. Application
(A) 5, 6, 2, 3, 4, 1 (B) 5, 6, 3, 2, 4,1
(C) 5, 6, 4, 2, 3, 1 (D) 6, 5, 4,2,3,1

PAGE # 175
SEQUENTIAL OUTPUT TRACING
Ex 4. Which one of the following would be the last step

for the input below ?
In this type of questions, a message comprising Input : 03 31 43 22 11 09
of randomised letters/words or numbers or a (A) Step II (B) Step III
combination of both is given as the input followed
(C) Step IV (D) None of these
by steps of rearrangement to give sequential
outputs. The candidate is required to trace out Ex 5. If the output of Step IV is as given below, what
the pattern in the given rearrangement and then was the input ?
determine the desired output step, according as Step IV : 92 86 71 69 15 19 06 63 58
is asked in the questions.
(A) 15 19 06 63 58 86 92 69 71
Patterns to Look for in the Given Sequence : (B) 15 86 19 92 06 69 63 58 71
1. Arranging the given words in forward/reverse (C) 86 92 69 71 15 19 06 63 58
alphabetical order. (D) Cannot be determined
2. Arranging the given numbers in ascending/
Sol. : (1 to 5) Carefully observing the sample sequence,
descending order.
we observe that in the given arrangement, the
3. Writing a particular set of words in the reverse numbers have been arranged in descending
order, stepwise.
order (from left to right) in a sequence, altering
4. Changing places of words/numbers according the position of only one number in each step,
to a set pattern. followed by the other numbers as it is. The
The above points are the four possible criteria process continues till the whole set of numbers
which you should look for to determine the pattern is arranged in descending order.
in a given rearrangement.
1. Input : 09 25 16 30 32 18 17 06
Directions : (1 to 5) Read the following information and Step I : 32 09 25 16 30 18 17 06
then find out the answers to the questions that
Step II : 32 30 09 25 16 18 17 06
follow.
An electronic device rearranges numbers step- Step III : 32 30 25 09 16 18 17 06
by-step in a particular order according to a set of Hence, the answer is (A).
rules. The device stops when the final result 2. Input : 16 09 25 27 06 05
obtained. In this case the device stops at Step V.
Step I : 27 16 09 25 06 05
Input : 85 16 36 04 19 97 63 09
Step I : 97 85 16 36 04 19 63 09 Step II : 27 25 16 09 06 05
Step II : 97 85 63 16 36 04 19 09 The whole set of numbers gets arranged in Step
Step III : 97 85 63 36 16 04 19 09 II itself. So, Step II is the last step for given input.
Step IV : 97 85 63 36 19 16 04 09 Hence, the answer is (A).
Step V : 97 85 63 36 19 16 09 04
Study the above arrangement carefully and then 3. Input : 25 08 35 11 88 67 23
answer the following questions : Step I : 88 25 08 35 11 67 23
Step II : 88 67 25 08 35 11 23
Ex 1. Which of the following will be step III for the input
Step III : 88 67 35 25 08 11 23
below ?
Input : 09 25 16 30 32 18 17 06 Step IV : 88 67 35 25 23 08 11
(A) 32 30 25 09 16 18 17 06 Step V : 88 67 35 25 23 11 08
(B) 32 30 09 25 16 18 17 06 Hence, the answer is (B).
(C) 32 09 25 16 30 18 17 06
4. Input : 03 31 43 22 11 09
(D) 32 30 09 25 16 19 17 06
Step I : 43 03 31 22 11 09
Ex 2. Which is the last step for the input below ? Step II : 43 31 03 22 11 09
Input : 16 09 25 27 06 05
Step III : 43 31 22 03 11 09
(A) Step II (B) Step III
Step IV : 43 31 22 11 03 09
(C) Step IV (D) None of these
Step V : 43 31 22 11 09 03
Ex 3. What is the output of step V for the input below ?
Clearly, Step V is the last step for the given input.
Input : 25 08 35 11 88 67 23
Hence, the answer is (D).
(A) 08 11 23 25 35 67 88
(B) 88 67 35 25 23 11 08 5. Since the numbers may be rearranged in several
(C) 88 67 35 25 23 08 11 possible ways, so it is not possible to determine
(D) None of these the exact input. Hence, the answer is (D).
PAGE # 176
Directions : (6 to 9) Read the following information and 7. Arranging the words in the input in alphabetical
then find out the answers to the questions that order and labelling them 1 to 6, we have :
follow. for hurry ink the victory yet
A word arrangement machine, when given an 1 2 3 4 5 6
input line of words, rearranges it in every step Clearly, the last step should be : 6, 1, 5, 2, 4, 3 i.e.
following a certain rule. Following is an yet for victory hurry the ink
Input : ink hurry yet for the victory
illustration if an input line of words and various
Step I : yet ink hurry for the victory
steps of rearrangement.
Step II : yet for ink hurry the victory
Input : gone are take enough brought station
Step III : yet for victory ink hurry the
Step I : take gone are enough brought station
Step IV : yet for victory hurry ink the
Step II : take are gone enough brought station
Step V : yet for victory hurry the ink
Step III : take are station gone enough brought Thus, Step V is the last step for the given output.
Step IV : take are station brought gone enough Hence, the answer is (C)
And, Step IV is the last step for this input. Now,
8. Clearly, Step III has two words rearranged in
find out an appropriate step in each of the
comparison to the given step, i.e., ‘examination’
following questions following the above rule.
and ‘town’. Thus, the given step is two steps
Ex 6. Input : car on star quick demand fat behind Step III i.e., Step I.
What will be the third step for this input ? Hence, the answer is (A)
(A) star quick car demand on fat
9. Step IV has four rearranged words - ‘violet’, ’for’,
(B) star car quick demand on fat ‘sour’ and ‘height‘. This means that none of
(C) star car demand quick on fat these words automatically came to its place
(D) None of these during rearrangement, but each of them was
Ex 7. Input : ink hurry yet for the victory replaced at one step. Thus, Step II should contain
only ‘violet’ and ‘for’ in the first and second place,
Which of the following will be the last step of the
and each one of ‘sour’ and ‘height’ must lie at
above input ?
any place after ‘jumping’, so that each of them
(A) Step III (B) Step IV
needs to be rearranged.
(C) Step V (D) Step VI
Hence, the answer is (B)
Ex 8. If Step III of an input is ‘warden examination town
Directions : (10 to 12) Read the following information and
ink garden restore’, what step would be ‘warden then find out the answers to the questions that
ink town garden restore examination’ ? follow.
(A) Step I (B) Step II Given an input, a coding machine generates pass
(C) Step IV (D) Step V codes for six batches everyday as follows :
Input : you should know about type of
Ex 9. If Step IV of an input is ‘violet for sour height
questions
journey medium’, which of the following could
Pass codes :
be Step II of that input ?
Batch I : you questions should of know type
(A) violet for sour height journey medium
about
(B) violet for journey height sour medium
Batch II : about you type questions know
(C) violet journey height for sour medium should of
(D) violet for sour journey height medium Batch III : about of you should type know
Sol. : (6 to 9) Observing the given arrangement, we find questions
the following pattern : And so on till the sixth batch.
The first batch begins work at 10:00 a.m. Each
If we arrange the words in the given input in the
batch works for one hour. There is a rest period
alphabetical order and then label them as 1, 2,
of one hour after the fourth batch’s is over.
3, 4, 5, 6 then the last step contains the words in
Now, answer the following questions :
the order 6, 1, 5, 2, 4, 3. However, the position of
only one word is altered at each step. Ex 10. If the input on a day is ‘eight friends are sitting in
the circle’, then what will be the pass code for the
6. Input : car on star quick demand fat batch at 3:00 P.M.. ?
Step I : star car on quick demand fat (A) the circle in friends are sitting eight
Step II : star car quick on demand fat (B) circle sitting are the in eight friends
Step III : Star car quick demand on fat (C) sitting friends the are circle in eight
Hence, the answer is (B) (D) circle friends sitting eight are in the
PAGE # 177
Ex 11. The pass code for the sixth batch on a day was 11. According to rearrangement draft, we have :
‘mark your answer against appropriate serial Batch VI :
mark you answer against appropriate serial
number’. W hat was the input provided to the
F G E B C D
machine on that day ? number
(A) number against appropriate serial answer A
mark your
Input :
(B) number your against mark appropriate number against appropriate serial answer
answer serial A B C D E
(C) number against serial appropriate answer mark your
mark your F G
(D) your answer number mark serial appropriate Hence the answer is (A).
against 12. According to rearrangement draft, we have :
Batch VI (4 P.M..) :
Ex 12. Aniket was to attend the batch at 4:00 P.M.. on a sentence awarded by high court was executed
day with a pass code ‘sentence awarded by high F G E B C D A
court was executed’. However, he was was sentence executed high by court awarded
compelled to work in the batch at 12 noon on that D F A B E C G
day. What was his pass code then ? Hence, the answer is (D).
(A) awarded sentence executed high by court
was
(B) was executed by awarded court high
EXERCISE
sentence
(C) by high was sentence court awarded Directions : (1 to 4) Study the following information
executed carefully to answer these questions :
(D) None of these A number sorting machine when given an input
Sol. : (10 to 12) Here, the words have been rearranged of numbers, rearranges them in a particular
following two patterns alternately : manner step-by-step as indicated below till all
Pattern 1 : The words of the previous step are the numbers are arranged. Given below is an
arranged in the order - first, last, second, second
illustration of this arrangement.
last, third, third last and so on.
Input : 39 121 48 18 76 112 14 45 63 96
Pattern 2 : The words of the previous step are
Step I : 14 39 121 48 18 76 112 45 63 96
arranged in the order - last, first, second last,
Step II : 14 39 48 18 76 112 45 63 96 121
second, third last, third and so on.
Step III : 14 18 39 48 76 112 45 63 96 121
In such questions, where the terms change place
according to a set pattern/order, we prepare a Step IV : 14 18 39 48 76 45 63 96 112 121
rearrangement draft as shown below : Step V : 14 18 39 45 48 76 63 96 112 121
Input : A B C D E F G Step VI : 14 18 39 45 48 63 76 96 112 121
Pass codes : - And Step VI is the last step for this input.
Batch I : A G B F C E D
(10 a.m. to 11 a.m.) 1. What will be Step III for the following input ?
Input : 68 182 39 93 129 46 21 58
Batch II : D A E G C B F
(11 a.m. to 12 noon) (A) 21 39 68 129 93 46 58 182
(B) 21 39 68 93 129 46 58 182
Batch III : D F A B E C G
(12 noon to 1 P.M..) (C) 21 68 39 93 129 46 58 182
(D) None of these
Batch IV : G D C F E A B
(1 P.M.. to 2 P.M..) 2. Given below is the fifth step of an input. What will
Rest hour be the third step ?
(2 P.M.. to 3 P.M..) Step V : 17 32 43 82 69 93 49 56 99 106
Batch V : G B D A C E F (A) 17 32 82 43 69 93 49 56 99 106
(3 P.M.. to 4 P.M..) (B) 17 32 82 69 43 93 49 56 99 106
Batch VI : F G E B C D A (C) 17 32 82 69 93 43 49 56 99 106
(4 P.M.. to 5 P.M..) (D) Cannot be determined
10. We label the words of the given input as per the
arrangement draft above and then obtain the 3. What will be the last step for the following input ?
desired output for batch V at 3:00 P.M.. Input : 138 63 49 93 89 122 32 71
Input : eight friends are sitting in the circle (A) 32 49 63 71 89 93 122 138
A B C D E F G (B) 32 49 71 63 89 93 122 138
Batch V : G B D A C E F (C) 32 49 63 71 93 89 122 138
circle friends sitting eight are in the (D) None of these
Hence, the answer is (D).
PAGE # 178
4. How many steps will be required for getting the 8. Input : story For around on was He at
final output foe the following input ? Which of the following will be Step IV for the given
Input : 101 85 66 49 73 39 142 25 115 74
input ?
(A) Five (B) Six
(A) around at For He on was story
(C) Seven (D) Eight
(B) around at For He on story was
Directions : (5 to 7) Study the following information to (C) around at For He story on was
answer the questions given below :
(D) around at He For story on was
A number arrangement machine when given an
input of numbers, rearranges them following a 9. Input : every and peer to an for
particular rule in each step. The following is an Which of the following steps would be ‘an and
illustration of input and steps of rearrangement.
every for peer to’ ?
Input : 48 245 182 26 99 542 378 297
(A) II (B) III
Step I : 542 48 245 182 26 99 378 297
Step II : 542 26 48 245 182 99 378 297 (C) IV (D) V
Step III : 542 26 378 48 245 182 99 297 10. Input : Together over series on feast the so
Step IV : 542 26 378 48 297 245 182 99 Which of the following steps will be the last but
Step V : 542 26 378 48 297 99 245 182
one ?
This is the final arrangement and step V is the
(A) II (B) III
last step for this input.
(C) IV (D) V
5. What will be the fourth step for an input whose
11. Input : Over Go For through at one
second step is given below ?
Step II : 765 42 183 289 542 65 110 350 W hich step will be the last step for the above
(A) 765 42 542 65 183 289 110 350 input ?
(B) 765 42 542 350 183 289 65 110 (A) III (B) V
(C) 765 42 542 65 110 183 289 350 (C) VI (D) None of these
(D) Cannot be determined
6. How many steps will be required to get the final carefully to answer the given questions :
output from the following input ? A word and number arrangement machine when
Input : 39 88 162 450 386 72 29 given an input line in words and numbers,
(A) Two (B) Third rearranges them following a particular rule in
(C) Four (D) None of these
each step. The following is an illustration of input
7. If the first step of an input is ‘785 198 32 426 and rearrangement.
373 96 49’, then which of the following step will Input : goal 63 57 home five task 82 17
be ‘785 32 426 49 198 373 96’ ? Step I : 82 goal 63 57 home five task 17
(A) Second (B) Third Step II : 82 five goal 63 57 home task 17
(C) Fourth (D) Fifth Step III : 82 five 63 goal 57 home task 17
Directions : (8 to 11) Study the following information to Step IV : 82 five 63 goal 57 home 17 task
answer the questions given below : And Step IV is the last output.
A word arrangement machine, when given an As per the rules followed in the above steps, find
input line in words, rearranges them following a out in each of the following questions the
particular rule in each step. The following is an appropriate step for the given input.
illustration of input and the steps of
rearrangement. 12. Input : host 15 32 page 43 over mother 92
Input : Go for to Though By easy To Access at Which of the following steps will be the last but
Step I : Access Go for to Though By easy To at one ?
Step II : Access at Go for to Though By easy To (A) IV (B) V
Step III : Access at By Go for to Though easy To (C) VI (D) VII
Step IV : Access at By easy Go for to Though To
13. Step II of an input is : 67 cat 12 25 dog fight
Step V : Access at By easy for Go to Though To
Step VI : Access at By easy for Go Though to To man 42.
Step VII : Access at By easy for Go Though To to Which of the following will be Step V ?
And Step VII is last step for this input. (A) 67 cat 42 dog 25 fight 12 man
As per the rules followed in the above steps, find (B) 67 cat 42 dog 25 12 fight man
out in the given questions the appropriate step (C) 67 cat 42 dog 12 25 fight man
for the given input. (D) 67 cat 42 12 25 dog fight man
PAGE # 179
14. Input : world 23 new 47 major 13 62 desk 19. If the password for 11 a.m. to 12 noon was -
Which of the following will be Step V for the above ‘soap shy miss pen yet the she’, what was the
input ? password for Batch I ?
(A) 62 desk 47 major world 23 new 13 (A) pen miss shy soap she the yet
(B) 62 desk 47 world 23 new major 13 (B) shy miss pen soap yet the she
(C) 62 desk 47 major 23 world new 13 (C) soap pen miss shy she the yet
(D) 62 desk 47 major 23 new world 13 (D) miss shy soap pen she the yet
15. Step III of an input is : 81 boat 73 wheel spike 20. If the password for Batch VI, i.e., 2 P.M.. to 3 P.M.
dancer 32 59 is - ‘are trap cut he but say lap’, what will be the
How many more steps are required to complete password for Batch II, i.e., 10 to 11 a.m. ?
the rearrangement ? (A) trap are he cut lap say but
(A) Two (B) Three (B) he cut trap are lap say but
(C) Four (D) Five (C) cut he are trap but say lap
(D) are he cut trap lap say but
Directions : (16 to 20) Study the following information Directions : (21 to 25) Study the following information
and answer the questions given below it : and answer the questions given below :
The admission ticket for an exhibition bears a Given an input, a coding machine generates pass
password which is changed after every clock hour codes for six batches everyday, as follows :
based on set of words chosen for each day. The Input : see the little squirrels jumping here
following is an illustration of the code and steps and there
of rearrangement for subsequent clock hours. Pass codes :
The time is 9 a.m. to 3 P.M. Batch I : jumping see here the and little there
Batch I (9 a.m. to 10 a.m.): is not ready cloth squirrels
Batch II : the and here little see there jumping
simple harmony burning.
squirrels
Batch II (10 a.m. to 11 a.m.) : ready not is cloth
Batch III : see the there and jumping here
burning harmony simple
squirrels little
Batch III (11 a.m. to 12 noon) : cloth is not ready
Batch IV : and jumping there here the squirrels
simple harmony burning
see little
Batch IV (12 noon to 1 P.M.) : not is cloth ready
and so on.
burning harmony simple The first batch timing is 10:00 a.m. and each
Batch V (1 P.M. to 2 P.M.) : ready cloth is not batch is one hour’s duration. There is rest period
simple harmony burning of one hour after the work for the fourth batch is
and so on. over.
16. If the password for Batch I was - ‘rate go long 21. If the pass code on a day for the second batch is
top we let have’, which batch will have the ‘are of clouds transformed they bhakti the as’,
password - ‘go rate top long have let we’ ? what will be the pass code for the batch at 3:00
(A) II (B) III P.M.. on that day ?
(C) IV (D) V (A) clouds are bhakti as the they of transformed
(B) of the bhakti clouds are as they transformed
17. Day’s first password - “camel road no toy say
(C) the they clouds are as bhakti transformed of
me not”. W hat will be the password for fourth
(D) are of as the they bhakti transformed clouds
batch, i.e., 12 noon to 1 P.M. ?
(A) road camel toy no not me say 22. On a particular day, Mr. X was to begin the work in
(B) no road camel toy not me say the batch at 11:00 a.m. with a pass code ‘he
slowly recedes to his inner apartment intellect’.
(C) toy no road camel not me say
However, he came late on that day and hence
(D) toy camel road no say me not
joined the batch at 12 noon. What was his pass
18. If Batch II has the password - ‘came along net code then ?
or else key lot’, what could be the password for (A) to intellect recedes apartment slowly inner
Batch IV i.e., 12 noon to 1 P.M. ? he his
(A) net or came along else key lot (B) his he inner slowly apartment recedes
(B) came or net along lot key else intellect to
(C) or net along came lot key else (C) to his recedes inner slowly apartment he
(D) along net or came else key lot intellect
(D) None of these
PAGE # 180
23. If the pass code on a day for the batch at 3:00 28. If the pass code for 7 p.m. to 8 p.m. batch is ‘pen
P.M.. was ‘it is only the mind that creates with write pencil nice time day’, what will be the
problems’, what was the pass code for the batch pass code for 11 a.m. to 12 noon ?
at 1:00 P.M. on that day ? (A) day with nice pencil write pen time
(A) mind it the problems creates only is that (B) day nice with pencil write pen time
(B) is the that problems it only mind creates (C) nice day with pencil write pen time
(C) creates mind only it is the that problems (D) None of these
(D) mind it that is the problems only creates 29. If the pass code for 5 p.m. to 6 p.m. is ‘out in
24. On a day, the pass code for the first batch was above over the field end’, what will be the pass
‘nobody can help us in solving our problems’. code for 1 p.m. 2 p.m. ?
Write the input of the day in the reverse order of (A) the field end over out in above
its words ? (B) field end the over out in above
(A) our in help nobody can us solving problems (C) field the end over out above in
(B) can us solving problems nobody help in our (D) the field end over out above in
(C) our in help nobody problems solving us can 30. If the pass code for the batch 4 p.m. to 5 p.m. is
(D) problems solving us can nobody help in our ‘go to office in time every day’, what will be the
25. The pass code for the batch immediately before pass code for 2 p.m. to 3 p.m. batch ?
the rest hour was ‘there is no permanent solution (A) to day go in every office time
for mental problems’. What was the input for the (B) day to go in every office time
pass code on that day ? (C) to go day in every office time
(D) to go in day every office time
(A) mental solution permanent for is problems
there no Direction (Question 31-33) : Given an input, a machine
(B) mental solution problems is for permanent generates pass codes for the six batches each
there no day as follows :
(C) mental problems solution for is permanent there no. Input: these icons were taken out from the sea.
(D) None of these Pass Codes
Directions : (26 to 30) Study the following information to Batch I : from sea the out taken were icons these
answer the questions given below : Batch II : from icons these were taken out the
An exhibition is open for public since 9 a.m. till 3 sea
P.M. and again since 4 P.M. till 10 P.M. In a day, Batch III : from icons out sea the taken were these
there are 12 batches of 1 hour each. the entry Batch IV : from icons out sea these were taken
ticket bears a pass code made up of seven the
words, which changes every hour following a (NTSE Stage-II, 2015)
particular rule. The pass code 4 P.M. to 10 P.M.
31. What will be the pass code for the Batch V on a day, if
are same as those for respective hours during 9
the input is “four of the following five form a group” ?
a.m. to 3 P.M., i.e., the pass code for 4 P.M. to 5
(A) a five following form four group the of
P.M. is same as that of 9 a.m. to 10 a.m. and so
(B) a five following form group the of four
on. Following is an illustration of the code and
(C) a five following form four of the group
steps of rearrangement for subsequent clock
(D) a five following form four group of the
hours.
First batch : 9 a.m. to 10 a.m. (4 p.m. to 5 p.m.)
32. If the pass code for the Batch IV on a day was
Pass code : dig more and you will find water
‘back go here people who settle want to’, what
Second batch: 10 a.m. to 11 a.m. (5 p.m. to 6 p.m.)
was the pass code for the Batch V on that day ?
Pass code : and dig find you water will more
(A) back go here people settle who want to
Third batch : 11 a.m. to 12 noon (6 p.m. to 7 p.m.)
(B) back go here people to want settle who
Pass code : find and will you more water dig (C) back go here people settle to want who
and so on. (D) cannot be determined
26. If the pass code for the second batch is ‘do not
play the near water dirty’, what will be the pass 33. The pass code for the Batch I on a day was 'he
code for 2 p.m. to 3 p.m. batch ? so used to sell the surplus items’.What was the
(A) near dirty not the play do water input on that day ?
(B) dirty near play the not do water (A) items surplus the sell to used so he
(C) dirty near not the play do water (B) he items surplus the sell to used so
(D) near dirty not the play water do (C) so used to sell the surplus items he
27. If the pass code for third batch is ‘at study sleep (D) cannot be determined
and night child good’, which batch will have the
pass code ‘child sleep night and study good at’ ?
(A) Second (B) Fourth
(C) Fifth (D) Sixth
PAGE # 181
ARITHMETICAL REASONING
Ex 1. Ten children take part in a tournament. Each one A + 6 = 2D ...(iii)
has to play every other one. How many games B + D = 50 ...(iv)
must they play ? Putting C = A – 5 from (ii) into (i), we have :
(A) 10 (B) 15 B + 8 = A – 5 or A – B = 13 ...(v)
(C) 30 (D) 45 Putting D = 50 – B from (iv) into (iii), we have :
Sol. Clearly, we will consider the following matches : A + 6 = 100 – 2B or A + 2B = 94 ...(vi)
(i) matches of first player with other 9 players ; Solving (v) and (vi), we get : B = 27 and A = 40.
(ii) matches of second player with 8 players other  A has 40 cards. Hence, the answer is (A).
than the first player ; Ex 4. At a farm, there are hens, cows and bullocks,
(iii) matches of third player with 7 players other and the keepers to look after them. There are 69
than the first and second players. heads less than legs; the number of cows is
And so on, twice the number of bullocks; the number of
So, number of matches played during the cows and hens is the same and there is one
tournament = 9 + 8 + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 keeper per ten birds, hens and cattle. The total
= 45. number of hens plus cows and bullocks, and
Hence, the answer is (D). their keepers does not exceed 50. How many
Ex 2. There are some benches in a classroom. If 4 cows are there ?
students sit on each bench, then 3 benches are (A) 16 (B) 14
(C) 12 (D) 10
left unoccupied. However, if 3 students sit on
Sol. Let H, C, B and K represent the number of hens,
each bench, 3 students are left standing. How cows, bullocks and keepers respectively.
many students are there in the class ? There, as given, we have :
(A) 36 (B) 48 H + C+ B+ K < 50 ...(i)
(C) 56 (D) 64 C = 2B ...(ii)
Sol. Let there be X students in the class. C=H ...(iii)
When 4 students sit on each bench, number of HCB
K ...(iv)
X  10
benches =   3  . From (ii), (iii) and (iv), we have :
4 
10K = H + C + B  10K = 2C + B = 2  2B + B
When 3 students sit on each bench, number of  10K = 5B  B = 2K.
Thus, B = 2K, C = 2B = 4K, H = C = 4K.
 X 3 Total number of heads = H + C + B + K.
benches =  .
Total number of legs = 2H + 4C + 4B + 2K.
 3 
 (2H + 4C + 4B + 2K) – (H + C + B + K) = 69
X   X 3  H + 3C + 3B + K = 69
  4  3  =  3   3 x + 36 = 4 x – 12  4K + 12K + 6K + K = 69
   
 23K = 69  K = 3.
 x = 48.
Hence, number of cows = C = 4K
Hence, number of students in the class = 48. = (4  3) = 12.
So, the answer is (B). So, the answer is (C).
Ex 3. A, B, C and D play a game of cards. A says to B, “If Ex 5. Aruna cut a cake into two halves and cuts one
I give you 8 cards, you will have as many as C half into smaller pieces of equal size. Each of
has and I shall have 3 less than what C has. the small pieces is twenty grams in weight. If
Also, if I take 6 cards from C, I shall have twice as she has seven pieces of the cake in all with her,
how heavy was the original cake ?
many as D has”. If B and D together have 50
(A) 120 grams (B) 140 grams
cards, how many cards has A got ? (C) 240 grams (D) 280 grams
(A) 40 (B) 37 Sol. The seven pieces consist of 6 smaller equal
(C) 27 (D) 23 pieces and one half cake piece.
Weight of each small piece = 20 g.
Sol. Clearly, we have :
B+8=C ...(i) 
So, total weight of the cake = 2  (20  6) g 
A–8=C–3 ...(ii) = 240 g.
Hence, the answer is (C).
PAGE # 182
Ex 6. Consider the diagram given below : From (i) and (v), we have :
a+b+d=5 ...(vi)
English Hindi
30 10 75 From (ii) and (v), we have :
b + c + f = 14 ...(vii)
5
12 12 From (iii) and (v), we have :
d+f+g=5 ...(viii)
50
Mathematic Subtracting (iv) from (vi), we get :
a–f =3 ...(ix)
Five hundred candidate appeared in an exami- Adding (vii) and (viii), we get :
nation comprising of tests in English, Hindi and
b + c + d + 2f +g = 19 ...(x)
Mathematics. The diagram gives the number of
candidate who failed in different tests. W hat is Adding (ix) and (x), we get :
the percentage of candidates who failed in at a + b + c + d + f + g = 22 or
least two subjects ? a + b + c + d + e + f + g = 23 ( e = 1)
(A) 0.078 (B) 1.0
 Total number of persons in the group = 23.
(C) 6.8 (C) 7.8
Sol. Clearly, number of candidates who failed in at Hence, the answer is (C).
least two subjects
Ex 8. In a town, 65% people watched the news on tele-
= number of candidates who failed in two or more
subjects. vision, 40% read a newspaper and 25% read a
= (10 + 12 + 12 + 5) = 39. newspaper and watched the news on television
also. What percent of the people neither watched
 39 
  100%  7.8%. the news on television nor read a newspaper ?
 Required percentage =  500 
(A) 5 (B) 10
Ex 7. In a group of persons travelling in a bus, 6 per- (C) 15 (D) 20
sons can speak French, 15 can speak Spanish Sol. Let the total number of people be 100.
and 6 can speak English. In that group, none Let circle X represent people who watched tele-
can speak any other language. If 2 persons in vision and Y represent people who read news-
the group can speak two language and one per- paper.
son can speak all the three language, then how
many persons are there in the group ?
(A) 21 (B) 22
(C) 23 (D) 24
Sol. Let circles X, Y and Z represent persons who
can speak French, Spanish and English respec-
tively.
Then, A + B = 65, B + C = 40, B = 25.

Solving, we get : A = 40, B = 25, C = 15.
 Number of persons who neither watched tele-
vision nor read newspaper
= 100 – (A + B + C)
= 100 – (40 + 25 + 15)
French-speaking persons – = 100 – 80 = 20.
=a+b+d+e=6 ...(i)
So, required percentage = 20%.
Spanish-speaking persons
= b + c + e + f = 15 ...(ii) Ex 9. A shepherd had 17 sheep. All but nine died. How
English-speaking persons many was he left with ?
=d+e+f+g=6 ...(iii) (A) Nil (B) 8
Persons speaking 2 languages (C) 9 (D) 17
=b+d+f=2 ...(iv)
Sol. ‘All but nine died’ means ‘All except nine died’
Persons speaking all 3 language
i.e. 9 sheep remained alive.
=e=1 ...(v)
Hence, the answer is (C).
PAGE # 183
10. The number of eggs in a basket doubles every
EXERCISE minute. The basket is full of eggs in one hour.
When was the basket one-fourth full ? Give your
1. 90 gifts were distributed in a party. Everyone answer in minutes counting from start.
presented a gift to another. How many persons (A) 59 (B) 58
were there in the party ? (C) 30 (D) 15
(A) 9 (B) 10
11. An enterprising businessman earns an income
(C) 81 (D) 89
of Rs. 1 on the first day of his business. On every
2. At the end of a business conference the ten subsequent day, he earns an income which is
people present all shake hands with each other just double of that made on the previous day. On
once. How many handshakes will there be
the 10th day of business, his income is –
altogether ?
(A) Rs. 29 (B) Rs. 210
(A) 10 (B) 45
(C) Rs. 10 (D) Rs. 102
(C) 55 (D) 90
12. A tailor had a number of shirt pieces to cut from a
3. What is the product of all the numbers in the dial
roll of fabric. He cut each roll of equal length into
of a telephone ?
(A) 1,58,480 (B) 1,59,450 10 pieces. He cut at the rate of 45 cuts a minute.
(C) 1,59,480 (D) None of these How many rolls would be cut in 24 minutes ?
(A) 32 rolls (B) 54 rolls
4. A bird shooter was asked how many birds he (C) 108 rolls (D) 120 rolls
had in the bag. He replied that there were all
sparrows but six, all pigeons but six and all ducks 13. A girl counted in the following way on the fingers
but six. How many birds he had in the bag in all ? of her left hand : She started by calling the thumb
(A) 9 (B) 18 1, the index finger 2, middle finger 3, ring finger
(C) 27 (D) 36 4, little finger 5 and then reversed direction calling
the ring finger 6, middle finger 7 and so on. She
5. A group of 1200 persons consisting of captains
and soldiers is travelling in a train. For every 15 counted up to 1994. She ended counting on
soldiers there is one captain. The number of which finger ?
captains in the group is – (A) Thumb (B) Index finger
(A) 85 (B) 80 (C) Middle finger (D) Ring finger
(C) 75 (D) 70 14. A monkey climbs 30 feets at the beginning of
6. A man wears socks of two colours – black and each hour and rests for while when he slips back
brown. He has altogether 20 blacks socks and 20 feet before he again starts climbing in the
20 brown socks in a drawer. Supposing he has beginning of the next hour. If he begins his ascent
to take out the socks in the dark, how many must at 8:00 a.m., at what time will he first touch a flag
he take out to be sure that he has a matching at 120 feet from the ground ?
pair ? (A) 4 P.M.. (B) 5 P.M..
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 6 P.M.. (D) None of these
(C) 20 (D) 21
15. If a clock takes seven second to strike seven,
7. The total number of digits used in numbering how long will it take to strike ten ?
the pages of a book having 366 pages is – (A) 7 seconds (B) 9 seconds
(A) 732 (B) 990
(C) 10 seconds (D) None of these
(C) 1098 (D) 1305
16. If 100 cats kill 100 mice in 100 days, then 4 cats
8. A printer numbers the pages of a book starting
would kill 4 mice in how many days ?
with 1 and uses 3189 digits in all. How many
(A) 1 day (B) 4 days
pages does the book have ?
(C) 40 days (D) 100 days
(A) 1000 (B) 1074
(C) 1075 (D) 1080 17. On Children’s Day, sweets were to be equally
9. A motorist knows four different routes from Kota distributed among 175 children in a school.
to Jaipur. From Jaipur to Delhi he knows three Actually on the Children’s Day, 35 children were
different routes and Delhi to Ranchi he knows absent and therefore each child got 4 sweets
two different routes. How many routes does he extra. Total how many sweets were available for
know from Kota to Ranchi ? distribution ?
(A) 4 (B) 8 (A) 2400 (B) 2480
(C) 12 (D) 24 (C) 2680 (D) 2800
PAGE # 184
18. Mr. X, a mathematician, defines a number as 24. Out of a total of 120 musicians in a club, 5% can
‘connected with 6’ if it divisible by 6 or if the sum play all the three instruments – guitar, violin and
of its digits is 6, or if 6 is one of the digits of the flute. It so happens that the number of musicians
number. Other numbers are all ‘not connected who can play any two and only two of the above
with 6’. As per this definition, the number of instruments is 30. The number of musicians who
integers from 1 to 60 (both inclusive) which are can play the guitar alone is 40. What is the total
not connected with 6 is – number of those who can play violin alone or
flute alone ?
(A) 18 (B) 22
(A) 30 (B) 38
(C) 42 (D) 43
(C) 44 (D) 45
19. An egg vendor calls on his first customer and Directions : (25 to 27) The diagram given below shows
sells half his eggs and half an egg. To the second the number of students who got distinction in
customer, he sells half of what he has left with three subjects out of 500 students. Study the
and half an egg, and to the third customer, he diagram carefully and answer the questions that
sells half of what he was then left with and half follow :
an egg. However, he did not break any egg. If in
the end, the vendor was left with three eggs did
he have initially ?
(A) 26 (B) 31
20. At a dinner party every two guests used a bowl of
rice between them, every three guests used a
bowl of dal between them and every four used a
25. W hat is the percentage of students who got
bowl of meat between them. There were
distinction in two subjects ?
altogether 65 dishes. How many guests were
(A) 8% (B) 9%
present at the party ? (C) 10% (C) 12%
(A) 60 (B) 65
(C) 90 (D) 100 26. W hat is the percentage of students who got
distinction ?
21. There are 50 students admitted to a nursery (A) 28% (B) 35%
class. Some students can speak only English (C) 38% (D) 40%
and some can speak only Hindi. Ten students
27. The percentage of students distinction marks in
can speak both English and Hindi. If the number
Mathematics is
of students who can speak English is 21, then (A) 17.8% (B) 18.6%
how many students can speak Hindi, how many (C) 19.2% (D) 20.6%
can speak only Hindi and how many can speak
only English ? Directions : (28 to 30) Study the following information given
(A) 39, 29 and 11 respectively below and answer the questions that follow :
A publishing firm publishes newspapers A, B and
(B) 37, 27 and 11 respectively
C. In an effort to persuade advertisers to insert
(C) 28, 18 and 11 respectively
advertisements in these newspapers, the firm
(D) 21, 11 and 29 respectively
sends out the following statement to possible
22. In a group of 15 people, 7 read French, 8 read advertisers :
English while 3 of them read none of these two. A survey of representative sample of the whole
How many of them read French and English population shows that –
both ? Newspaper A is read by 26%
(A) 0 (B) 3 Newspaper B is read by 25%
(C) 4 (D) 5 Newspaper C is read by 14%
Newspaper A and B is read by 11%
23. Consider the Venn diagram given below : Newspaper B and C is read by 10%
Newspaper C and A is read by 9%
Newspaper C only is read by 0%.
28. The percentage of readers who read all the three
newspapers is –
(A) 1 (B) 4
(C) 5 (D) 6
29. The percentage of readers who read A and B but
not C, is –
The number in the Venn diagram indicates the
(A) 2 (B) 4
number of persons reading the newspaper. The
(C) 5 (D) 6
diagram is drawn after surveying 50 persons. In
a population of 10,000, how many can be 30. The percentage of readers who read at least one
expected to read at least two newspapers ? of the three newspapers is –
(A) 5000 (B) 5400 (A) 40 (B) 50
(C) 60 (D) 65
(C) 6000 (D) 6250
PAGE # 185
31. Two candles are of different lengths and thick- 35. A work can be completed by 40 workers in 40
nesses. The short and the long ones can burn days. If 5 workers leave every 10 days, in how
respectively for 5 hour and 3.5 hour. After burning many days work will be completed ?
for 2 hour, the lengths of the candles become (NTSE Stage II / 2015)
equal in length. What fraction of the long candle’s (A) 55, 66 (B) 56, 44
height was the short candle initially ? (C) 56, 66 (D) 58, 66
(NTSE Stage II / 2014)
36. A boat starts with the speed of 1km per hour.
2 5 After every 1km. the speed of boat becomes
(A) (B)
7 7 twice. How much will be the average speed of
3 4 the boat at the end of journey of 2.5 km ?
(C) (D) (NTSE Stage II / 2015)
5 5
2.5 2. 5
32. Mother was asked how many gifts she had in the (A) (B)
1.5125 1.75
bag. She replied that there were all dolls but six,
all cars but six, and all books but six. How many 2.5 2. 5
(C) (D)
gifts had she in all ? (NTSE Stage II / 2014) 1.625 1.50
(A) 9 (B) 18
37. The sum of the incomes of A and B is more
(C) 27 (D) 36
than that of C and D taken together. The sum
33. In a school 120 boys have registered for a singles of incomes of A and C is the same as that of B
carrom tournament. Each match eliminates one and D taken together. Moreover, A earns half
player. How many matches are to be organized as much as the sum of the incomes of B and
to determine the champion? D. Whose income is highest ?
(NTSE Stage II / 2014) (NTSE Stage II / 2015)
(A) 60 (B) 61 (A) A (B) B
(C) C (D) D
(C) 119 (D) 120
38. A tank is filled by three pipes with each pipe
34. Twenty four teams are divided into 4 group of six
having uniform flow. The first two pipes operat-
teams each. W ithin each group the teams play
ing simultaneously fill the tank in the same
each other exactly once. The winners of each
time during in which the tank is filled by the
group then play in the semifinals. Winners of the third pipe alone. The second pipe fills the tank
semifinals play in the finals and losers for the 3rd 5 hours faster than the first pipe and 4 hours
place. How many matches are played? slower than the third pipe. The time required
(NTSE Stage II / 2014) by the first pipe ot fill the tank is :
(A) 60 (B) 63 (NTSE Stage II / 2015)
(C) 64 (D) 66 (A) 6 hours (B) 10 hours
(C) 15 hours (D) 30 hours

PAGE # 186
LOGICAL DEDUCTION
below is given a statement followed by
The phenomenon of deriving a logically certain
assumptions numbered I and II. Consider the
aspect from a single statement or a set of given statement and decide which of the given
statements, is known as Logical deduction.Here, assumption is implicit.
each question consists one or more statements, Give your answer as
on the basis of that a dudection has to be made. (A) if only assumption I is implicit
There are several parts of logical deduction, here (B) if only assumption II is implicit
(C) if neither I nor II is implicit
we are taking four types of logical deduction in
(D) if both I and II are implicit
which variety of statements or combination of
statements are given and we have to deduct a Ex.1 Statement :
Patient’s condition would improve after this
logical thing from them.
operation.
1. Statement and Assumptions Assumptions :
I. The patient can be operated upon in this
2. Statement and Conclusions
condition.
3. Statement and Course of action II. The patient can’t be operated upon in this
condition.
4. Statement and Argument Sol. It is very much implied in the statement that the
patient is in a position to be operated upon.
STATEMENT AND ASSUMPTIONS Therefore, assumption I is implicit. Hence option
(A) is the correct answer
In these questions, a statement is followed by Ex.2 Statement : The best evidence of India’s glorious
two or more assumptions. The candidate is past is the growing popularity of Ayurvedic
required to assess the given statement and medicines in West.
decide which of the given assumptions is implicit Assumptions :
I. Ayurvedic medicines are not popular in India.
in the statement. To understand the pattern of
II. Allopathic medicines are more popular in
these questions, it is very essential to know what
India.
the terms statement and assumption stand for. Sol. The statement given in the question states only
Whenever we communicate with others, we make about the place which Ayurevedic medicine had
several statements. Therefore, statement is a occupied in the past on account of its increasing
part of our speech or what we speak to others. Popularity in W est and this signifies neither non-
popularity of Ayurvedic medicines in India nor
In the process of communication, most of the ideas speaks of Popularity of Allopathic medicines.
remain unuttered. As a result, these ideas may Hence, none of the assumptions in implicit in the
not find expression in the statement. However, statement, Hence, (C) is the correct answer.
these unuttered message is very much implied in Ex.3 Statement : Most of the classical dance theme
the statement. Implied message in a statement are based on stories of Gods and awatars.
is known as an assumption. Therefore, an Assumptions :
assumption is something that can be supposed I. Classical arts maintain their heritage by
sticking to traditions.
or assumed on the basis of a given statement.
II. New themes are not interesting.
Here we are giving below few examples with Sol. Stories of Gods and awatars carry the reflection of
our tradition, Therefore, the statement implies that
explanations to make the students acquainted with
the classical art endeavours to maintain their
the pattern of these questions and the method to
heritage by sticking to traditions. Hence,
tackle them. assumption I is clearly implicit. But it is not given
anywhere in the statement that new themes are
(Directions for Q. No. 1 to 4) : In each of the questions
not interesting. Therefore, assumption It is not
implicit. Hence, (A) is the correct answer.
PAGE # 187
Ex.4 Statement : “If you want to give any advertisement, Sol. It may be concluded from the statement that since
give it in newspaper ‘X’ — A tells B. parents want a perfect development of their
Assumptions : children through good schooling, therefore, they
are prepared to pay any price for a good education.
I. B wants to publicise his products.
But the statement does not give sense of the
II. Newspaper ‘X’ has a wide circulation.
parents being very well off Hence, only conclusion II
Sol. The word ‘if’ in the statement denotes that B may
follows. Therefore, the correct answer is (B)
or may not be willing to publicise his products.
Ex.2 Statement : The Constitutional amendment
Statement further suggests that advertisement
carried out just last month prohibits the
should be given in newspaper ‘X’. This means
employment of child
that ‘X’ will help advertise better. In other words,
labour in any organisation.
newspaper ‘X’ has a wide circulation. So, only Conclusions :
assumption II is implicit. Hence, (B) is the correct I. The employees must now abide by this
answer. amendment to the constitution.
II. Children below 14 years of age will now be
STATEMENT AND CONCLUSIONS engaged in acquiring education.
Sol. It is clearly deduced from the statement that
This chapter is a mere extension of the previous consequent upon the amendment prohibiting the
chapter — Statement and Assumptions. Here, child labour, the employer must abide by the
students are required to approach the questions amendment. But it is not mentioned that the
for solution from a different angle. This approach amendment gives any provision for acquiring
basically emphasises the need for being more education. Hence, only conclusion I follows.
Therefore, the correct answer is (A).
systematic and logical in drawing inferences.
Ex.3 Statement : Any young man, who makes dowry as
Unlike the previous chapter, here statement is
a condition for marriage, discredits himself and
followed by conclusions instead of assumptions.
dishonours womanhood.
The questions of this type are designed to test the
Conclusions :
candidate’s ability to interpret a statement, I. Those who take dowry in marriage should be
Therefore, consequent effect of a statement has condemned by society.
to be analysed before reaching the correct II. Those who don’t take dowry in marriage,
conclusion. Conclusion is direct meaning of the respect womanhood.
given statement. Sol. Clearly, the statement declares dowry as an evil
practice and reflects its demerits. Thus, conclusion
In view of the differences between two chapters, I follows. Also, it is given that those who take dowry,
the candidates are therefore, required to go dishonour womanhood. This implies that those
through the examples given here and read the who don’t take dowry respect womenhood. So,
explanations following each question. It will enable conclusion II follows. Hence, the correct answer
them to understand the logical approach required is (D).
to draw valid conclusions. STATEMENT AND COURSE OF ACTION
Directions : (1 to 3) In each of the following questions, a These types of questions are designed to test
statement is followed by two conclusions I and II. candidate’s decision making ability. Course of
Give your answer as : action is a decision which a person makes
invariably in his life following a problems. In these
(A) if only conclusion I follows,
questions a problem is given in the form of a
(B) if only conclusion II follows,
statement and is followed by two or more
(C) if neither I nor II follows, and
decisions in the form of courses of action.
(D) if both I and II follow. To solve the questions of this type, the candidates
Ex.1 Statement : Parents are prepared to pay any price are advised to keep in mind following points :
 Correct course of action should either lessen the
for an elite education to their children.
problem or improve the situation created by the
Conclusions :
problem.
I. All parents these days are very well off.  Simple problem must have simple course of action
II. Parents have an obsessive passion for perfect and not a complex one which may create more
development of their children through good problem than to solve or reduce it. Course of action
schooling. should be feasible and should relate with the
practical aspect of life.
PAGE # 188
 A clear understanding about the type of question Ex.3 Statement : Youngsters are often found staring at
and method of solution can be developed by way obscene posters.
of solving a variety of questions given in this Courses of Action :
chapter, subsequently. Here are given few I. Children should be punished and penalised
if they are found doing so.
examples with answers and explanations.
II. Any display of such material should be
Directions : (1 to 3) In each of the questions below is given banned.
a statement followed by two courses of action Sol. Punishment to the children is not a judicious step
in the direction of dealing such problem. However,
numbered I and II. A course of action is a step or
putting a complete ban can help to solve the
administrative decision to be taken for
problem by way of preventing children to get such
improvement, follow up or further action in regard
exposure. Hence, (B) is the correct answer.
to the problem, policy etc. On the basis of the
information given in the statement you have to
STATEMENT AND ARGUMENT
assume everything in the statement to be true,
then decide which of the two given courses of action In these questions a statement is followed by two
logically follow. arguments. Candidates are required to distinguish
Give your answer as : between the strong and weak arguments.
Generally, both the arguments are contrary to each
(A) if only I follows.
other and refer to the positive and negative results
(B) if only II follows. of the action as mentioned in the statement. A
(C) if neither I nor II follows. strong argument is that which touches the practical
(D) if both I and II follow. and real aspect of the situation as described in
the statement. A weak argument is very simple,
Ex.1 Statement : The officer-in-charge of a company superfluous, ambiguous and long drawn one.
had a hunch that some money was missing from
Following points should be taken into
the safe. consideration while choosing a strong argument.
Courses of Action :
1. A strong arugument should give the realistic
I. He should get in recounted with the help of diagnosis of the situation described in the
the staff and check it with the balance sheet. statement.
II. He should inform the police.
2. A strong argument should give the deep
Sol. Here a hunch about the money being lost does analysis of the topic dealt within the statement.
not provide any ground for the incident having
3. A strong argument should relate with the
actually taken place, and hence action to inform statement and be supported up by facts or
the police will not lessen the problem but is more established notions.
likely to aggravate the situation.
4. A strong argument should not be mere
A prudent step is to recount the money and tally reiteration of the situation given in the statement.
with the books of account. Hence, course of action
Following examples will help the students to have
I is appropriate. Therefore, (A) is the correct answer. an understanding of the logic used to solve these
questions.
Ex.2 Statement : Many cases of cholera were reported
from a nearby village. Directions : (1 to 3) Study the following instructions carefully
Courses of Action : and then answer the questions that follow.
I. The question should be raised in the In making decisions about important questions it
Legislative Assembly. is desirable to be able to distinguish ‘strong’ and
II. A team of doctors should be rushed to the ‘weak’ arguments so far as they relate to the
questions. ‘Weak’ arguments may not be directly
village.
related to the question and may be of minor
Sol. Discussion of the problem in the Legislative importance or may be related to the trivial aspect
Assembly is feasible but does not provide any of the question. Each question below is followed
immediate relief to the victims. Hence, I is not the by two arguments numbered I and II, You have to
right course of action to be chosen for the problem. decide which of the arguments is a ‘strong’
argument and which is a ‘weak’ argument.
However, immediate medical aid will definitely
Give your answer as :
mitigate the problem to a large extent. Hence, (A) if only argument I is strong
course of action II is the remedial step. Therefore, (B) if only argument II is strong
(B) is the correct answer. (C) if neither I nor II is strong
(D) if both I and II are strong
PAGE # 189
Ex.1 Statement : Should school education be made Each of the following question contains a small
free in India ? paragraph followed by four statements.Find the
Arguments : statement which follows the paragraph most
I. Yes, this is the only way to improve the level of logically.
literacy. Ex.1 Though the waste of time or the expenditure on
II. No, it will add to the already heavy burden on fashions is very large, yet fashion have come to
the exchequer. stay. They will not go, come what may. However,
Sol. Argument I is not strong because word ‘only’ makes what is now required is that strong efforts should
be made to displace the excessive craze for
the argument weak as it is not the only real and
fashion from the minds of these youngsters.
practical solution to improve the level of literacy.
(A)Fashion is the need of the day.
Argument II is strong as it describes the practical (B) The excessive craze for fashion is detrimental
problem which may arise out of the decision of to one’s personality.
making education free in India. Hence, (B) is the (C) The hoard for fashion should be done away
correct answer. with so as not to let down the constructive
development.
Ex.2 Statement : Should there be complete ban on (D) W ork and other activities should be valued
manufacture of fire crackers in India ? more than the outward appearance.

Sol. Constructive development like good thoughts,
Arguments :
behavior, values comes from mind which decides
I. No, this will render thousands of workers
our personality. Craze for fashion distract our mind
jobless. from goals and other incentives. So option (C)
II. Yes, the fire cracker manufacturers use child logically follows.
labour to a large extent.
Ex.2 The future of women in india is quite bright and let
Sol. Both the arguments refer to the practical
us hope that they will justify their abilities by rising
consequences of the action mentioned in the to the occasion. Napoleon was right when he
statement and hence, are strong. Thus, (D) is the declared that by educating the women we can
correct answer. educate the whole nation. Because a country can
never rise without the contribution of 50% of their
Ex.3 Statement : Should luxury hotels be banned in population.
India ? (A) India is striving hard for the emancipation of
women.
Arguments :
(B) All women should be well educated.
I. Yes, these are places from where international
(C) A nation can progress only when women are
criminals operate. given equal rights and opportunities as men.
II. No, affluent foreign touists will have no place (D) Women ought to be imparted full freedom to
to stay. prove their worth and contribute to the progress of
Sol. The luxury hotels are symbols of country’s the nation.
development and a place for staying the affluent

Sol. The paragraph indicated that equal rights are
foreign tourists. So, argument II is a strong one.
given to women along with men, so option (D)
Argument I is a weak argument because ban on
follows logically.
luxury hotels is not a way to end the international
criminals. (B)
Note : Some times we have to face a paragraph and

by that paragraph we have to find out the
statement among the given alternatives which
follows most logically. This type of questions
are called THEME DETECTION.
PAGE # 190
7. Statement : The income tax rules need to be
EXERCISE amended so that there is more incentive for the
people to declare their actual wealth.
Directions : (1 to 7) In each of the questions below is given Assumptions :
a statement followed by two assumptions I. The income tax rules are not proper.
numbered I and II. An assumption is something II. Some people do not declare their actual wealth.
supposed or taken for granted. You have to
Directions : (8 to 10) In each of the questions below is
consider the statement and the following
given a statement followed by three assumptions
assumptions and decide which of the assumptions
numbered I, II and III. An assumption is something
is implicit in the statement.
supposed or taken for granted. You have to
Give your answer as
consider the statement and the following
(A) if only assumption I is implicit
assumptions and decide which of the assumptions
(B) if only assumption II is implicit
is implicit in the statement, then decide which of
(C) if neither I nor II is implicit the answers (A), (B), (C), and (D) is a correct
(D) if both I and II are implicit answer and indicate it on your answer sheet.
1. Statement : It is desirable to put the child in the 8. Statement : Ashok decided to leave office at 4.00
school at the age of 5 years or so. pm to catch a flight to Bangalore departing at 6.00
Assumptions : pm
I. At that age the child reaches appropriate level of Assumptions :
development and is ready to learn. I. The flight to Bangalore may be delayed.
II. The schools do not admit children after six years II. He may be able to reach airport well before
of age. 6.00 pm
III. He may get adequate time to reach for a vehicle
2. Statement : If it does not rain throughout this to go to the airport.
month, most farmers would be in trouble this year. (A) All are implicit
Assumptions : (B) Only II and III are implicit
I. Timely rain is essential for farming. (C) None is implicit
II. Most of the farmers are generally dependent on (D) Only II is implicit
rains.
9. Statement : Ramesh decided to get the railway
3. Statement : A advises B — “If you want to study reservation in February for the journey he wants to
English, join institute ‘Y’. make in May to Chennai.
Assumptions : Assumptions :
I. ‘B’ listens to A’s advice. I. The railway issues reservations three months
II. Institute ‘Y’ provides good coaching for English. in advance.
II. There are more than one train to Chennai
4. Statement : Everybody loves reading adventure III. There will be vacancy in the desired class.
stories. (A) Only II and III are implicit
Assumptions : (B) Only I is implicit
I. Adventure stories are the only reading material. (C) All are implicit
II. Nobody loves reading any other material. (D) Only I and III are implicit
5. Statement : “The function will start at 3 pm.” You 10. Statement : The school authority decided to open
are requested to take your seats before 3 pm a Summer school this year in the school
Assumptions : compound for the students in the age group of 7-
I. If an invitee is not in his seat before 3 pm, the 14 years.
function will not start. Assumptions :
II. Function will start as scheduled. I. All the students will attend the Summer school.
II. All the parents will prefer to remain in city than
6. Statement : A warning in a train compartment — going out of town for enabling their children to
“To stop train pull chain. Penalty for improper use attend the Summer school.
Rs 500.” III. Those who can’t afford to go out of the station,
Assumptions : will send their children to Summer school.
I. Some people misuse the chain. (A) Only II is implicit
II. On certain occasions, people may want to stop (B) Only II and III are implicit
a running train. (C) None is implicit
(D) Only III is implicit
PAGE # 191
Directions : (11 to 12) In each of the questions given below, 15. Statement : In diabetes, there is an excess of
one or more statement (s) is/are followed by sugar in the body. Our body needs sugar for energy.
inferential conclusions. The conclusion, which can The quantity of sugar in excess of body’s
be derived without supposing anything else, i.e., requirement is excreted through urine.
without adding anything extra to the statement (s), Conclusions :
is your answer. I. The excessive consumption of sugar is likely to
11. Statement : State Government imposes a monthly lead to diabetes.
tax on the salary of all the employees. The tax II. Consumption of sugar should be avoided.
amount varies according to the income slab. The
Central Government also imposes tax on the 16. Statement : Any students, who does not behave
same income, which is known as the income tax. properly while in the school, brings bad name to
This is against the theory of taxation. himself and also to the school.
Conclusions : Conclusions :
(A) A regular collection, irrespective of the I. Such students should be removed from the
income slab, by the Central Government is the school.
income tax. II. Strict discipline does not improve behaviour of
(B) The Central Government should not collect any the students.
tax on income.
(C) Income tax should not vary according to the 17. Statement : Until our country achieves Economic
income slabs. equality and Political freedom, Democracy would
(D) Tax should be imposed only once on an be meaningless.
individual. Conclusions :
I. Political freedom and Democracy go hand in
12. Statement : A forest has as many Sandal trees as
hand.
it has Ashoka trees. Three-fourths of the trees are
II. Economic equality leads to real Political freedom
old and half of the trees are at the flowering stage.
and Democracy.
Conclusions :
(A) All Ashoka trees are at the flowering stage.
18. Statement : In the Art Gallery, paintings of a artist
(B) All sandal trees are at the flowering stage.
are displayed for the public. The prices of the
(C) At least one-half of the Ashoka trees are old.
paintings are too high for a common man.
(D) One half of the Sandal trees are at the flowering
Conclusions :
stage.
I. Common man purchases paintings from other
Directions : (13 to 20) In each of the questions below a places.
statement is given followed by two conclusions II. Costly paintings are generally displayed at the
numbered I and II. You have to take the statement art gallery.
to be true. Read both the conclusions and decide
which of the two or both follow from the given 19. Statement : Doctors have comprehensive
statement. knowledge of human structure.
Give your answer as : Conclusions :
(A) If only conclusion I follows. I. Anatomy is one of their subjects in curriculum.
(B) If only conclusion II follows. II. Other subjects also deal with human structure.
(C) If neither I nor II follows.
(D) If both conclusions I and II follow. 20. Statement : Cases of bride-burning for dowry are
not uncommon.
13. Statement : The majority of Indian labourers
belong to unorganised sector and most of them Conclusions :
earn very low. I. Inspite of anti-dowry law, the ill practice still
Conclusions : continues.
I. The labourers belonging to organised sector II. The punishment inflicted on the party concerned
have better benefits and stability. is not hard enough.
II. Some labourers belonging to unorganised
sector have regular and certain income. Directions : (21 to 25) In each of the questions below is
given a statement followed by two courses of action.
14. Statement : Company ‘X’ has a record in making Course of action is a step for administrative
cameras with quality and modernisation to ensure decision to be taken for improvement, follow up or
that you are Iosing not even a single shot despite further action in regard to the problem, policy etc.
bad weather. On the basis of the information given in the
Conclusions :
statement, you have to assume everything in the
I. No other company has any recognition in camera
statement to be true, then decide which of the given
industry.
II. Any common man can take good photographs suggested courses of action is/are logically worth
using camera ‘X’. pursuing.
Give your answer as :
(A) if only I follows
(B) if only II follows
(C) if neither I nor II follows
(D) if both I and II follow
PAGE # 192
21. Statement : About 30% to 40% of children who 26. Statement : If the faculty members also join the
are enrolled, do not attend the school on any given strike, there is going to be a serious problem.
day. Courses of Action :
Courses of Action : I. The faculty members should be persuaded not
I. More schools should be started. to go on strike.
II. Reasons for this absenteeism should be found II. Those faculty members who join the strike
out. should be suspended.
III. The management should not worry about
22. Statement : The experts group on Technical
such small things.
Education has stressed that Computer Education
(A) Only I follows
should be provided to children from primary school
(B) Only I and II follow
itself. It should be implemented in urban and rural
(C) Only II and III follow
schools, simultaneously.
(D) All follow
Courses of Action :
I. Government should issue instructions to all 27. Statement : Every year thousands of eligible
schools for Computer Education. students don’t get admission in colleges, both in
II. At least one teacher of each school should be urban and rural areas, after passing their school
trained in Computer operations for teaching leaving certificate examination.
children. Courses of Action :
I. More colleges should be set up in both urban
23. Statement : Every year, at the beginning or at the and rural areas.
end of the Monsoon, we have some cases of II. The number of schools in both urban and rural
conjuctivitis, but this year, it seems to be a major areas should be reduced.
epidemic, witnessed after nearly four years. III. None school should offer vocational courses
Courses of Action : to equip students for taking up their vocation after
I. Precautionary measures should be taken after completing their school education.
every four years to check the epidemic. (A) Only I follows
II. People should be advised to drink boiled water (B) Only II and III follow
during the Monsoon season. (C) All follow
(D) Only I & III follow
24. Statement : There has been a significant drop in
the water level of all the lakes supplying water to 28. Statement : Large number of students have failed
the city. in the recently held SSC final examination due to
Courses of Action : their performance in the English language paper.
I. The water supply authority should impose a Courses of Action :
partial cut in supply to tackle the situation. I. The Government should immediately issue a
II. The Government should appeal to all the circular to all the schools to appoint competent
residents through mass media for minimal use English language teachers.
of water. II. The Government should immediately instruct
25. Statement : A very large number of students have all the schools to send their English language
failed in the final high school examinations due to teachers for refresher courses to be conducted
wrong questions in one of the subjects. by the Government.
Courses of Action : III. The Government should instruct the
I. All the students who have failed in that subject examining body to lower the difficulty level of the
should be allowed to take supplementary English language Paper in the future examination.
examination. (A) Only I follows (B) Only III follows
II. All those who are responsible for the error should (C) Only II and III follow (D) All follow
be suspended and an enquiry should be initiated
Directions : (29 to 37) In making decisions about important
to find out the facts.
questions, it is desirable to distinguish between a
Directions : (26 to 28) In each of the question below is ‘strong’ argument and a ‘weak’ argument, A ‘strong’
given a statement followed by three courses of argument must be both important and directly
action numbered I, II and III. A course of action is a related to the question. A ‘weak’ argument may
step or administrative decision to be taken for not be directly related to the question and may be
improvement, follow up, or further action in regard of minor importance or may be related to the trivial
to the problem, policy, etc, On the basis of aspect of the question. Each question below is
information given in the statement, you have to followed by two arguments, numbered I and II.
assume everything in the statement to be true. You have to decide which of the arguments is
Then decide which of the three given suggested ‘strong’ and which is ‘weak’.
course (s) of action logically follow(s) worth Give your answer as :
pursuing. Then decide which of the alternatives (A) if only argument I is strong,
(A), (B), (C), or (D) is correct. (B) if only argument II is strong,
(C) if neither I nor II is strong,
(D) if both I and II are strong.
PAGE # 193
29. Statement : Should there be a ban on product 37. Statement : Should age of retirement be brought
advertisements ? down ?
Arguments : I. No, it is an age of advertising. Arguments :
Unless your advertisement is better than that of
I. Yes, such a decision on the part of the
your other competitors, the products will not be
Government would open new job opportunities
sold.
II. Yes, the money spent on advertising is very huge to youngsters.
and it inflates the cost of the product. II. No, people often marry late and their children
don’t get settled early.
30. Statement : Should the Government levy tax on
argricultural income also ? Directions (38 to 39) : In each of the following questions
Arguments : two statements are given followed by two
I. Yes, that is the only way to fill Government’s coffer. conclsion I and II.
II. No, 80% of our Population live in rural areas.
38. Statements: (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
31. Statement : Should public holidays be declared In a sports club all the members are not players
on demise of important national leaders ?
but all of them are rich.
Arguments :
Mr. ‘P’ is a member of the sports club.
I. No, such unscheduled holidays hamper national
progress. Conclusions:
II. Yes, people would like to pay their homage to I. Mr. ‘P’ plays the sport.
the departed soul. II. Mr. ‘P’ is rich.
(A) Only I follows.
32. Statement : Should new universities be
(B) Only II follows
established in India ?
(C) Both I and II follow
Arguments :
I. No, we have not yet achieved the target of literacy. (D) Neither I nor II follows
II. No, we have to face the problems of highly
39. Statements : (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
educated but unemployed youths.
Engineers marry only teachers.
33. Statement : Should small States be formed out of Rashmi is a teacher.
bigger States in India ? Conclusions:
Arguments :
I. Rashmi is married to an Engineer
I. Yes, there will be greater administrative
II. Rashmi is not married to an Engineer
convenience.
II. No, it will be a jeopardize the national integration. (A) Only I follows
(B) Only II follow
34. Statement : Should all the Government owned (C) Both I and II follow
educational institutions be given to private sector ?
(D) Neither I nor II follow
Arguments :
I. Yes, there will be upgradation of educational 40. Vimla used to board the train from Metro Station A
standard in these institutions. for going to her office. Since Station A is a termi-
II. Yes, the educational standard of these nus, she had no problem in getting a seat. Ever
institutions will decrease.
since she shifted to Locality B she finds it difficult
35. Statement : Should the private companies be
to get a seat, as by the time the train reaches Lo-
allowed to operate passenger train services in
India ? cality B it becomes crowded. Find the statement
Arguments : among the alternatives which must be true as per
I. Yes, this will improve the quality of service in the given information. (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
Indian Railways as it will have to face severe (A) Vimla would prefer to take a bus rather than
competition. the metro.
II. No, the private companies may not agree to (B) Vimla’s travel to office has become less com-
operate in the non-profitable sectors.
fortable ever since she has shifted.
36. Statement : Are marriages based on well- (C) Commuters staying in and around Locality B
matched horoscopes more successful than other would demand metro services originating from
marriages ? station near Locality B.
Arguments : (D) Vimla would look for a job close to her home
I. Yes, there is no possibility of rifts or ups and
downs as the horoscopes have already been
studied well.
II. No, such marriages are rather dull.
PAGE # 194
41. Ramesh started going for regular morning walks Directions (45) : In each of the following questions two
for controlling his blood sugar level. He did so for statements are given followed by two conclsion
a month and also started taking Yoga lessons, I and II.
without going for any pathological examination.
He underwent pathological test after two months 45. Statemetns :
(i) Without rains the crops will not be good,
and found that the blood sugar level has come
(ii) The crops were good
down. Presuming that he had not changed his Conclusions :
food habits during these two months, which state- I. There were rains
ment among the alternative given below follows II. Crops were good due to good fertilizers
most logically? (NTSE Stage-II, 2013) (A) Only conculusion I is true
(A) Blood sugar level comes down after doing regu- (B) Only conculusion II is true
lar morning walk. (C) Both conculusion I & II are true
(D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true
(B) Blood sugar level comes down after doing
Yoga. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2015)
(C) Blood sugar level comes down on doing regu-
lar morning walk and Yoga.
(D) Regular morning walk, Yoga or both may bring
down sugar level despite not changing food hab-
its.
Directions (42 to 44) : In each of the following questions a

statement is given followed by two conclusion
I and II. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2014)
42. Statement : Adversity makes a man wise.

Conclusions :
I. The poor are wise
II. Man learns from bitter experience.
(A) Only conclusion I is true
(B) Only conclusion II is true
(C) Both conclusions I and II are true
43. Statement : Fortune favours the brave.

Conclusions :
I. Risk is necessary for success.
II. Cowards die many times before their death.
(C) Both conclusion I and II are true
(D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II are true
44. Statement : Morning walks are good for health.

Conclusions :
I. All healthy people go for morning walks.
II. Evening walks are harmful
(C) Both conclusions I and II are true
PAGE # 195
DATA SUFFICIENCY
Ex. 4 Vinod’s and Javed’s salaries are in the proportion
Data Sufficiency
of 4 : 3 respectively. What is Vinod’s salary ?
I. Javed’s salary is 75% that of Vinod’s salary.
II. Javed’s salary is Rs. 4500.
Directions (1 to 8) : Each of the questions below consists Sol. (B) : Statement I is merely an interpretation of the
of a question and two statements numbered I and information contained in the question.
II given below it. You have to decide whether the However, Vinod’s salary can be ascertained from
data provided in the statements are sufficient to II as follows:
answer the question. Let Vinod’s and Javed’s salaries be 4x and 3x
Read both the statements and give answer respectively.
(A) if the data in statement I alone are sufficient to Then , 3x =4500 or xc =1500.
answer the question, while the data in statement Vinod’s salary = 4x = Rs. 6000.
II alone are not sufficient to answer the question;
(B) if the data in statement II alone are sufficient to Ex. 5 How many New Year’s greeting cards were sold
answer the question, while the data in statement this year in your shop ?
I alone are not sufficient to answer the question; I. Last year 2935 cards were sold.
(C) if the data either in statement I alone or in II. The number of cards sold this year was 1.2
statement II alone are sufficient to answer the times that of last year.
question; and Sol. (D) : From both I and II, we find that the number of
(D) if the data given in both statements I and II cards sold this year = (2935 × 1.2)= 3522.
together are necessary to answer the question.
Ex. 6 How many speeches were delivered in the two
Ex. 1. Rajan and Madan start from a common point and days’ programme ?
walk straight in the opposite directions. What will I. 18 speakers were invited to give at least one
be the distance between them at the expiry of three speech, out of which one-sixth of the speakers
hours? could not come.
I. Rajan and Madan walk at the speeds of 4km/hr II. One -third of the speakers gave two speeches
and 6 km/hr respectively. each.
II. Madan walks one and a half times faster than Sol. (D) : From I, we find that number of speakers who
Rajan.
Sol. (A) : From I, we find that : 1
attended programme = 18 – of 18 = 15.
distance between Rajan and Madan in 3 hours = 6
[(4+6) × 3] km = 30 km. From II, we find that one -third of 15 i.e. 5 speak-
From II, we conclude that if Rajan’s speed is x ers gave 2 speeches each, while each of the re-
maining 10 speakers delivered only one speech.
3  So, total number of speeches delivered = (5 ×
km/hr, then madan’s speed =  x  km/hr. But,
2  2+10 × 1) = 20.
the actual speed of none of them cannot be as-
certained. Ex. 7. What is the monthly salary of Prashant ?
I. Prashant gets 15% more than Sumit while sumit
Ex. 2 It is 8.00 p.m., when can Hemant get next bus for gets 10% less than Lokesh.
Ramnagar from Dhanpur? II. Lokesh’s monthly salary is Rs 2500.
I. Buses for Ramnagar leave after every 30 Sol. (D) : From both I and II, we find that :
minutes, till 10 p.m. Prashant’s salary = 115% of (90% of Rs 2500) =
II. Fifteen minutes ago, one bus has left for Rs 2587. 50.
Ramnagar.
Sol. (D) : II reveals that the previous bus had left at Ex. 8 How many pages of book X did Robert read on
7.45 p.m. As given in I, the next bus would leave Sunday ?
after 30 minutes i.e. at 8.15 p.m. I. The book has 300 pages out of which two-thirds
were read by him before Sunday.
Ex. 3 What will be the total weight of 10 poles, each of II. Robert read the last 40 pages of the book on
the same weight ? the morning of Monday.
I. One -forth of the weight of each pole is 5 kg. Sol. (D) : From I and II, we find that Robert read
II. The total weight of three poles is 20 kilograms  2
more than the total weight of two poles.  300  i.e. 200 pages before Sunday and the
Sol. (C) : From I, we conclude that weight of each pole  3
= (4 × 5) kg = 20 kg. last 40 pages on Monday. This means that he
So, total weight of 10 poles = (20 × 10) kg = 200 read [300–(200+40)] i.e. 60 pages on Sunday.
kg.
PAGE # 196
8. How many doctors are practising in this town?
I. There is one doctor per seven hundred
EXERCISE residents.
II. There are 16 wards with each ward having as
Directions (1 to 10) : Each of the questions below consists many doctors as the number of wards.
2
of a question and two statements numbered I and
II given below it. You have to decide whether the 9. The area of a playground is 1600 square metres.
data provided in the statements are sufficient to What is its perimeter ?
answer the question. I. It is a perfect square playground.
Read both the statements and give answer II. It costs Rs. 3200 to put a fence around the
(A) if the data in statement I alone are sufficient to playground at the rate of Rs. 20 per metre. 2
answer the question, while the data in statement
II alone are not sufficient to answer the question; 10. Rajeev’s monthly salary is Rs. 4000. What is Atul’s
(B) if the data in statement II alone are sufficient to monthly salary?
2
answer the question, while the data in statement I. Atul gets Rs 500 more than the average salary
I alone are not sufficient to answer the question; of his and Rajeev’s.
(C) if the data either in statement I alone or in II. Average of Rajeev’s and Atul’s salary is Rs.
statement II alone are sufficient to answer the 2
4500.
question; and
(D) if the data given in both statements I and II Directions : (11 to 15) In each of the following a question is
together are necessary to answer the question. followed by three statements marked I, II and III.
(E) if the data given in both statements I and II Decide which of the statements are sufficient to
together are not sufficient to answer the question. answer the question. Choose your answer from 3
<
the given alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
1. In what proportion would Raj, Karan and Altaf
distribute profit among them ? 11. How much does A have ?
I. Raj gets two-fifth of the profit. Statements :
II. Raj and Altaf have made 60% of the total I. B has half of what A and C together have,.
investment II. A has half of what C has.
III. A, B and C together have Rs. 360.
2. On which day in April is Gautam’s birthday? (A) Only II and III are sufficient
I. Gautam was born exactly 28 years after his
(B) All of I, II and III are required
mother was born.
(C) Only I and II are sufficient
II. His mother will be 55 years 4 months and 5
days on August 18 this year. (D) Only I and III are sufficient
12. How long would A take to complete the work ?
3. Total money with Naresh and Ajay is 28 percent of Statements :
that with Usman. How much money is Aj ay
I. B is half as efficient as A.
having?
I. Usman has got Rs 75000. II. B and C together complete the work in 8 days
II. The ratio of money of Naresh to money held by III. A and B together complete the work in 4 days
Ajay is 1 : 3. (A) Only III is sufficient
(B) I and II are sufficient
4. Can Ritesh retire from office X in January 2006 , (C) All of I, II and III are necessary
with full pension benefits? (D) Only I and III are sufficient
I. Ritesh will complete 30 years of service in office
X in April 2000 and desires to retire. 13. What is the present age of the son ?
II. As per office X rules, an employee has to Statements :
complete minimum 30 years of service and attain I. Five years ago, father was twice as old as the
age of 60. Ritesh has 3 years to complete age of son.
60. II. Now father is 18 years older than the son.
III. The age of father and mother taken together is
5. When is Manohar’s birthday this year? 30 years more than the son.
I. It is between January 13 and 15, January 13 (A) Only I and III are sufficient
being Wednesday. (B) Only II and III are sufficient
II. It is not on Friday. (C) Only I and II are sufficient
(D) All of I , II and III are not sufficient
6. What is the value of 144 $ 16 7 # 9? 14. How much do 2 apples and 3 oranges cost ?
I. $ means ÷, means × and # means +. Statements :
II. 16 $ 4 2 # 2 = 10. I. 3 apples and 5 oranges cost Rs. 25.
II. 5 apples and 7 oranges cost Rs. 39
7. How many visitors saw the exhibition yesterday? III. 1 apple , 1 orange and 1 guava cost Rs. 8
I. Each entry pass holder can take up to three (A) Only I and II are sufficient
persons with him/her. (B) Only I and III are sufficient
II. In all, 243 passes were sold yesterday. (C) Only II and III are sufficient
(D) All of I, II and III are necessary
PAGE # 197
15. What is the distance between A and D ? 20. Train A leaves town X for town Y and travels at a
Statements : constant speed. At the same time train B leaves
I. B is 8 km East of A and 5 km North of C. town Y for town X and also travels at a constant
II. D is located 5 kms South of E. speed. Town Z is between X and Y. Towns X, Z
III. E is located 4 km East of B and 5 km North of D and Y lie on a straight line. Which train has greater
(A) Only I and II are sufficient
speed ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(B) Only I and III are sufficient
Statements :
(C) Only II and III are sufficient
I. Train B arrives at town Z before train A.
(D) All of I, II and III are required
II. Town Z is closer to X than Y
16. What is Mohan's age ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2010) (A) Statement I alone is sufficient to answer the
Statements : problem.
I. In 15 years Mohan will be twice as old as Ram (B) Statement II alone is sufficient to answer the
would be. problem.
II. Ram was born 5 years ago. (C) Statement I and II both are needed.
(A) Only I is sufficient. (D) Statement I and II both are not sufficient
(B) Only II is sufficient.
(C) Both I and II are required. 21. Who is the father of M ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(D) Both I and II are not sufficient. Statements :
I. P and Q are brothers.
17. Who is a better singer D or F ? II. Q’s wife is the sister of M’s wife
(NTSE Stage-II, 2010) (A) Statement I alone is sufficient to answer the
Statements :
problem
I. F sings better than both G and S.
(B) Statement II alone is sufficient to answer the
II. Neither S nor F singe so well as D.
problem
(A) Only I is sufficient.
(B) Only II is sufficient. (C) Statements I and II both both are needed.
(C) Both I and II are required. (D) Statements I and II both are not sufficient
(D) Both I and II are not sufficient.
22. Question given below has a problem and two
18. Vinod and Pramod are standing together on a statements I & II. Decide if the information given
sunny day. Vinod’s shadow is 10 feet long and in the statement is sufficient for answering the
Pramod’s shadow is 9 feet long. How tall is problem. (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
Pramod ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011) K, R, S and T are four players in Indian Cricket
Statement : team. Who is the oldest among them ?
I Vinod is 6 feet tall I : The total age of K & T together is more than that
II. Vinod is standing 2 feet away from Pramod. of S
(A) Statement I alone is sufficient to answer the II : The total age of R & K together is less than that
problem. of S
(B) Statement I along is sufficient to answer the (A) Data in statement I alone is sufficient
problem. (B) Data in statement II alone is sufficient
(C) Statement I and II both are needed.
(C) Data in both statement together is sufficient
(D) Statement I and II both are not sufficient.
(D) Data in both statement together is not
19. Rohit took a test had 60 questions numbered from sufficient
1 to 60 . How many questions did he answer
correctly in the second half of the test?
Statement : (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
I. The number of questions he answered correctly AN SW ER KEY
in the second half of test was 7 less than the
number he answered correctly in the first half of
the test.
II. He answered 5/6 of the odd numbered
questions correctly and 4/5 of the even numbered
correctly.
(A) Statement I along is sufficient answer the
problem
(B) Statement II along is sufficient to answer the
problem.
(C) Statements I and II both are needed.
(D) Statements I and II both are not sufficient.
PAGE # 198
DATA REDUNDANCY
Data Redundancy Ex.3. What is the average salary of 15 employees ?

I. Average salary of 7 clerical cadre (out of the 15
This section consists of problems in which a employees) is Rs. 8500.
II. Average salary of 5 officer cadre (out of the 15
questions from topics such as Coding-Decoding, employees) is Rs. 10000.
Blood Relations, Puzzle Test, Direction Sense III. Average salary of the 3 sub-staff employees
Test, Ranking and Time Sequence Test, (out of the 15 employees) is Rs. 2500.
(A) None (B) Only I
Arithmetical Reasoning etc. are given, each (C) Only II (D) Only III
question is followed by certain statements Sol. . gives, total salary of 7 clerks = Rs. (8500× 7)
containing facts and clues to solve the question. = Rs. 59500.
. givens , total salary of 5 officers = Rs.(10000 ×
The candidate is required to find out which of the
5) = Rs. 50000
given statement/s is/are not required to answer . gives total salary of 3 sub=staff members
the question and hence can be dispensed with. = Rs. (2500× 3) = Rs. 7500.
Total salary of 15 employees = Rs. (59500 + 50000
Directions : (1 to 5) Each of the following questions consists + 7500) = Rs. 117000.
of information in three statements. Study the  11700 
Average salary = Rs.   = Rs. 7800.
question and the statements and decide which of  15 
All given statements are needed. Hence, none is
the statement/s is/are not required to answer the
redundant.
question and hence can be dispensed with.
Ex.4 What is the ratio of the present ages of Anna and
Ex.1 How many boys are there in the class ? her mother?
I. The total number of students in the class is  The sum of the ages of Anna, her mother and
her father is 62.
200.
 Five years ago, Anna's age was one-fifth of her
II. The ratio of boys to girls in the class is 2 : 3. father's age.
III. The difference in the number of boys and . Two years ago, the sum of the ages of Anna
and her father was 36.
girls is 40.
(A) I or II only (B) II or III only
(A) Only II (C) I or III only (D) All I, II and III are
(B) Only III required.
(C) Either (A) or (B) Sol. (D) . A + M + F = 62.
(D) Anyone of the three statements can be 1

. (A – 5) = (F – 5).
dispensed with 5
Sol. (D) The question can be answered using any set . (A – 2) + (F –2) = 36
From II and III, we may get A and F.
of two statements. Hence, any one of the three
putting these values in I, we get M.
statements can be dispensed with. Thus , all I, II and III are required to get the answer.
Ex.2 In the adjoining figure find ABC. Ex. 5 What is the marked price of the suitcase ?
I. ACD = 120° A . When a discount of 15% is offered, the profit
II. BAC =40° earned is 10.5%.
III. AB = AC . The cost price of the suitcase is Rs. 1500.
. The marked price is 30% above the cost price.
(A) Only I
(B) Only II B C D (A)  only
(C) Only III (B) Either  or 
(D) Anyone of the three statements can be (C) Any on of the three
dispensed with (D) All ,  and  are required
Sol. (B) I. Let C.P. be Rs. x. Then, M.P. =130% of x Rs.
Sol. (D) The question can be answered using any set
of two statements. Hence, any one of the three 13 x
statements can be dispensed with. 10
PAGE # 199
5. What will be the percentage share of Y in the profit
EXERCISE earned by X, Y and Z together?
. X, Y and Z invested a total amount of Rs. 25,000
Directions : (1 to 14) Each of the following questions for a period of two years.
. The profit earned at the end of 2 years is 30%.
consists of information in three statements. Study
. The amount invested by Y is equal to the
the question and the statements and decide amount invested by X, Z and Z together.
which of the statement/s is/are not required to (A)  and  only
(B)  and  only
answer the question and hence can be
(C) Any two of the three
dispensed with. (D) All  and  are required
1. What will be the ratio between ages of Sam and

6. 8 men and 14 women are working together in a
Albert after 5 years?
field. After working for 3 days, 5 men and 8 women
. Sam's present age is more than Albert's present
leave the work. How many more days will be re-
age by 4 years.
. Albert's present age is 20 years. quired to complete the work?
. The ratio of Albert's present age to Sam's . 19 men and 12 women together can complete
present age is 5 : 6. the work in 18 days.
(A) I or II or III only (B) II only . 16 men can complete two-third of the work in
(C) III only (D) I or III only 16 days.
. In a day, the work done by three men is equal to
2. What is the difference between the present ages the work done by four women.
of Ayush and Deepak? (A)  only (B)  only
. The ratio between Ayush's present age and ish (C)  only (D)  or  or 
age after 8 years is 4 : 5
. The ratio between the present ages of Ayush 7. At what time will the train reach city X from city Y ?
and Deepak is 4 : 3. . The train crosses another train of equal length
. The ratio between Deepak's present age and of 200 metres and running in opposite direction
his age four years ago is 6 : 5 in 15 seconds.
(A) Any two of ,  and  . The train leaves city Y at 7.15 a.m. for city x
(B)  or  only
situated at a distance of 558 km.
(C) Any ne of the three
. The 200 metres long train crosses a signal
(D) All ,  and  are required
pole in 10 seconds.
(A)  only (B)  only
3. W hat is the percent profit earned by the shop-
(C)  only (D)  or  only
keeper on selling the articles in his shop?
. Labelled price of the articles sold was 130% of
8. What would be the difference between the simple
the cost price.
interest and the compound interest on a sum of
. Cost price of each article was Rs.. 550.
money at the end of four years?
. A discount of 10% on labelled price was of-
I. The rate of interest is 5 p.c.p.a.
fered.
II. The sum fetches total of Rs. 2000 as simple
(A) Only  (B) Only 
interest at the end of 8 years.
(C) Only  (D) All the three are re-
III. The difference between the simple interest and
quired
the compound interest at the end of 2 years is Rs.
12.50.
4. Three friends, P, Q and R started a partnership
(A)  only
business investing money in the ratio of 5 : 4 : 2
(B)  only
respectively for a period of 3 years. W hat is the
(C) or  only
amount received by P as his share in the total
(D) All ,  and  are required
profit ?
. Total amount invested in the business in Rs. 9. Mr. Gupta borrowed a sum of money on com-
22,000. pound interest. What will be the amount to be re-
3 paid if he is repaying the entire amount at the end
. Profit earned at the end of 3 years is of the
8 of 2 years?
total investment. . The rate of interest fetched on the same amount
 average amount of profit earned per year is in one year is Rs. 600.
Rs. 2750. . Simple interest fetched on the same amount in
(A)  or  or  one year is Rs. 600.
(B) Either  only , or  and  together . The amount borrowed is 10 times the simple
(C) Any two of the three interest in 2 years.
(D) All ,  and  are required (A) I only (B) III only
(C) I or II only (D) I or III only
PAGE # 200
10. What is the total compound interest eared at the 13. W hat is the area of the given right - angled tri-
end of 3 years? angle ?
. Simple interest earned ion that amount at the I. Length of the hypotenuse is 5 cm.
same rate and for the same period is Rs. 4500. II. Perimeter of the triangle is four times its base.
. The rate of interest is 10 p.c.p.a. III. One of the angles of the triangle is 60º.
. Compound interest for 3 years is more than (A) II only (B) III only
the simple interest for that period by Rs. 465. (C) II or III only (D) II and III both
(A) I and II only (B) II and III only
(C) I and III only (D) Either II or III only 14. What will be the cost of painting the four walls of a
room with length , width and height 5 m, 3 m and
11. What is the rate of interest per annum ? 8 m respectively? The room has one door and
I. The amount becomes Rs. 11,025 with com-
one window.
pound interest after 2 years
I. Cost of painting per sq. m is Rs. 25.
II. The same amount with simple interest be-
II. Area of window is 2.25 sq. m which is half of the
comes Rs. 11,000 after 2 years.
III. The amount invested is Rs. 10,000. area of the door.
(A) I or II only (B) II or III only III. Area of the room is 15 sq. m.
(C) I or III only (D) I or II or III only (A) I only (B) II only
(C) III only (D) II or III only
12. What is the cost of painting the two adjacent walls
of a hall at Rs.5 per m2 which has no windows or
doors?
I. The area of the hall is 24 sq.m.
II. The breadth, length and height of the hall are in
the ratio of 4 : 6 : 5 respectively
III. Area of one walls 30 sq. m.
(A) I only (B) II only
(C) III only (D) Either I or III

ANSWERS
PAGE # 201
ANSWER KEY (MENTAL ABILITY)
1. ALPHABET-TEST
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C A C D A D B B D B C A B D D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
Ans. C D A D D B C C B C A B
2. CODING-DECODING
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D C C B D B D C C A B C C C D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C C B A D D A D C B B A D C B
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. B A D D C C C A D B D C C D A
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. C B C D C A D A D B D B C A C
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. D B A B D D C A A B B A D A A
Que. 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
Ans. A C A A D E C A D C B D A C B
Que. 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101
Ans. A C B C B A D D C A A
3. NUMBER SERIES
EXERCISE-1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C B D D D C D D D A D A D D D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B B C A C A A C A C C C C B A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. C D B B C A D B C C B D D C B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. C A C D B C B B C A B A D C B
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. C C B A B B D B B C C C B B C
Que. 76 77 78
Ans. B A B
EXERCISE-2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans. B A C B B A C D C B C C B A B D
Que. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
Ans. B A D D D C B D A C B
PAGE # 202
4. ALPHABET SERIES
EXERCISE-1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A C C C D D D B B C A B B A C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B A D B C D D D B A C A D D A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. C B B A D C B A C A D A D D B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50
Ans. C A D A B
EXERCISE-2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans. D A B C D B A C A B
5. LETTER REPEATING SERIES
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans. D D C C A B A A D D B A C D A A
Que. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Ans. D C D B B C D A C A A B D C B A
Que. 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Ans. C D A B D B A C B A
6. MISSING TERM IN FIGURES
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B C B B C B B B C B A C B B B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A C B B A B B A D B C A B B D
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. B A A C D C B D A B C C B C D
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. B C B C D D B A D C B B A B C
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. B A C D B C A C B D B D C B A
Que. 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
Ans. A C B C B A C B C A C A A B B
Que. 91 92 93 94
Ans. C A B B
PAGE # 203
7. MATHEMATICAL OPERATIONS
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A C C C D D B C D D C D A D D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D A A C C D A C D A C D A C A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. C A C C D A D C B D A A A C B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. C B B C A C A B D C D E B C A
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. C B A D A A B B C B A D C B B
Que. 76 77 78
Ans. C C C
8. DIRECTION SENCE TEST
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B D D C A A D B A D D A D B B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D A B B D D A B D B C B C D B
Que . 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
Ans. D B D A C D A B B A B
9. SEATING ARRANGEMENT
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B A C D C C C B B A C B B D B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A D C B C A D C C D D B EA D D
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
Ans. B B A C C C D C B A C D B
10. RANKING & ORDERING-TEST
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D B C C D C D B D C A B A B B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C C D D A D A C A B A A D B C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A C C B B A A B A B C B B E 28
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Ans. B B A A A C A C C
PAGE # 204
11. BLOOD RELATIONS
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B B A C C D A A D A A C C D A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B B D D C C A D A B A A D C D
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
Ans. C A C C C A A
12. PUZZLE-TEST
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B C C A C C A D B D D A C D B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A B D C A C D C C B A C D C A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. C D B C D B A C B B A C D C B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. A B A D A D C D A A A A C C B
Que. 61 62 63
Ans. B D D
13. VENN DIAGRAM
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B C A B D C B D C D C B D D A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D C A B B D C A B B D B B A C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. D A B D C A D C A D B C B A D
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. B C D A D A A A B A A C A C B
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
Ans. A A D D B A A D B C
14. SYLLOGISM
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A D A B D A D A D C A D D D D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Ans. B A D D B A D B C C C D B
PAGE # 205
15. ANALOGY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A D C B C C B B C A A D C A B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D D B A B C C B A C B B A D B
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A B B C A D B C A A D C B B B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. C B D A C D B C B B B A C B C
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. D D A B B C A C B C B C D C C
Que. 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83
Ans. B C D A D C B B
16. CLASSIFICATION
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C B D D C D C B C B B B D C C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D D D A B C C A D C C A D B C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A B C D D D A C B D A B C C C
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. D B C D A C D A D A C D A B D
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. A C B D C D B D C D D C B B D
Que. 76 77 78 79
Ans. D D A D
17. PYRAMID TEST
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B D B A B A D B C C B B D C B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C A B B C D B C C A D B C D A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
Ans. C A B C B A B D A A C
18. CALENDAR TEST
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C C C D B D D A C C C C B B 4
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Ans. D B C C B B D
PAGE # 206
19. DICE-TEST
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
B B A D B D A B C D A B D B D
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
C B A C B A A C B B B D C D D
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
B C B D C D A D A B B A B C A
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
D E D C A B B A B A D D D C C
61 62 63 64 65 66 67
B D D D C B C
20. CUBE-TEST
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B D C D B D C A C D B C D C D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A A B C A C 27 26 A C D B C D C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. B A B D C B C A D D A D C D C
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58
Ans. D C D D C B C B D C B A C
21. CLOCK-TEST
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C B A B C B B D B B C C C B D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D B D B A A C C B A C B D A D
Que. 31
Ans. B
22. FIGURE PARTITION & COUNTING
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D C C C C A C B D C D A D B C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D C A B B A C A D B D B D C B
Que . 31 32 33 34
Ans. B D B D
23. MIRROR & WATER IMAGES

EXERCISE - 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C D B C A C A C C D D B A B B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D B B D A B A B A C B C B A B
Que. 31 32 33
Ans. B A A
PAGE # 207
EXERCISE - 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C B A D C A C D D B A C C B B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Ans. D D A D B C C A B A B
24. PAPER CUTTING & FOLDING

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D B D A B A B B D A A B A C D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Ans. D D A C B A D
25. COMPLETION & FORMATION OF FIGURES

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D B A D A C A C C D D A B C D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A B B A B A B A C B C A D C C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36
Ans. C B C A B B
26. FIGURE EMBEDDED

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Ans. A D D C D B C C B D A B
27. NON-VERBAL SERIES

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D A D D D D D D D D D C D D B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A B C B D D A C C B C B D D D
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A D B D A D B C B C C D A B A
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. A C C B C A B C D C B A D B A
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66
Ans. B B C C D A
28. NON-VERBAL ANALOGY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C B C C B B D D D A A D A C B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D B C B B B C A C D A A B B D
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A D B C C C A B A A D B A C D
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. B C C A B D C B B A B A C D D
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66
Ans. A B C C C C
PAGE # 208
29. NON-VERBAL CLASSIFICATION
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D D C D B D B B B D C D B C C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B C C C B C B C B C D D A C D
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. D D A D C B C A A A D C B C C
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
Ans. A B D C B D A B D A D
30. LOGICAL SEQUENCE OF WORDS
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C D D B D C A C B C B B D C B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C C B D D D B A C C B B A A C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Ans. D C C D C C C C B A D D
31.SEQUENTIAL OUTPUT TRACING
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B D A D A D C C B D D A B C C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C A D B C D B B C D C C D A A
Que. 31 32 33
Ans. A C D
32. ARITHMATICAL REASONING

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B B D A C B B B D B A D B C D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D D D B A A B B C A C A C D A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Ans. B A C C C B B C
33. LOGICAL DEDUCTION

Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A D D C B D B B B C D C B C A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C A C C D B D B D D A D D D C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A C D A A C D B D B D B D D A
PAGE # 209
34. DATA SUFFICIENCY
Que s. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D D D D A C E B C C B D C A B
Que s. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Ans. C B A C C D D
35. DATA REDUNDANCY
Que . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Ans. A C B B A D A C D D D D C C


PAGE # 210

Resonance Mat Module Ntse

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Resonance Mat Module Ntse

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Resonance Mat Module Ntse

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NTSE (STAGE-I & II)

It is very important to enjoy this journey as it is long and can be completed

successfully only by making the most out of it.

pared according to syllabus of National Talent Search Examination (NTSE).

The text of this module enables you to develop thorough understanding of

Pre-foundation Career Care Programmes (PCCP) Division

Test Paper Pattern of NTSE Stage-1 & 2

Test No. of questions Max. Marks Time

Important Web Links :

Stage –I Examination : http:\\www.rajboard.nic.in

Stage-II Examination : http:\\www.ncert.nic.in

1. ALPHABET-TEST : Alphabetical Order, Letter-word Problems, Alphabetical Quibble, Word Formation by

Unscrambling Letters and Word Formation using letters of a given Word.

3. NUMBER-SERIES : Different type of Number Series.

4. ALPHABET-SERIES : Different type of Alphabet Series, Alpha-Numeric Series.

5. LETTER REPEATING-SERIES : Different type of Letter Repeating Series.

6. MISSING TERM IN FIGURES : Missing term in figure.

7. MATHEMATICAL OPERATIONS : Application of BODMAS, Problems Solving by Substitution, Interchange of

signs & Numbers, Deriving the appropriate conclusions.

8. DIRECTION SENSE TEST : Direction Sense & Coordinates.

9. SEATING ARRANGEMENT : Linear Seating Arrangement and Circular Seating Arrangement.

& Ordering Test.

Based on given Conditions, Family-Based Puzzles and Miscellaneous Puzzles.

14. Syllogism : Kinds of statements and their conclusions.

16. CLASSIFICATION : Classification of Word, Classification of Letter and Classification of Number.

17. PYRAMID TEST : Number Pyramid, Alphabet Pyramid

19. DICE TEST : Different type of Dice test.

20. CUBE TEST : Different type of cube test.

25. COMPLETION & FORMATION OF FIGURES : Figure Completion, Figure Formation.

26. EMBEDDED FIGURE : Different types of embedded figure.

27. NON-VERBAL SERIES : Different types of Non-Verbal Series.

28. NON-VERBAL ANALOGY : Different Types of Non-Verbal Analogy.

29. NON-VERBAL CLASSIFICATION : Different types of Non-Verbal Classification.

30. LOGICAL SEQUENCE OF WORDS : Arrangement of words in a Logical order.

stepwise, Changing places of words/numbers according to a set pattern.

32. ARITHMATICAL REASONING : Calculation-Based Problems, Data-Based Questions, Problems on Ages,

Venn-Diagram Based Questions.

34. DATA SUFFICIENCY : Different type of Data Sufficiency

35. DATA REDUNDANCY : Dirrerent type of Data Redundancy

2. Coding -Decoding 4-12

3. Number Series 13-18

4. Alphabet Series 19-22

5. Letter Repeating Series 23-26

6. Missing term in figures 27-35

7. Mathematical Operations 36-43

9. Sitting Arrangement 49-53

10. Ranking & Odering -Test 54-59

11. Blood Relation Test 60-64

12. Puzzle-Test 65-71

13. Venn Diagram 72-80

14. Syllogism 81-86

19. Dice Test 106-114

28. Non-Verbal Analogy 158-166

35. Data Redundancy 199-201

Alphabetical Order Ex 5. In the word PARADISE how many pairs of letters

3. If the following words are arranged in an

Directions : (15 to 17) In each of the following questions, (C) X (D) M

Ex 2. If JAPAN is coded as KCSES, then the code for Letter-Number Coding

Ex 13. Decode the underlined letters in column I from

58. Which word will be code for word Pana ? AM NF CO